Pandemic Darlings The pandemic economy, in original documents
Home Source documents Public Law 115–97—Dec. 22, 2017

Public Law 115–97—Dec. 22, 2017

Summary

Public Law 115–97 of Dec. 22, 2017, 131 Stat. 2054, an Act to provide for reconciliation under titles II and V of the concurrent resolution on the budget for fiscal year 2018 (H.R. 1), reprinted as a star print. Title I amends the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and Section 11001 sets new individual rate tables for taxable years 2018 through 2025, with rates from 10% to 37% for married individuals filing joint returns, starting at $19,050 and reaching the top rate over $600,000. The legislative history notes that the Senate passed the bill on Dec. 1, the House agreed to the conference report on Dec. 19 and concurred in the Senate amendment on Dec. 20.

Summary drafted by a model from the document's text below and checked by script against that text before publication. It is a navigation aid, not a reading of what the document proves. Where AI is used

Full text

                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017




                                                                     NOTE: Public Law 115–97 is re-printed to remove the editorial description contained on the
                                                                   original half title page of the printed Slip law.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                   ★ (Star Print)




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00001   Fmt 6579   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2054                               PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017




                                                                                           Public Law 115–97
                                                                                           115th Congress
                                                                                                                                              An Act
                                                                      Dec. 22, 2017          To provide for reconciliation pursuant to titles II and V of the concurrent resolution
                                                                        [H.R. 1]                                       on the budget for fiscal year 2018.

                                                                                               Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of
                                                                                           the United States of America in Congress assembled,

                                                                                                                                           TITLE I
                                                                                           SECTION 11000. SHORT TITLE, ETC.
                                                                                               (a) AMENDMENT OF 1986 CODE.—Except as otherwise expressly
                                                                                           provided, whenever in this title an amendment or repeal is
                                                                                           expressed in terms of an amendment to, or repeal of, a section
                                                                                           or other provision, the reference shall be considered to be made
                                                                                           to a section or other provision of the Internal Revenue Code of
                                                                                           1986.

                                                                                                      Subtitle A—Individual Tax Reform
                                                                                                                  PART I—TAX RATE REFORM
                                                                                           SEC. 11001. MODIFICATION OF RATES.
                                                                   26 USC 1.                    (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 1 is amended by adding at the end
                                                                                           the following new subsection:
                                                                                                ‘‘(j) MODIFICATIONS FOR TAXABLE YEARS 2018 THROUGH 2025.—
                                                                                                      ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a taxable year beginning
                                                                                                after December 31, 2017, and before January 1, 2026—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) subsection (i) shall not apply, and
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) this section (other than subsection (i)) shall be
                                                                                                      applied as provided in paragraphs (2) through (6).
                                                                                                      ‘‘(2) RATE TABLES.—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) MARRIED INDIVIDUALS FILING JOINT RETURNS AND
                                                                                                      SURVIVING SPOUSES.—The following table shall be applied
                                                                                                      in lieu of the table contained in subsection (a):

                                                                                           ‘‘If taxable income is:                                                                      The tax is:

                                                                                           Not over $19,050 .............................................   10% of taxable income.
                                                                                           Over $19,050 but not over $77,400 ................               $1,905, plus 12% of the excess over
                                                                                                                                                              $19,050.
                                                                                           Over $77,400 but not over $165,000 ..............                $8,907, plus 22% of the excess over
                                                                                                                                                              $77,400.
                                                                                           Over $165,000 but not over $315,000 ............                 $28,179, plus 24% of the excess over
                                                                                                                                                              $165,000.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                           Over $315,000 but not over $400,000 ............                 $64,179, plus 32% of the excess over
                                                                                                                                                              $315,000.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097    Frm 00002     Fmt 6580     Sfmt 6581     E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                         PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                                  131 STAT. 2055

                                                                   ‘‘If taxable income is:                                                                       The tax is:

                                                                   Over $400,000 but not over $600,000 ............                $91,379, plus 35% of the excess over
                                                                                                                                     $400,000.
                                                                   Over $600,000 ................................................. $161,379, plus 37% of the excess over
                                                                                                                                     $600,000.

                                                                                       ‘‘(B) HEADS OF HOUSEHOLDS.—The following table shall
                                                                                  be applied in lieu of the table contained in subsection
                                                                                  (b):

                                                                   ‘‘If taxable income is:                                                                       The tax is:

                                                                   Not over $13,600 .............................................  10% of taxable income.
                                                                   Over $13,600 but not over $51,800 ................              $1,360, plus 12% of the excess over
                                                                                                                                     $13,600.
                                                                   Over $51,800 but not over $82,500 ................ $5,944, plus 22% of the excess over
                                                                                                                                     $51,800.
                                                                   Over $82,500 but not over $157,500 .............. $12,698, plus 24% of the excess over
                                                                                                                                     $82,500.
                                                                   Over $157,500 but not over $200,000 ............ $30,698, plus 32% of the excess over
                                                                                                                                     $157,500.
                                                                   Over $200,000 but not over $500,000 ............ $44,298, plus 35% of the excess over
                                                                                                                                     $200,000.
                                                                   Over $500,000 ................................................. $149,298, plus 37% of the excess over
                                                                                                                                     $500,000.

                                                                                      ‘‘(C) UNMARRIED INDIVIDUALS OTHER THAN SURVIVING
                                                                                  SPOUSES AND HEADS OF HOUSEHOLDS.—The following table
                                                                                  shall be applied in lieu of the table contained in subsection
                                                                                  (c):

                                                                   ‘‘If taxable income is:                                                                       The tax is:

                                                                   Not over $9,525 ............................................... 10% of taxable income.
                                                                   Over $9,525 but not over $38,700 ..................             $952.50, plus 12% of the excess over
                                                                                                                                     $9,525.
                                                                   Over $38,700 but not over $82,500 ................ $4,453.50, plus 22% of the excess
                                                                                                                                     over $38,700.
                                                                   Over $82,500 but not over $157,500 .............. $14,089.50, plus 24% of the excess
                                                                                                                                     over $82,500.
                                                                   Over $157,500 but not over $200,000 ............ $32,089.50, plus 32% of the excess
                                                                                                                                     over $157,500.
                                                                   Over $200,000 but not over $500,000 ............ $45,689.50, plus 35% of the excess
                                                                                                                                     over $200,000.
                                                                   Over $500,000 ................................................. $150,689.50, plus 37% of the excess
                                                                                                                                     over $500,000.

                                                                                     ‘‘(D) MARRIED     INDIVIDUALS     FILING   SEPARATE
                                                                                  RETURNS.—The following table shall be applied in lieu of
                                                                                  the table contained in subsection (d):

                                                                   ‘‘If taxable income is:                                                                       The tax is:

                                                                   Not over $9,525 ...............................................   10% of taxable income.
                                                                   Over $9,525 but not over $38,700 ..................               $952.50, plus 12% of the excess over
                                                                                                                                       $9,525.
                                                                   Over $38,700 but not over $82,500 ................                $4,453.50, plus 22% of the excess
                                                                                                                                       over $38,700.
                                                                   Over $82,500 but not over $157,500 ..............                 $14,089.50, plus 24% of the excess
                                                                                                                                       over $82,500.
                                                                   Over $157,500 but not over $200,000 ............                  $32,089.50, plus 32% of the excess
                                                                                                                                       over $157,500.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                   Over $200,000 but not over $300,000 ............                  $45,689.50, plus 35% of the excess
                                                                                                                                       over $200,000.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139     PO 00097      Frm 00003     Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2056                                PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                           ‘‘If taxable income is:                                                                        The tax is:

                                                                                           Over $300,000 ................................................. $80,689.50, plus 37% of the excess
                                                                                                                                                             over $300,000.

                                                                                                               ‘‘(E) ESTATES AND TRUSTS.—The following table shall
                                                                                                          be applied in lieu of the table contained in subsection
                                                                                                          (e):

                                                                                           ‘‘If taxable income is:                                                                        The tax is:

                                                                                           Not over $2,550 ...............................................    10% of taxable income.
                                                                                           Over $2,550 but not over $9,150 ....................               $255, plus 24% of the excess over
                                                                                                                                                                $2,550.
                                                                                           Over $9,150 but not over $12,500 ..................                $1,839, plus 35% of the excess over
                                                                                                                                                                $9,150.
                                                                                           Over $12,500 ...................................................   $3,011.50, plus 37% of the excess
                                                                                                                                                                over $12,500.

                                                                                                            ‘‘(F) REFERENCES TO RATE TABLES.—Any reference in
                                                                                                      this title to a rate of tax under subsection (c) shall be
                                                                                                      treated as a reference to the corresponding rate bracket
                                                                                                      under subparagraph (C) of this paragraph, except that
                                                                                                      the reference in section 3402(q)(1) to the third lowest rate
                                                                                                      of tax applicable under subsection (c) shall be treated as
                                                                                                      a reference to the fourth lowest rate of tax under subpara-
                                                                                                      graph (C).
                                                                                                      ‘‘(3) ADJUSTMENTS.—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) NO ADJUSTMENT IN 2018.—The tables contained
                                                                                                      in paragraph (2) shall apply without adjustment for taxable
                                                                                                      years beginning after December 31, 2017, and before
                                                                                                      January 1, 2019.
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) SUBSEQUENT YEARS.—For taxable years beginning
                                                                                                      after December 31, 2018, the Secretary shall prescribe
                                                                                                      tables which shall apply in lieu of the tables contained
                                                                                                      in paragraph (2) in the same manner as under paragraphs
                                                                                                      (1) and (2) of subsection (f) (applied without regard to
                                                                                                      clauses (i) and (ii) of subsection (f)(2)(A)), except that in
                                                                                                      prescribing such tables—
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) subsection (f)(3) shall be applied by sub-
                                                                                                            stituting ‘calendar year 2017’ for ‘calendar year 2016’
                                                                                                            in subparagraph (A)(ii) thereof,
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) subsection (f)(7)(B) shall apply to any
                                                                                                            unmarried individual other than a surviving spouse
                                                                                                            or head of household, and
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(iii) subsection (f)(8) shall not apply.
                                                                                                      ‘‘(4) SPECIAL RULES FOR CERTAIN CHILDREN WITH UNEARNED
                                                                                                  INCOME.—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a child to whom
                                                                                                      subsection (g) applies for the taxable year, the rules of
                                                                                                      subparagraphs (B) and (C) shall apply in lieu of the rule
                                                                                                      under subsection (g)(1).
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) MODIFICATIONS TO APPLICABLE RATE BRACKETS.—
                                                                                                      In determining the amount of tax imposed by this section
                                                                                                      for the taxable year on a child described in subparagraph
                                                                                                      (A), the income tax table otherwise applicable under this




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                      subsection to the child shall be applied with the following
                                                                                                      modifications:




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097     Frm 00004     Fmt 6580      Sfmt 6581     E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2057

                                                                                         ‘‘(i) 24-PERCENT BRACKET.—The maximum taxable
                                                                                    income which is taxed at a rate below 24 percent
                                                                                    shall not be more than the sum of—
                                                                                                ‘‘(I) the earned taxable income of such child,
                                                                                         plus
                                                                                                ‘‘(II) the minimum taxable income for the 24-
                                                                                         percent bracket in the table under paragraph
                                                                                         (2)(E) (as adjusted under paragraph (3)) for the
                                                                                         taxable year.
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) 35-PERCENT BRACKET.—The maximum taxable
                                                                                    income which is taxed at a rate below 35 percent
                                                                                    shall not be more than the sum of—
                                                                                                ‘‘(I) the earned taxable income of such child,
                                                                                         plus
                                                                                                ‘‘(II) the minimum taxable income for the 35-
                                                                                         percent bracket in the table under paragraph
                                                                                         (2)(E) (as adjusted under paragraph (3)) for the
                                                                                         taxable year.
                                                                                         ‘‘(iii) 37-PERCENT BRACKET.—The maximum taxable
                                                                                    income which is taxed at a rate below 37 percent
                                                                                    shall not be more than the sum of—
                                                                                                ‘‘(I) the earned taxable income of such child,
                                                                                         plus
                                                                                                ‘‘(II) the minimum taxable income for the 37-
                                                                                         percent bracket in the table under paragraph
                                                                                         (2)(E) (as adjusted under paragraph (3)) for the
                                                                                         taxable year.
                                                                                    ‘‘(C) COORDINATION WITH CAPITAL GAINS RATES.—For
                                                                              purposes of applying section 1(h) (after the modifications
                                                                              under paragraph (5)(A))—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) the maximum zero rate amount shall not be
                                                                                    more than the sum of—
                                                                                                ‘‘(I) the earned taxable income of such child,
                                                                                         plus
                                                                                                ‘‘(II) the amount in effect under paragraph
                                                                                         (5)(B)(i)(IV) for the taxable year, and
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) the maximum 15-percent rate amount shall
                                                                                    not be more than the sum of—
                                                                                                ‘‘(I) the earned taxable income of such child,
                                                                                         plus
                                                                                                ‘‘(II) the amount in effect under paragraph
                                                                                         (5)(B)(ii)(IV) for the taxable year.
                                                                                    ‘‘(D) EARNED TAXABLE INCOME.—For purposes of this
                                                                              paragraph, the term ‘earned taxable income’ means, with
                                                                              respect to any child for any taxable year, the taxable income
                                                                              of such child reduced (but not below zero) by the net
                                                                              unearned income (as defined in subsection (g)(4)) of such
                                                                              child.
                                                                              ‘‘(5) APPLICATION OF CURRENT INCOME TAX BRACKETS TO
                                                                          CAPITAL GAINS BRACKETS.—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Section 1(h)(1) shall be applied—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) by substituting ‘below the maximum zero rate
                                                                                    amount’ for ‘which would (without regard to this para-
                                                                                    graph) be taxed at a rate below 25 percent’ in subpara-
                                                                                    graph (B)(i), and




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) by substituting ‘below the maximum 15-per-
                                                                                    cent rate amount’ for ‘which would (without regard




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00005   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2058                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                            to this paragraph) be taxed at a rate below 39.6 per-
                                                                                                            cent’ in subparagraph (C)(ii)(I).
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) MAXIMUM AMOUNTS DEFINED.—For purposes of
                                                                                                      applying section 1(h) with the modifications described in
                                                                                                      subparagraph (A)—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(i) MAXIMUM ZERO RATE AMOUNT.—The maximum
                                                                                                            zero rate amount shall be—
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(I) in the case of a joint return or surviving
                                                                                                                 spouse, $77,200,
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(II) in the case of an individual who is a
                                                                                                                 head of household (as defined in section 2(b)),
                                                                                                                 $51,700,
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(III) in the case of any other individual (other
                                                                                                                 than an estate or trust), an amount equal to 1⁄2
                                                                                                                 of the amount in effect for the taxable year under
                                                                                                                 subclause (I), and
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(IV) in the case of an estate or trust, $2,600.
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) MAXIMUM 15-PERCENT RATE AMOUNT.—The
                                                                                                            maximum 15-percent rate amount shall be—
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(I) in the case of a joint return or surviving
                                                                                                                 spouse, $479,000 (1⁄2 such amount in the case of
                                                                                                                 a married individual filing a separate return),
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(II) in the case of an individual who is the
                                                                                                                 head of a household (as defined in section 2(b)),
                                                                                                                 $452,400,
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(III) in the case of any other individual (other
                                                                                                                 than an estate or trust), $425,800, and
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(IV) in the case of an estate or trust, $12,700.
                                                                                                            ‘‘(C) INFLATION ADJUSTMENT.—In the case of any tax-
                                                                                                      able year beginning after 2018, each of the dollar amounts
                                                                                                      in clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph (B) shall be increased
                                                                                                      by an amount equal to—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(i) such dollar amount, multiplied by
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) the cost-of-living adjustment determined
                                                                                                            under subsection (f)(3) for the calendar year in which
                                                                                                            the taxable year begins, determined by substituting
                                                                                                            ‘calendar year 2017’ for ‘calendar year 2016’ in
                                                                                                            subparagraph (A)(ii) thereof.
                                                                                                      If any increase under this subparagraph is not a multiple
                                                                                                      of $50, such increase shall be rounded to the next lowest
                                                                                                      multiple of $50.
                                                                                                      ‘‘(6) SECTION 15 NOT TO APPLY.—Section 15 shall not apply
                                                                                                to any change in a rate of tax by reason of this subsection.’’.
                                                                                                (b) DUE DILIGENCE TAX PREPARER REQUIREMENT WITH RESPECT
                                                                                           TO HEAD OF HOUSEHOLD FILING STATUS.—Subsection (g) of section
                                                                   26 USC 6695.            6695 is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                                ‘‘(g) FAILURE TO BE DILIGENT IN DETERMINING ELIGIBILITY FOR
                                                                                           CERTAIN TAX BENEFITS.—Any person who is a tax return preparer
                                                                                           with respect to any return or claim for refund who fails to comply
                                                                                           with due diligence requirements imposed by the Secretary by regu-
                                                                                           lations with respect to determining—
                                                                                                      ‘‘(1) eligibility to file as a head of household (as defined
                                                                                                in section 2(b)) on the return, or
                                                                                                      ‘‘(2) eligibility for, or the amount of, the credit allowable




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                by section 24, 25A(a)(1), or 32,
                                                                                           shall pay a penalty of $500 for each such failure.’’.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00006   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2059

                                                                       (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 1 note.
                                                                   shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                   SEC. 11002. INFLATION ADJUSTMENTS BASED ON CHAINED CPI.
                                                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (f) of section 1 is amended by                                        26 USC 1.
                                                                   striking paragraph (3) and by inserting after paragraph (2) the
                                                                   following new paragraph:
                                                                             ‘‘(3) COST-OF-LIVING ADJUSTMENT.—For purposes of this
                                                                        subsection—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The cost-of-living adjustment for
                                                                             any calendar year is the percentage (if any) by which—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) the C-CPI-U for the preceding calendar year,
                                                                                   exceeds
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) the CPI for calendar year 2016, multiplied
                                                                                   by the amount determined under subparagraph (B).
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) AMOUNT DETERMINED.—The amount determined
                                                                             under this clause is the amount obtained by dividing—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) the C-CPI-U for calendar year 2016, by
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) the CPI for calendar year 2016.
                                                                                   ‘‘(C) SPECIAL RULE FOR ADJUSTMENTS WITH A BASE YEAR
                                                                             AFTER 2016.—For purposes of any provision of this title
                                                                             which provides for the substitution of a year after 2016
                                                                             for ‘2016’ in subparagraph (A)(ii), subparagraph (A) shall
                                                                             be applied by substituting ‘the C-CPI-U for calendar year
                                                                             2016’ for ‘the CPI for calendar year 2016’ and all that
                                                                             follows in clause (ii) thereof.’’.
                                                                        (b) C-CPI-U.—Subsection (f) of section 1 is amended by striking
                                                                   paragraph (7), by redesignating paragraph (6) as paragraph (7),
                                                                   and by inserting after paragraph (5) the following new paragraph:
                                                                             ‘‘(6) C-CPI-U.—For purposes of this subsection—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘C-CPI-U’ means the
                                                                             Chained Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers
                                                                             (as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the
                                                                             Department of Labor). The values of the Chained Consumer
                                                                             Price Index for All Urban Consumers taken into account
                                                                             for purposes of determining the cost-of-living adjustment
                                                                             for any calendar year under this subsection shall be the
                                                                             latest values so published as of the date on which such
                                                                             Bureau publishes the initial value of the Chained Con-
                                                                             sumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the month
                                                                             of August for the preceding calendar year.
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) DETERMINATION FOR CALENDAR YEAR.—The C-CPI-
                                                                             U for any calendar year is the average of the C-CPI-
                                                                             U as of the close of the 12-month period ending on August
                                                                             31 of such calendar year.’’.
                                                                        (c) APPLICATION TO PERMANENT TAX TABLES.—
                                                                             (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 1(f)(2)(A) is amended to read as
                                                                        follows:
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) except as provided in paragraph (8), by increasing
                                                                             the minimum and maximum dollar amounts for each
                                                                             bracket for which a tax is imposed under such table by
                                                                             the cost-of-living adjustment for such calendar year, deter-
                                                                             mined—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) except as provided in clause (ii), by substituting
                                                                                   ‘1992’ for ‘2016’ in paragraph (3)(A)(ii), and




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) in the case of adjustments to the dollar
                                                                                   amounts at which the 36 percent rate bracket begins




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00007   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2060                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                         or at which the 39.6 percent rate bracket begins, by
                                                                                                         substituting ‘1993’ for ‘2016’ in paragraph (3)(A)(ii),’’.
                                                                   26 USC 1.                        (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—Section 1(i) is amended—
                                                                                                         (A) by striking ‘‘for ‘1992’ in subparagraph (B)’’ in
                                                                                                    paragraph (1)(C) and inserting ‘‘for ‘2016’ in subparagraph
                                                                                                    (A)(ii)’’, and
                                                                                                         (B) by striking ‘‘subsection (f)(3)(B) shall be applied
                                                                                                    by substituting ‘2012’ for ‘1992’ ’’ in paragraph (3)(C) and
                                                                                                    inserting ‘‘subsection (f)(3)(A)(ii) shall be applied by sub-
                                                                                                    stituting ‘2012’ for ‘2016’ ’’.
                                                                                              (d) APPLICATION TO OTHER INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986
                                                                                           PROVISIONS.—
                                                                                                    (1) The following sections are each amended by striking
                                                                                              ‘‘for ‘calendar year 1992’ in subparagraph (B)’’ and inserting
                                                                                              ‘‘for ‘calendar year 2016’ in subparagraph (A)(ii)’’:
                                                                                                         (A) Section 23(h)(2).
                                                                                                         (B) Paragraphs (1)(A)(ii) and (2)(A)(ii) of section 25A(h).
                                                                                                         (C) Section 25B(b)(3)(B).
                                                                                                         (D) Subsection (b)(2)(B)(ii)(II), and clauses (i) and (ii)
                                                                                                    of subsection (j)(1)(B), of section 32.
                                                                                                         (E) Section 36B(f)(2)(B)(ii)(II).
                                                                                                         (F) Section 41(e)(5)(C)(i).
                                                                                                         (G) Subsections (e)(3)(D)(ii) and (h)(3)(H)(i)(II) of sec-
                                                                                                    tion 42.
                                                                                                         (H) Section 45R(d)(3)(B)(ii).
                                                                                                         (I) Section 55(d)(4)(A)(ii).
                                                                                                         (J) Section 62(d)(3)(B).
                                                                                                         (K) Section 63(c)(4)(B).
                                                                                                         (L) Section 125(i)(2)(B).
                                                                                                         (M) Section 135(b)(2)(B)(ii).
                                                                                                         (N) Section 137(f)(2).
                                                                                                         (O) Section 146(d)(2)(B).
                                                                                                         (P) Section 147(c)(2)(H)(ii).
                                                                                                         (Q) Section 151(d)(4)(B).
                                                                                                         (R) Section 179(b)(6)(A)(ii).
                                                                                                         (S) Subsections (b)(5)(C)(i)(II) and (g)(8)(B) of section
                                                                                                    219.
                                                                                                         (T) Section 220(g)(2).
                                                                                                         (U) Section 221(f)(1)(B).
                                                                                                         (V) Section 223(g)(1)(B).
                                                                                                         (W) Section 408A(c)(3)(D)(ii).
                                                                                                         (X) Section 430(c)(7)(D)(vii)(II).
                                                                                                         (Y) Section 512(d)(2)(B).
                                                                                                         (Z) Section 513(h)(2)(C)(ii).
                                                                                                         (AA) Section 831(b)(2)(D)(ii).
                                                                                                         (BB) Section 877A(a)(3)(B)(i)(II).
                                                                                                         (CC) Section 2010(c)(3)(B)(ii).
                                                                                                         (DD) Section 2032A(a)(3)(B).
                                                                                                         (EE) Section 2503(b)(2)(B).
                                                                                                         (FF) Section 4261(e)(4)(A)(ii).
                                                                                                         (GG) Section 5000A(c)(3)(D)(ii).
                                                                                                         (HH) Section 6323(i)(4)(B).
                                                                                                         (II) Section 6334(g)(1)(B).
                                                                                                         (JJ) Section 6601(j)(3)(B).
                                                                                                         (KK) Section 6651(i)(1).




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                         (LL) Section 6652(c)(7)(A).
                                                                                                         (MM) Section 6695(h)(1).




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00008   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2061

                                                                                     (NN) Section 6698(e)(1).
                                                                                     (OO) Section 6699(e)(1).
                                                                                     (PP) Section 6721(f)(1).
                                                                                     (QQ) Section 6722(f)(1).
                                                                                     (RR) Section 7345(f)(2).
                                                                                     (SS) Section 7430(c)(1).
                                                                                     (TT) Section 9831(d)(2)(D)(ii)(II).
                                                                               (2) Sections 41(e)(5)(C)(ii) and 68(b)(2)(B) are each                                     26 USC 41, 68.
                                                                          amended—
                                                                                     (A) by striking ‘‘1(f)(3)(B)’’ and inserting ‘‘1(f)(3)(A)(ii)’’,
                                                                               and
                                                                                     (B) by striking ‘‘1992’’ and inserting ‘‘2016’’.
                                                                               (3) Section 42(h)(6)(G) is amended—
                                                                                     (A) by striking ‘‘for ‘calendar year 1987’ ’’ in clause
                                                                               (i)(II) and inserting ‘‘for ‘calendar year 2016’ in subpara-
                                                                               graph (A)(ii) thereof’’, and
                                                                                     (B) by striking ‘‘if the CPI for any calendar year’’
                                                                               and all that follows in clause (ii) and inserting ‘‘if the
                                                                               C-CPI-U for any calendar year (as defined in section 1(f)(6))
                                                                               exceeds the C-CPI-U for the preceding calendar year by
                                                                               more than 5 percent, the C-CPI-U for the base calendar
                                                                               year shall be increased such that such excess shall never
                                                                               be taken into account under clause (i). In the case of
                                                                               a base calendar year before 2017, the C-CPI-U for such
                                                                               year shall be determined by multiplying the CPI for such
                                                                               year by the amount determined under section 1(f)(3)(B).’’.
                                                                               (4) Section 59(j)(2)(B) is amended by striking ‘‘for ‘1992’
                                                                          in subparagraph (B)’’ and inserting ‘‘for ‘2016’ in subparagraph
                                                                          (A)(ii)’’.
                                                                               (5) Section 132(f)(6)(A)(ii) is amended by striking ‘‘for ‘cal-
                                                                          endar year 1992’ ’’ and inserting ‘‘for ‘calendar year 2016’ in
                                                                          subparagraph (A)(ii) thereof’’.
                                                                               (6) Section 162(o)(3) is amended by striking ‘‘adjusted for
                                                                          changes in the Consumer Price Index (as defined in section
                                                                          1(f)(5)) since 1991’’ and inserting ‘‘adjusted by increasing any
                                                                          such amount under the 1991 agreement by an amount equal
                                                                          to—
                                                                                     ‘‘(A) such amount, multiplied by
                                                                                     ‘‘(B) the cost-of-living adjustment determined under
                                                                               section 1(f)(3) for the calendar year in which the taxable
                                                                               year begins, by substituting ‘calendar year 1990’ for ‘cal-
                                                                               endar year 2016’ in subparagraph (A)(ii) thereof’’.
                                                                               (7) So much of clause (ii) of section 213(d)(10)(B) as pre-
                                                                          cedes the last sentence is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                           ‘‘(ii) MEDICAL CARE COST ADJUSTMENT.—For pur-
                                                                                     poses of clause (i), the medical care cost adjustment
                                                                                     for any calendar year is the percentage (if any) by
                                                                                     which—
                                                                                                  ‘‘(I) the medical care component of the C-CPI-
                                                                                           U (as defined in section 1(f)(6)) for August of the
                                                                                           preceding calendar year, exceeds
                                                                                                  ‘‘(II) such component of the CPI (as defined
                                                                                           in section 1(f)(4)) for August of 1996, multiplied
                                                                                           by the amount determined under section
                                                                                           1(f)(3)(B).’’.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                               (8) Subparagraph (B) of section 280F(d)(7) is amended to
                                                                          read as follows:




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00009   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2062                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                              ‘‘(B) AUTOMOBILE PRICE INFLATION ADJUSTMENT.—For
                                                                                                        purposes of this paragraph—
                                                                                                                    ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The automobile price inflation
                                                                                                              adjustment for any calendar year is the percentage
                                                                                                              (if any) by which—
                                                                                                                           ‘‘(I) the C-CPI-U automobile component for
                                                                                                                    October of the preceding calendar year, exceeds
                                                                                                                           ‘‘(II) the automobile component of the CPI (as
                                                                                                                    defined in section 1(f)(4)) for October of 1987,
                                                                                                                    multiplied by the amount determined under
                                                                                                                    1(f)(3)(B).
                                                                                                                    ‘‘(ii) C-CPI-U AUTOMOBILE COMPONENT.—The term
                                                                                                              ‘C-CPI-U automobile component’ means the automobile
                                                                                                              component of the Chained Consumer Price Index for
                                                                                                              All Urban Consumers (as described in section 1(f)(6)).’’.
                                                                   26 USC 911.                          (9) Section 911(b)(2)(D)(ii)(II) is amended by striking ‘‘for
                                                                                                  ‘1992’ in subparagraph (B)’’ and inserting ‘‘for ‘2016’ in subpara-
                                                                                                  graph (A)(ii)’’.
                                                                                                        (10) Paragraph (2) of section 1274A(d) is amended to read
                                                                                                  as follows:
                                                                                                        ‘‘(2) ADJUSTMENT FOR INFLATION.—In the case of any debt
                                                                                                  instrument arising out of a sale or exchange during any cal-
                                                                                                  endar year after 1989, each dollar amount contained in the
                                                                                                  preceding provisions of this section shall be increased by an
                                                                                                  amount equal to—
                                                                                                              ‘‘(A) such amount, multiplied by
                                                                                                              ‘‘(B) the cost-of-living adjustment determined under
                                                                                                        section 1(f)(3) for the calendar year in which the taxable
                                                                                                        year begins, by substituting ‘calendar year 1988’ for ‘cal-
                                                                                                        endar year 2016’ in subparagraph (A)(ii) thereof.
                                                                                                  Any increase under the preceding sentence shall be rounded
                                                                                                  to the nearest multiple of $100 (or, if such increase is a multiple
                                                                                                  of $50, such increase shall be increased to the nearest multiple
                                                                                                  of $100).’’.
                                                                                                        (11) Section 4161(b)(2)(C)(i)(II) is amended by striking ‘‘for
                                                                                                  ‘1992’ in subparagraph (B)’’ and inserting ‘‘for ‘2016’ in subpara-
                                                                                                  graph (A)(ii)’’.
                                                                                                        (12) Section 4980I(b)(3)(C)(v)(II) is amended by striking
                                                                                                  ‘‘for ‘1992’ in subparagraph (B)’’ and inserting ‘‘for ‘2016’ in
                                                                                                  subparagraph (A)(ii)’’.
                                                                                                        (13) Section 6039F(d) is amended by striking ‘‘subpara-
                                                                                                  graph (B) thereof shall be applied by substituting ‘1995’ for
                                                                                                  ‘1992’ ’’ and inserting ‘‘subparagraph (A)(ii) thereof shall be
                                                                                                  applied by substituting ‘1995’ for ‘2016’ ’’.
                                                                                                        (14) Section 7872(g)(5) is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                                        ‘‘(5) ADJUSTMENT OF LIMIT FOR INFLATION.—In the case
                                                                                                  of any loan made during any calendar year after 1986, the
                                                                                                  dollar amount in paragraph (2) shall be increased by an amount
                                                                                                  equal to—
                                                                                                              ‘‘(A) such amount, multiplied by
                                                                                                              ‘‘(B) the cost-of-living adjustment determined under
                                                                                                        section 1(f)(3) for the calendar year in which the taxable
                                                                                                        year begins, by substituting ‘calendar year 1985’ for ‘cal-
                                                                                                        endar year 2016’ in subparagraph (A)(ii) thereof.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                  Any increase under the preceding sentence shall be rounded
                                                                                                  to the nearest multiple of $100 (or, if such increase is a multiple




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00010   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2063

                                                                       of $50, such increase shall be increased to the nearest multiple
                                                                       of $100).’’.
                                                                       (e) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 1 note.
                                                                   shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                        PART II—DEDUCTION FOR QUALIFIED
                                                                      BUSINESS INCOME OF PASS-THRU ENTITIES
                                                                   SEC. 11011. DEDUCTION FOR QUALIFIED BUSINESS INCOME.
                                                                      (a) IN GENERAL.—Part VI of subchapter B of chapter 1 is
                                                                   amended by adding at the end the following new section:
                                                                   ‘‘SEC. 199A. QUALIFIED BUSINESS INCOME.                                                               26 USC 199A.
                                                                       ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a taxpayer other than a
                                                                   corporation, there shall be allowed as a deduction for any taxable
                                                                   year an amount equal to the sum of—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) the lesser of—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) the combined qualified business income amount
                                                                             of the taxpayer, or
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) an amount equal to 20 percent of the excess (if
                                                                             any) of—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) the taxable income of the taxpayer for the
                                                                                   taxable year, over
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) the sum of any net capital gain (as defined
                                                                                   in section 1(h)), plus the aggregate amount of the quali-
                                                                                   fied cooperative dividends, of the taxpayer for the tax-
                                                                                   able year, plus
                                                                             ‘‘(2) the lesser of—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) 20 percent of the aggregate amount of the qualified
                                                                             cooperative dividends of the taxpayer for the taxable year,
                                                                             or
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) taxable income (reduced by the net capital gain
                                                                             (as so defined)) of the taxpayer for the taxable year.
                                                                   The amount determined under the preceding sentence shall not
                                                                   exceed the taxable income (reduced by the net capital gain (as
                                                                   so defined)) of the taxpayer for the taxable year.
                                                                       ‘‘(b) COMBINED QUALIFIED BUSINESS INCOME AMOUNT.—For
                                                                   purposes of this section—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘combined qualified business
                                                                       income amount’ means, with respect to any taxable year, an
                                                                       amount equal to—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) the sum of the amounts determined under para-
                                                                             graph (2) for each qualified trade or business carried on
                                                                             by the taxpayer, plus
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) 20 percent of the aggregate amount of the qualified
                                                                             REIT dividends and qualified publicly traded partnership
                                                                             income of the taxpayer for the taxable year.
                                                                             ‘‘(2) DETERMINATION OF DEDUCTIBLE AMOUNT FOR EACH
                                                                       TRADE OR BUSINESS.—The amount determined under this para-
                                                                       graph with respect to any qualified trade or business is the
                                                                       lesser of—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) 20 percent of the taxpayer’s qualified business
                                                                             income with respect to the qualified trade or business,
                                                                             or
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) the greater of—




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) 50 percent of the W–2 wages with respect
                                                                                   to the qualified trade or business, or




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00011   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2064                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) the sum of 25 percent of the W–2 wages with
                                                                                                             respect to the qualified trade or business, plus 2.5
                                                                                                             percent of the unadjusted basis immediately after
                                                                                                             acquisition of all qualified property.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(3) MODIFICATIONS TO LIMIT BASED ON TAXABLE INCOME.—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) EXCEPTION FROM LIMIT.—In the case of any tax-
                                                                                                       payer whose taxable income for the taxable year does not
                                                                                                       exceed the threshold amount, paragraph (2) shall be applied
                                                                                                       without regard to subparagraph (B).
                                                                                                             ‘‘(B) PHASE-IN OF LIMIT FOR CERTAIN TAXPAYERS.—
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—If—
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(I) the taxable income of a taxpayer for any
                                                                                                                   taxable year exceeds the threshold amount, but
                                                                                                                   does not exceed the sum of the threshold amount
                                                                                                                   plus $50,000 ($100,000 in the case of a joint
                                                                                                                   return), and
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(II) the amount determined under paragraph
                                                                                                                   (2)(B) (determined without regard to this subpara-
                                                                                                                   graph) with respect to any qualified trade or busi-
                                                                                                                   ness carried on by the taxpayer is less than the
                                                                                                                   amount determined under paragraph (2)(A) with
                                                                                                                   respect such trade or business,
                                                                                                             then paragraph (2) shall be applied with respect to
                                                                                                             such trade or business without regard to subparagraph
                                                                                                             (B) thereof and by reducing the amount determined
                                                                                                             under subparagraph (A) thereof by the amount deter-
                                                                                                             mined under clause (ii).
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) AMOUNT OF REDUCTION.—The amount deter-
                                                                                                             mined under this subparagraph is the amount which
                                                                                                             bears the same ratio to the excess amount as—
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(I) the amount by which the taxpayer’s tax-
                                                                                                                   able income for the taxable year exceeds the
                                                                                                                   threshold amount, bears to
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(II) $50,000 ($100,000 in the case of a joint
                                                                                                                   return).
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(iii) EXCESS AMOUNT.—For purposes of clause (ii),
                                                                                                             the excess amount is the excess of—
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(I) the amount determined under paragraph
                                                                                                                   (2)(A) (determined without regard to this para-
                                                                                                                   graph), over
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(II) the amount determined under paragraph
                                                                                                                   (2)(B) (determined without regard to this para-
                                                                                                                   graph).
                                                                                                       ‘‘(4) WAGES, ETC.—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘W–2 wages’ means, with
                                                                                                       respect to any person for any taxable year of such person,
                                                                                                       the amounts described in paragraphs (3) and (8) of section
                                                                                                       6051(a) paid by such person with respect to employment
                                                                                                       of employees by such person during the calendar year
                                                                                                       ending during such taxable year.
                                                                                                             ‘‘(B) LIMITATION TO WAGES ATTRIBUTABLE TO QUALIFIED
                                                                                                       BUSINESS INCOME.—Such term shall not include any
                                                                                                       amount which is not properly allocable to qualified business
                                                                                                       income for purposes of subsection (c)(1).
                                                                                                             ‘‘(C) RETURN REQUIREMENT.—Such term shall not




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                       include any amount which is not properly included in a
                                                                                                       return filed with the Social Security Administration on




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00012   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2065

                                                                             or before the 60th day after the due date (including exten-
                                                                             sions) for such return.
                                                                             ‘‘(5) ACQUISITIONS, DISPOSITIONS, AND SHORT TAXABLE
                                                                       YEARS.—The Secretary shall provide for the application of this
                                                                       subsection in cases of a short taxable year or where the tax-
                                                                       payer acquires, or disposes of, the major portion of a trade
                                                                       or business or the major portion of a separate unit of a trade
                                                                       or business during the taxable year.
                                                                             ‘‘(6) QUALIFIED PROPERTY.—For purposes of this section:
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘qualified property’ means,
                                                                             with respect to any qualified trade or business for a taxable
                                                                             year, tangible property of a character subject to the allow-
                                                                             ance for depreciation under section 167—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) which is held by, and available for use in,
                                                                                   the qualified trade or business at the close of the
                                                                                   taxable year,
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) which is used at any point during the taxable
                                                                                   year in the production of qualified business income,
                                                                                   and
                                                                                         ‘‘(iii) the depreciable period for which has not
                                                                                   ended before the close of the taxable year.
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) DEPRECIABLE PERIOD.—The term ‘depreciable
                                                                             period’ means, with respect to qualified property of a tax-
                                                                             payer, the period beginning on the date the property was
                                                                             first placed in service by the taxpayer and ending on the
                                                                             later of—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) the date that is 10 years after such date,
                                                                                   or
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) the last day of the last full year in the
                                                                                   applicable recovery period that would apply to the
                                                                                   property under section 168 (determined without regard
                                                                                   to subsection (g) thereof).
                                                                       ‘‘(c) QUALIFIED BUSINESS INCOME.—For purposes of this sec-
                                                                   tion—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘qualified business income’
                                                                       means, for any taxable year, the net amount of qualified items
                                                                       of income, gain, deduction, and loss with respect to any qualified
                                                                       trade or business of the taxpayer. Such term shall not include
                                                                       any qualified REIT dividends, qualified cooperative dividends,
                                                                       or qualified publicly traded partnership income.
                                                                             ‘‘(2) CARRYOVER OF LOSSES.—If the net amount of qualified
                                                                       income, gain, deduction, and loss with respect to qualified
                                                                       trades or businesses of the taxpayer for any taxable year is
                                                                       less than zero, such amount shall be treated as a loss from
                                                                       a qualified trade or business in the succeeding taxable year.
                                                                             ‘‘(3) QUALIFIED ITEMS OF INCOME, GAIN, DEDUCTION, AND
                                                                       LOSS.—For purposes of this subsection—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘qualified items of income,
                                                                             gain, deduction, and loss’ means items of income, gain,
                                                                             deduction, and loss to the extent such items are—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) effectively connected with the conduct of a
                                                                                   trade or business within the United States (within
                                                                                   the meaning of section 864(c), determined by sub-
                                                                                   stituting ‘qualified trade or business (within the
                                                                                   meaning of section 199A)’ for ‘nonresident alien indi-




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                   vidual or a foreign corporation’ or for ‘a foreign corpora-
                                                                                   tion’ each place it appears), and




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00013   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2066                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) included or allowed in determining taxable
                                                                                                           income for the taxable year.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) EXCEPTIONS.—The following investment items
                                                                                                     shall not be taken into account as a qualified item of
                                                                                                     income, gain, deduction, or loss:
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(i) Any item of short-term capital gain, short-
                                                                                                           term capital loss, long-term capital gain, or long-term
                                                                                                           capital loss.
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) Any dividend, income equivalent to a dividend,
                                                                                                           or payment in lieu of dividends described in section
                                                                                                           954(c)(1)(G).
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(iii) Any interest income other than interest
                                                                                                           income which is properly allocable to a trade or busi-
                                                                                                           ness.
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(iv) Any item of gain or loss described in subpara-
                                                                                                           graph (C) or (D) of section 954(c)(1) (applied by sub-
                                                                                                           stituting ‘qualified trade or business’ for ‘controlled
                                                                                                           foreign corporation’).
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(v) Any item of income, gain, deduction, or loss
                                                                                                           taken into account under section 954(c)(1)(F) (deter-
                                                                                                           mined without regard to clause (ii) thereof and other
                                                                                                           than items attributable to notional principal contracts
                                                                                                           entered into in transactions qualifying under section
                                                                                                           1221(a)(7)).
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(vi) Any amount received from an annuity which
                                                                                                           is not received in connection with the trade or business.
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(vii) Any item of deduction or loss properly allo-
                                                                                                           cable to an amount described in any of the preceding
                                                                                                           clauses.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(4) TREATMENT OF REASONABLE COMPENSATION AND
                                                                                               GUARANTEED PAYMENTS.—Qualified business income shall not
                                                                                               include—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) reasonable compensation paid to the taxpayer by
                                                                                                     any qualified trade or business of the taxpayer for services
                                                                                                     rendered with respect to the trade or business,
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) any guaranteed payment described in section
                                                                                                     707(c) paid to a partner for services rendered with respect
                                                                                                     to the trade or business, and
                                                                                                           ‘‘(C) to the extent provided in regulations, any payment
                                                                                                     described in section 707(a) to a partner for services ren-
                                                                                                     dered with respect to the trade or business.
                                                                                               ‘‘(d) QUALIFIED TRADE OR BUSINESS.—For purposes of this sec-
                                                                                           tion—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘qualified trade or business’
                                                                                               means any trade or business other than—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) a specified service trade or business, or
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) the trade or business of performing services as
                                                                                                     an employee.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(2) SPECIFIED SERVICE TRADE OR BUSINESS.—The term
                                                                                               ‘specified service trade or business’ means any trade or busi-
                                                                                               ness—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) which is described in section 1202(e)(3)(A) (applied
                                                                                                     without regard to the words ‘engineering, architecture,’)
                                                                                                     or which would be so described if the term ‘employees
                                                                                                     or owners’ were substituted for ‘employees’ therein, or




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) which involves the performance of services that
                                                                                                     consist of investing and investment management, trading,




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00014   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2067

                                                                                or dealing in securities (as defined in section 475(c)(2)),
                                                                                partnership interests, or commodities (as defined in section
                                                                                475(e)(2)).
                                                                                ‘‘(3) EXCEPTION FOR SPECIFIED SERVICE BUSINESSES BASED
                                                                          ON TAXPAYER’S INCOME.—
                                                                                      ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—If, for any taxable year, the taxable
                                                                                income of any taxpayer is less than the sum of the threshold
                                                                                amount plus $50,000 ($100,000 in the case of a joint
                                                                                return), then—
                                                                                            ‘‘(i) any specified service trade or business of the
                                                                                      taxpayer shall not fail to be treated as a qualified
                                                                                      trade or business due to paragraph (1)(A), but
                                                                                            ‘‘(ii) only the applicable percentage of qualified
                                                                                      items of income, gain, deduction, or loss, and the W–
                                                                                      2 wages and the unadjusted basis immediately after
                                                                                      acquisition of qualified property, of the taxpayer allo-
                                                                                      cable to such specified service trade or business shall
                                                                                      be taken into account in computing the qualified busi-
                                                                                      ness income, W–2 wages, and the unadjusted basis
                                                                                      immediately after acquisition of qualified property of
                                                                                      the taxpayer for the taxable year for purposes of
                                                                                      applying this section.
                                                                                      ‘‘(B) APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE.—For purposes of
                                                                                subparagraph (A), the term ‘applicable percentage’ means,
                                                                                with respect to any taxable year, 100 percent reduced (not
                                                                                below zero) by the percentage equal to the ratio of—
                                                                                            ‘‘(i) the taxable income of the taxpayer for the
                                                                                      taxable year in excess of the threshold amount, bears
                                                                                      to
                                                                                            ‘‘(ii) $50,000 ($100,000 in the case of a joint return).
                                                                          ‘‘(e) OTHER DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this section—
                                                                                ‘‘(1) TAXABLE INCOME.—Taxable income shall be computed
                                                                          without regard to the deduction allowable under this section.
                                                                                ‘‘(2) THRESHOLD AMOUNT.—
                                                                                      ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘threshold amount’ means
                                                                                $157,500 (200 percent of such amount in the case of a
                                                                                joint return).
                                                                                      ‘‘(B) INFLATION ADJUSTMENT.—In the case of any tax-
                                                                                able year beginning after 2018, the dollar amount in
                                                                                subparagraph (A) shall be increased by an amount equal
                                                                                to—
                                                                                            ‘‘(i) such dollar amount, multiplied by
                                                                                            ‘‘(ii) the cost-of-living adjustment determined
                                                                                      under section 1(f)(3) for the calendar year in which
                                                                                      the taxable year begins, determined by substituting
                                                                                      ‘calendar year 2017’ for ‘calendar year 2016’ in
                                                                                      subparagraph (A)(ii) thereof.
                                                                                The amount of any increase under the preceding sentence
                                                                                shall be rounded as provided in section 1(f)(7).
                                                                                ‘‘(3) QUALIFIED REIT DIVIDEND.—The term ‘qualified REIT
                                                                          dividend’ means any dividend from a real estate investment
                                                                          trust received during the taxable year which—
                                                                                      ‘‘(A) is not a capital gain dividend, as defined in section
                                                                                857(b)(3), and




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                      ‘‘(B) is not qualified dividend income, as defined in
                                                                                section 1(h)(11).




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00015   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2068                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                         ‘‘(4) QUALIFIED COOPERATIVE DIVIDEND.—The term ‘quali-
                                                                                                  fied cooperative dividend’ means any patronage dividend (as
                                                                                                  defined in section 1388(a)), any per-unit retain allocation (as
                                                                                                  defined in section 1388(f)), and any qualified written notice
                                                                                                  of allocation (as defined in section 1388(c)), or any similar
                                                                                                  amount received from an organization described in subpara-
                                                                                                  graph (B)(ii), which—
                                                                                                               ‘‘(A) is includible in gross income, and
                                                                                                               ‘‘(B) is received from—
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(i) an organization or corporation described in
                                                                                                               section 501(c)(12) or 1381(a), or
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(ii) an organization which is governed under this
                                                                                                               title by the rules applicable to cooperatives under this
                                                                                                               title before the enactment of subchapter T.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(5) QUALIFIED PUBLICLY TRADED PARTNERSHIP INCOME.—
                                                                                                  The term ‘qualified publicly traded partnership income’ means,
                                                                                                  with respect to any qualified trade or business of a taxpayer,
                                                                                                  the sum of—
                                                                                                               ‘‘(A) the net amount of such taxpayer’s allocable share
                                                                                                         of each qualified item of income, gain, deduction, and loss
                                                                                                         (as defined in subsection (c)(3) and determined after the
                                                                                                         application of subsection (c)(4)) from a publicly traded part-
                                                                                                         nership (as defined in section 7704(a)) which is not treated
                                                                                                         as a corporation under section 7704(c), plus
                                                                                                               ‘‘(B) any gain recognized by such taxpayer upon disposi-
                                                                                                         tion of its interest in such partnership to the extent such
                                                                                                         gain is treated as an amount realized from the sale or
                                                                                                         exchange of property other than a capital asset under sec-
                                                                                                         tion 751(a).
                                                                                                  ‘‘(f) SPECIAL RULES.—
                                                                                                         ‘‘(1) APPLICATION TO PARTNERSHIPS AND S CORPORATIONS.—
                                                                                                               ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a partnership or
                                                                                                         S corporation—
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(i) this section shall be applied at the partner
                                                                                                               or shareholder level,
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(ii) each partner or shareholder shall take into
                                                                                                               account such person’s allocable share of each qualified
                                                                                                               item of income, gain, deduction, and loss, and
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(iii) each partner or shareholder shall be treated
                                                                                                               for purposes of subsection (b) as having W–2 wages
                                                                                                               and unadjusted basis immediately after acquisition of
                                                                                                               qualified property for the taxable year in an amount
                                                                                                               equal to such person’s allocable share of the W–2 wages
                                                                                                               and the unadjusted basis immediately after acquisition
                                                                                                               of qualified property of the partnership or S corporation
                                                                                                               for the taxable year (as determined under regulations
                                                                                                               prescribed by the Secretary).
                                                                                                         For purposes of clause (iii), a partner’s or shareholder’s
                                                                                                         allocable share of W–2 wages shall be determined in the
                                                                                                         same manner as the partner’s or shareholder’s allocable
                                                                                                         share of wage expenses. For purposes of such clause, part-
                                                                                                         ner’s or shareholder’s allocable share of the unadjusted
                                                                                                         basis immediately after acquisition of qualified property
                                                                                                         shall be determined in the same manner as the partner’s




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                         or shareholder’s allocable share of depreciation. For pur-
                                                                                                         poses of this subparagraph, in the case of an S corporation,




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00016   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2069

                                                                            an allocable share shall be the shareholder’s pro rata share
                                                                            of an item.
                                                                                  ‘‘(B) APPLICATION TO TRUSTS AND ESTATES.—Rules
                                                                            similar to the rules under section 199(d)(1)(B)(i) (as in
                                                                            effect on December 1, 2017) for the apportionment of W–
                                                                            2 wages shall apply to the apportionment of W–2 wages
                                                                            and the apportionment of unadjusted basis immediately
                                                                            after acquisition of qualified property under this section.
                                                                                  ‘‘(C) TREATMENT OF TRADES OR BUSINESS IN PUERTO
                                                                            RICO.—
                                                                                        ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any taxpayer with
                                                                                  qualified business income from sources within the
                                                                                  commonwealth of Puerto Rico, if all such income is
                                                                                  taxable under section 1 for such taxable year, then
                                                                                  for purposes of determining the qualified business
                                                                                  income of such taxpayer for such taxable year, the
                                                                                  term ‘United States’ shall include the Commonwealth
                                                                                  of Puerto Rico.
                                                                                        ‘‘(ii) SPECIAL RULE FOR APPLYING LIMIT.—In the
                                                                                  case of any taxpayer described in clause (i), the deter-
                                                                                  mination of W–2 wages of such taxpayer with respect
                                                                                  to any qualified trade or business conducted in Puerto
                                                                                  Rico shall be made without regard to any exclusion
                                                                                  under section 3401(a)(8) for remuneration paid for serv-
                                                                                  ices in Puerto Rico.
                                                                            ‘‘(2) COORDINATION WITH MINIMUM TAX.—For purposes of
                                                                      determining alternative minimum taxable income under section
                                                                      55, qualified business income shall be determined without
                                                                      regard to any adjustments under sections 56 through 59.
                                                                            ‘‘(3) DEDUCTION LIMITED TO INCOME TAXES.—The deduction
                                                                      under subsection (a) shall only be allowed for purposes of
                                                                      this chapter.
                                                                            ‘‘(4) REGULATIONS.—The Secretary shall prescribe such
                                                                      regulations as are necessary to carry out the purposes of this
                                                                      section, including regulations—
                                                                                  ‘‘(A) for requiring or restricting the allocation of items
                                                                            and wages under this section and such reporting require-
                                                                            ments as the Secretary determines appropriate, and
                                                                                  ‘‘(B) for the application of this section in the case
                                                                            of tiered entities.
                                                                      ‘‘(g) DEDUCTION ALLOWED TO SPECIFIED AGRICULTURAL OR
                                                                   HORTICULTURAL COOPERATIVES.—
                                                                            ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any taxable year of a
                                                                      specified agricultural or horticultural cooperative beginning
                                                                      after December 31, 2017, there shall be allowed a deduction
                                                                      in an amount equal to the lesser of—
                                                                                  ‘‘(A) 20 percent of the excess (if any) of—
                                                                                        ‘‘(i) the gross income of a specified agricultural
                                                                                  or horticultural cooperative, over
                                                                                        ‘‘(ii) the qualified cooperative dividends (as defined
                                                                                  in subsection (e)(4)) paid during the taxable year for
                                                                                  the taxable year, or
                                                                                  ‘‘(B) the greater of—
                                                                                        ‘‘(i) 50 percent of the W–2 wages of the cooperative
                                                                                  with respect to its trade or business, or




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                        ‘‘(ii) the sum of 25 percent of the W–2 wages of
                                                                                  the cooperative with respect to its trade or business,




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00017   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2070                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                           plus 2.5 percent of the unadjusted basis immediately
                                                                                                           after acquisition of all qualified property of the coopera-
                                                                                                           tive.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(2) LIMITATION.—The amount determined under para-
                                                                                               graph (1) shall not exceed the taxable income of the specified
                                                                                               agricultural or horticultural for the taxable year.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(3) SPECIFIED AGRICULTURAL OR HORTICULTURAL COOPERA-
                                                                                               TIVE.—For purposes of this subsection, the term ‘specified agri-
                                                                                               cultural or horticultural cooperative’ means an organization
                                                                                               to which part I of subchapter T applies which is engaged
                                                                                               in—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) the manufacturing, production, growth, or extrac-
                                                                                                     tion in whole or significant part of any agricultural or
                                                                                                     horticultural product,
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) the marketing of agricultural or horticultural prod-
                                                                                                     ucts which its patrons have so manufactured, produced,
                                                                                                     grown, or extracted, or
                                                                                                           ‘‘(C) the provision of supplies, equipment, or services
                                                                                                     to farmers or to organizations described in subparagraph
                                                                                                     (A) or (B).
                                                                                               ‘‘(h) ANTI-ABUSE RULES.—The Secretary shall—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(1) apply rules similar to the rules under section 179(d)(2)
                                                                                               in order to prevent the manipulation of the depreciable period
                                                                                               of qualified property using transactions between related parties,
                                                                                               and
                                                                                                     ‘‘(2) prescribe rules for determining the unadjusted basis
                                                                                               immediately after acquisition of qualified property acquired
                                                                                               in like-kind exchanges or involuntary conversions.
                                                                                               ‘‘(i) TERMINATION.—This section shall not apply to taxable years
                                                                                           beginning after December 31, 2025.’’.
                                                                                               (b) TREATMENT OF DEDUCTION IN COMPUTING ADJUSTED GROSS
                                                                                           AND TAXABLE INCOME.—
                                                                                                     (1) DEDUCTION NOT ALLOWED IN COMPUTING ADJUSTED
                                                                   26 USC 62.                  GROSS INCOME.—Section 62(a) is amended by adding at the
                                                                                               end the following new sentence: ‘‘The deduction allowed by
                                                                                               section 199A shall not be treated as a deduction described
                                                                                               in any of the preceding paragraphs of this subsection.’’.
                                                                                                     (2) DEDUCTION ALLOWED TO NONITEMIZERS.—Section 63(b)
                                                                                               is amended by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end of paragraph (1),
                                                                                               by striking the period at the end of paragraph (2) and inserting
                                                                                               ‘‘, and’’, and by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                                                     ‘‘(3) the deduction provided in section 199A.’’.
                                                                                                     (3) DEDUCTION ALLOWED TO ITEMIZERS WITHOUT LIMITS ON
                                                                                               ITEMIZED DEDUCTIONS.—Section 63(d) is amended by striking
                                                                                               ‘‘and’’ at the end of paragraph (1), by striking the period at
                                                                                               the end of paragraph (2) and inserting ‘‘, and’’, and by adding
                                                                                               at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                                                     ‘‘(3) the deduction provided in section 199A.’’.
                                                                                                     (4) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section 3402(m)(1) is
                                                                                               amended by inserting ‘‘and the estimated deduction allowed
                                                                                               under section 199A’’ after ‘‘chapter 1’’.
                                                                                               (c) ACCURACY-RELATED PENALTY ON DETERMINATION OF
                                                                                           APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE.—Section 6662(d)(1) is amended by
                                                                                           inserting at the end the following new subparagraph:
                                                                                                           ‘‘(C) SPECIAL RULE FOR TAXPAYERS CLAIMING SECTION




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                     199A DEDUCTION.—In the case of any taxpayer who claims
                                                                                                     the deduction allowed under section 199A for the taxable




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00018   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2071

                                                                               year, subparagraph (A) shall be applied by substituting
                                                                               ‘5 percent’ for ‘10 percent’.’’.
                                                                          (d) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                               (1) Section 172(d) is amended by adding at the end the                                    26 USC 172.
                                                                          following new paragraph:
                                                                               ‘‘(8) QUALIFIED BUSINESS INCOME DEDUCTION.—The deduc-
                                                                          tion under section 199A shall not be allowed.’’.
                                                                               (2) Section 246(b)(1) is amended by inserting ‘‘199A,’’ before
                                                                          ‘‘243(a)(1)’’.
                                                                               (3) Section 613(a) is amended by inserting ‘‘and without
                                                                          the deduction under section 199A’’ after ‘‘and without the deduc-
                                                                          tion under section 199’’.
                                                                               (4) Section 613A(d)(1) is amended by redesignating sub-
                                                                          paragraphs (C), (D), and (E) as subparagraphs (D), (E), and
                                                                          (F), respectively, and by inserting after subparagraph (B), the
                                                                          following new subparagraph:
                                                                                     ‘‘(C) any deduction allowable under section 199A,’’.
                                                                               (5) Section 170(b)(2)(D) is amended by striking ‘‘and’’ in
                                                                          clause (iv), by striking the period at the end of clause (v),
                                                                          and by adding at the end the following new clause:
                                                                                           ‘‘(vi) section 199A(g).’’.
                                                                               (6) The table of sections for part VI of subchapter B of
                                                                          chapter 1 is amended by inserting at the end the following                                     26 USC 161 prec.
                                                                          new item:
                                                                   ‘‘Sec. 199A. Qualified business income.’’.
                                                                       (e) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 62 note.
                                                                   shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                   SEC. 11012. LIMITATION ON LOSSES FOR TAXPAYERS OTHER THAN
                                                                                CORPORATIONS.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 461 is amended by adding at the
                                                                   end the following new subsection:
                                                                       ‘‘(l) LIMITATION ON EXCESS BUSINESS LOSSES OF NONCORPORATE
                                                                   TAXPAYERS.—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) LIMITATION.—In the case of taxable year of a taxpayer
                                                                       other than a corporation beginning after December 31, 2017,
                                                                       and before January 1, 2026—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) subsection (j) (relating to limitation on excess farm
                                                                             losses of certain taxpayers) shall not apply, and
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) any excess business loss of the taxpayer for the
                                                                             taxable year shall not be allowed.
                                                                             ‘‘(2) DISALLOWED LOSS CARRYOVER.—Any loss which is dis-
                                                                       allowed under paragraph (1) shall be treated as a net operating
                                                                       loss carryover to the following taxable year under section 172.
                                                                             ‘‘(3) EXCESS BUSINESS LOSS.—For purposes of this sub-
                                                                       section—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘excess business loss’
                                                                             means the excess (if any) of—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) the aggregate deductions of the taxpayer for
                                                                                   the taxable year which are attributable to trades or
                                                                                   businesses of such taxpayer (determined without
                                                                                   regard to whether or not such deductions are dis-
                                                                                   allowed for such taxable year under paragraph (1)),




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                   over
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) the sum of—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00019   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2072                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                                      ‘‘(I) the aggregate gross income or gain of such
                                                                                                               taxpayer for the taxable year which is attributable
                                                                                                               to such trades or businesses, plus
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(II) $250,000 (200 percent of such amount
                                                                                                               in the case of a joint return).
                                                                                                          ‘‘(B) ADJUSTMENT FOR INFLATION.—In the case of any
                                                                                                    taxable year beginning after December 31, 2018, the
                                                                                                    $250,000 amount in subparagraph (A)(ii)(II) shall be
                                                                                                    increased by an amount equal to—
                                                                                                               ‘‘(i) such dollar amount, multiplied by
                                                                                                               ‘‘(ii) the cost-of-living adjustment determined
                                                                                                          under section 1(f)(3) for the calendar year in which
                                                                                                          the taxable year begins, determined by substituting
                                                                                                          ‘2017’ for ‘2016’ in subparagraph (A)(ii) thereof.
                                                                                                          If any amount as increased under the preceding sen-
                                                                                                          tence is not a multiple of $1,000, such amount shall
                                                                                                          be rounded to the nearest multiple of $1,000.
                                                                                                    ‘‘(4) APPLICATION OF SUBSECTION IN CASE OF PARTNERSHIPS
                                                                                               AND S CORPORATIONS.—In the case of a partnership or S cor-
                                                                                               poration—
                                                                                                          ‘‘(A) this subsection shall be applied at the partner
                                                                                                    or shareholder level, and
                                                                                                          ‘‘(B) each partner’s or shareholder’s allocable share
                                                                                                    of the items of income, gain, deduction, or loss of the
                                                                                                    partnership or S corporation for any taxable year from
                                                                                                    trades or businesses attributable to the partnership or
                                                                                                    S corporation shall be taken into account by the partner
                                                                                                    or shareholder in applying this subsection to the taxable
                                                                                                    year of such partner or shareholder with or within which
                                                                                                    the taxable year of the partnership or S corporation ends.
                                                                                               For purposes of this paragraph, in the case of an S corporation,
                                                                                               an allocable share shall be the shareholder’s pro rata share
                                                                                               of an item.
                                                                                                    ‘‘(5) ADDITIONAL REPORTING.—The Secretary shall prescribe
                                                                                               such additional reporting requirements as the Secretary deter-
                                                                                               mines necessary to carry out the purposes of this subsection.
                                                                                                    ‘‘(6) COORDINATION WITH SECTION 469.—This subsection
                                                                                               shall be applied after the application of section 469.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 461 note.            (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                                 PART III—TAX BENEFITS FOR FAMILIES AND
                                                                                                               INDIVIDUALS
                                                                                           SEC. 11021. INCREASE IN STANDARD DEDUCTION.
                                                                   26 USC 63.                  (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (c) of section 63 is amended by
                                                                                           adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                                                    ‘‘(7) SPECIAL RULES FOR TAXABLE YEARS 2018 THROUGH
                                                                                               2025.—In the case of a taxable year beginning after December
                                                                                               31, 2017, and before January 1, 2026—
                                                                                                          ‘‘(A) INCREASE IN STANDARD DEDUCTION.—Paragraph
                                                                                                    (2) shall be applied—
                                                                                                                ‘‘(i) by substituting ‘$18,000’ for ‘$4,400’ in
                                                                                                          subparagraph (B), and
                                                                                                                ‘‘(ii) by substituting ‘$12,000’ for ‘$3,000’ in




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                          subparagraph (C).
                                                                                                          ‘‘(B) ADJUSTMENT FOR INFLATION.—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00020   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2073

                                                                                    ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (4) shall not apply
                                                                               to the dollar amounts contained in paragraphs (2)(B)
                                                                               and (2)(C).
                                                                                    ‘‘(ii) ADJUSTMENT OF INCREASED AMOUNTS.—In the
                                                                               case of a taxable year beginning after 2018, the $18,000
                                                                               and $12,000 amounts in subparagraph (A) shall each
                                                                               be increased by an amount equal to—
                                                                                           ‘‘(I) such dollar amount, multiplied by
                                                                                           ‘‘(II) the cost-of-living adjustment determined
                                                                                    under section 1(f)(3) for the calendar year in which
                                                                                    the taxable year begins, determined by sub-
                                                                                    stituting ‘2017’ for ‘2016’ in subparagraph (A)(ii)
                                                                                    thereof.
                                                                               If any increase under this clause is not a multiple
                                                                               of $50, such increase shall be rounded to the next
                                                                               lowest multiple of $50.’’.
                                                                       (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section                                            26 USC 63 note.
                                                                   shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                   SEC. 11022. INCREASE IN AND MODIFICATION OF CHILD TAX CREDIT.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 24 is amended by adding at the                                            26 USC 24.
                                                                   end the following new subsection:
                                                                       ‘‘(h) SPECIAL RULES FOR TAXABLE YEARS 2018 THROUGH 2025.—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a taxable year beginning
                                                                       after December 31, 2017, and before January 1, 2026, this
                                                                       section shall be applied as provided in paragraphs (2) through
                                                                       (7).
                                                                             ‘‘(2) CREDIT AMOUNT.—Subsection (a) shall be applied by
                                                                       substituting ‘$2,000’ for ‘$1,000’.
                                                                             ‘‘(3) LIMITATION.—In lieu of the amount determined under
                                                                       subsection (b)(2), the threshold amount shall be $400,000 in
                                                                       the case of a joint return ($200,000 in any other case).
                                                                             ‘‘(4) PARTIAL CREDIT ALLOWED FOR CERTAIN OTHER DEPEND-
                                                                       ENTS.—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The credit determined under sub-
                                                                             section (a) (after the application of paragraph (2)) shall
                                                                             be increased by $500 for each dependent of the taxpayer
                                                                             (as defined in section 152) other than a qualifying child
                                                                             described in subsection (c).
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) EXCEPTION FOR CERTAIN NONCITIZENS.—Subpara-
                                                                             graph (A) shall not apply with respect to any individual
                                                                             who would not be a dependent if subparagraph (A) of
                                                                             section 152(b)(3) were applied without regard to all that
                                                                             follows ‘resident of the United States’.
                                                                                   ‘‘(C) CERTAIN QUALIFYING CHILDREN.—In the case of
                                                                             any qualifying child with respect to whom a credit is not
                                                                             allowed under this section by reason of paragraph (7),
                                                                             such child shall be treated as a dependent to whom
                                                                             subparagraph (A) applies.
                                                                             ‘‘(5) MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF REFUNDABLE CREDIT.—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The amount determined under sub-
                                                                             section (d)(1)(A) with respect to any qualifying child shall
                                                                             not exceed $1,400, and such subsection shall be applied
                                                                             without regard to paragraph (4) of this subsection.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) ADJUSTMENT FOR INFLATION.—In the case of a
                                                                             taxable year beginning after 2018, the $1,400 amount in




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00021   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2074                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                    subparagraph (A) shall be increased by an amount equal
                                                                                                    to—
                                                                                                                ‘‘(i) such dollar amount, multiplied by
                                                                                                                ‘‘(ii) the cost-of-living adjustment determined
                                                                                                          under section 1(f)(3) for the calendar year in which
                                                                                                          the taxable year begins, determined by substituting
                                                                                                          ‘2017’ for ‘2016’ in subparagraph (A)(ii) thereof.
                                                                                                    If any increase under this clause is not a multiple of
                                                                                                    $100, such increase shall be rounded to the next lowest
                                                                                                    multiple of $100.
                                                                                                    ‘‘(6) EARNED INCOME THRESHOLD FOR REFUNDABLE
                                                                                               CREDIT.—Subsection (d)(1)(B)(i) shall be applied by substituting
                                                                                               ‘$2,500’ for ‘$3,000’.
                                                                                                    ‘‘(7) SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER REQUIRED.—No credit shall
                                                                                               be allowed under this section to a taxpayer with respect to
                                                                                               any qualifying child unless the taxpayer includes the social
                                                                                               security number of such child on the return of tax for the
                                                                                               taxable year. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term
                                                                                               ‘social security number’ means a social security number issued
                                                                                               to an individual by the Social Security Administration, but
                                                                                               only if the social security number is issued—
                                                                                                          ‘‘(A) to a citizen of the United States or pursuant
                                                                                                    to subclause (I) (or that portion of subclause (III) that
                                                                                                    relates to subclause (I)) of section 205(c)(2)(B)(i) of the
                                                                                                    Social Security Act, and
                                                                                                          ‘‘(B) before the due date for such return.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 24 note.             (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 11023. INCREASED LIMITATION FOR CERTAIN CHARITABLE CON-
                                                                                                         TRIBUTIONS.
                                                                   26 USC 170.                 (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 170(b)(1) is amended by redesignating
                                                                                           subparagraph (G) as subparagraph (H) and by inserting after
                                                                                           subparagraph (F) the following new subparagraph:
                                                                                                        ‘‘(G) INCREASED LIMITATION FOR CASH CONTRIBU-
                                                                                                    TIONS.—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any contribution
                                                                                                        of cash to an organization described in subparagraph
                                                                                                        (A), the total amount of such contributions which may
                                                                                                        be taken into account under subsection (a) for any
                                                                                                        taxable year beginning after December 31, 2017, and
                                                                                                        before January 1, 2026, shall not exceed 60 percent
                                                                                                        of the taxpayer’s contribution base for such year.
                                                                                                             ‘‘(ii) CARRYOVER.—If the aggregate amount of con-
                                                                                                        tributions described in clause (i) exceeds the applicable
                                                                                                        limitation under clause (i) for any taxable year
                                                                                                        described in such clause, such excess shall be treated
                                                                                                        (in a manner consistent with the rules of subsection
                                                                                                        (d)(1)) as a charitable contribution to which clause
                                                                                                        (i) applies in each of the 5 succeeding years in order
                                                                                                        of time.
                                                                                                             ‘‘(iii) COORDINATION WITH SUBPARAGRAPHS (A) AND
                                                                                                        (B).—
                                                                                                                    ‘‘(I) IN GENERAL.—Contributions taken into




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                             account under this subparagraph shall not be
                                                                                                             taken into account under subparagraph (A).




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00022   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2075

                                                                                       ‘‘(II) LIMITATION REDUCTION.—For each tax-
                                                                                   able year described in clause (i), and each taxable
                                                                                   year to which any contribution under this subpara-
                                                                                   graph is carried over under clause (ii), subpara-
                                                                                   graph (A) shall be applied by reducing (but not
                                                                                   below zero) the contribution limitation allowed for
                                                                                   the taxable year under such subparagraph by the
                                                                                   aggregate contributions allowed under this
                                                                                   subparagraph for such taxable year, and subpara-
                                                                                   graph (B) shall be applied by treating any ref-
                                                                                   erence to subparagraph (A) as a reference to both
                                                                                   subparagraph (A) and this subparagraph.’’.
                                                                       (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section                                            26 USC 170 note.
                                                                   shall apply to contributions in taxable years beginning after
                                                                   December 31, 2017.
                                                                   SEC. 11024. INCREASED CONTRIBUTIONS TO ABLE ACCOUNTS.
                                                                      (a) INCREASE IN LIMITATION FOR CONTRIBUTIONS FROM COM-
                                                                   PENSATION OF INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES.—
                                                                           (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 529A(b)(2)(B) is amended to read                                      26 USC 529A.
                                                                          as follows:
                                                                                     ‘‘(B) except in the case of contributions under sub-
                                                                               section (c)(1)(C), if such contribution to an ABLE account
                                                                               would result in aggregate contributions from all contribu-
                                                                               tors to the ABLE account for the taxable year exceeding
                                                                               the sum of—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) the amount in effect under section 2503(b)
                                                                                     for the calendar year in which the taxable year begins,
                                                                                     plus
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) in the case of any contribution by a designated
                                                                                     beneficiary described in paragraph (7) before January
                                                                                     1, 2026, the lesser of—
                                                                                                 ‘‘(I) compensation (as defined by section
                                                                                          219(f)(1)) includible in the designated beneficiary’s
                                                                                          gross income for the taxable year, or
                                                                                                 ‘‘(II) an amount equal to the poverty line for
                                                                                          a one-person household, as determined for the cal-
                                                                                          endar year preceding the calendar year in which
                                                                                          the taxable year begins.’’.
                                                                               (2) RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION.—Para-
                                                                          graph (2) of section 529A(b) is amended by adding at the
                                                                          end the following: ‘‘A designated beneficiary (or a person acting
                                                                          on behalf of such beneficiary) shall maintain adequate records
                                                                          for purposes of ensuring, and shall be responsible for ensuring,
                                                                          that the requirements of subparagraph (B)(ii) are met.’’
                                                                               (3) ELIGIBLE DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY.—Section 529A(b)
                                                                          is amended by adding at the end the following:
                                                                               ‘‘(7) SPECIAL RULES RELATED TO CONTRIBUTION LIMIT.—For
                                                                          purposes of paragraph (2)(B)(ii)—
                                                                                     ‘‘(A) DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY.—A designated bene-
                                                                               ficiary described in this paragraph is an employee
                                                                               (including an employee within the meaning of section
                                                                               401(c)) with respect to whom—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) no contribution is made for the taxable year
                                                                                     to a defined contribution plan (within the meaning




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                     of section 414(i)) with respect to which the require-
                                                                                     ments of section 401(a) or 403(a) are met,




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00023   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2076                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                               ‘‘(ii) no contribution is made for the taxable year
                                                                                                          to an annuity contract described in section 403(b), and
                                                                                                               ‘‘(iii) no contribution is made for the taxable year
                                                                                                          to an eligible deferred compensation plan described
                                                                                                          in section 457(b).
                                                                                                          ‘‘(B) POVERTY LINE.—The term ‘poverty line’ has the
                                                                                                     meaning given such term by section 673 of the Community
                                                                                                     Services Block Grant Act (42 U.S.C. 9902).’’.
                                                                                                (b) ALLOWANCE OF SAVER’S CREDIT FOR ABLE CONTRIBUTIONS
                                                                   26 USC 25B.             BY ACCOUNT HOLDER.—Section 25B(d)(1) is amended by striking
                                                                                           ‘‘and’’ at the end of subparagraph (B)(ii), by striking the period
                                                                                           at the end of subparagraph (C) and inserting ‘‘, and’’, and by
                                                                                           inserting at the end the following:
                                                                                                          ‘‘(D) the amount of contributions made before January
                                                                                                     1, 2026, by such individual to the ABLE account (within
                                                                                                     the meaning of section 529A) of which such individual
                                                                                                     is the designated beneficiary.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 25B note.             (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years beginning after the date of the enact-
                                                                                           ment of this Act.
                                                                                           SEC. 11025. ROLLOVERS TO ABLE PROGRAMS FROM 529 PROGRAMS.
                                                                   26 USC 529.                  (a) IN GENERAL.—Clause (i) of section 529(c)(3)(C) is amended
                                                                                           by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end of subclause (I), by striking the period
                                                                                           at the end of subclause (II) and inserting ‘‘, or’’, and by adding
                                                                                           at the end the following:
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(III) before January 1, 2026, to an ABLE
                                                                                                              account (as defined in section 529A(e)(6)) of the
                                                                                                              designated beneficiary or a member of the family
                                                                                                              of the designated beneficiary.
                                                                                                         Subclause (III) shall not apply to so much of a distribu-
                                                                                                         tion which, when added to all other contributions made
                                                                                                         to the ABLE account for the taxable year, exceeds
                                                                                                         the limitation under section 529A(b)(2)(B)(i).’’.
                                                                   26 USC 529 note.             (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to distributions after the date of the enactment of
                                                                                           this Act.
                                                                   26 USC 112 note.        SEC. 11026. TREATMENT OF CERTAIN INDIVIDUALS PERFORMING
                                                                                                       SERVICES IN THE SINAI PENINSULA OF EGYPT.
                                                                                                (a) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of the following provisions of
                                                                                           the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, with respect to the applicable
                                                                                           period, a qualified hazardous duty area shall be treated in the
                                                                                           same manner as if it were a combat zone (as determined under
                                                                                           section 112 of such Code):
                                                                                                     (1) Section 2(a)(3) (relating to special rule where deceased
                                                                                                spouse was in missing status).
                                                                                                     (2) Section 112 (relating to the exclusion of certain combat
                                                                                                pay of members of the Armed Forces).
                                                                                                     (3) Section 692 (relating to income taxes of members of
                                                                                                Armed Forces on death).
                                                                                                     (4) Section 2201 (relating to members of the Armed Forces
                                                                                                dying in combat zone or by reason of combat-zone-incurred
                                                                                                wounds, etc.).




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                     (5) Section 3401(a)(1) (defining wages relating to combat
                                                                                                pay for members of the Armed Forces).




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00024   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2077

                                                                             (6) Section 4253(d) (relating to the taxation of phone service
                                                                        originating from a combat zone from members of the Armed
                                                                        Forces).
                                                                             (7) Section 6013(f)(1) (relating to joint return where indi-
                                                                        vidual is in missing status).
                                                                             (8) Section 7508 (relating to time for performing certain
                                                                        acts postponed by reason of service in combat zone).
                                                                        (b) QUALIFIED HAZARDOUS DUTY AREA.—For purposes of this
                                                                   section, the term ‘‘qualified hazardous duty area’’ means the Sinai
                                                                   Peninsula of Egypt, if as of the date of the enactment of this
                                                                   section any member of the Armed Forces of the United States
                                                                   is entitled to special pay under section 310 of title 37, United
                                                                   States Code (relating to special pay; duty subject to hostile fire
                                                                   or imminent danger), for services performed in such location. Such
                                                                   term includes such location only during the period such entitlement
                                                                   is in effect.
                                                                        (c) APPLICABLE PERIOD.—
                                                                             (1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in paragraph (2), the
                                                                        applicable period is—
                                                                                  (A) the portion of the first taxable year ending after
                                                                             June 9, 2015, which begins on such date, and
                                                                                  (B) any subsequent taxable year beginning before
                                                                             January 1, 2026.
                                                                             (2) WITHHOLDING.—In the case of subsection (a)(5), the
                                                                        applicable period is—
                                                                                  (A) the portion of the first taxable year ending after
                                                                             the date of the enactment of this Act which begins on
                                                                             such date, and
                                                                                  (B) any subsequent taxable year beginning before
                                                                             January 1, 2026.
                                                                        (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—
                                                                             (1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in paragraph (2), the
                                                                        provisions of this section shall take effect on June 9, 2015.
                                                                             (2) WITHHOLDING.—Subsection (a)(5) shall apply to remu-
                                                                        neration paid after the date of the enactment of this Act.
                                                                   SEC. 11027. TEMPORARY REDUCTION IN MEDICAL EXPENSE DEDUC-
                                                                                TION FLOOR.
                                                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (f) of section 213 is amended                                         26 USC 213.
                                                                   to read as follows:
                                                                        ‘‘(f) SPECIAL RULES FOR 2013 THROUGH 2018.—In the case
                                                                   of any taxable year—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) beginning after December 31, 2012, and ending before
                                                                        January 1, 2017, in the case of a taxpayer if such taxpayer
                                                                        or such taxpayer’s spouse has attained age 65 before the close
                                                                        of such taxable year, and
                                                                              ‘‘(2) beginning after December 31, 2016, and ending before
                                                                        January 1, 2019, in the case of any taxpayer,
                                                                   subsection (a) shall be applied with respect to a taxpayer by sub-
                                                                   stituting ‘7.5 percent’ for ‘10 percent’.’’.
                                                                        (b) MINIMUM TAX PREFERENCE NOT TO APPLY.—Section
                                                                   56(b)(1)(B) is amended by adding at the end the following new
                                                                   sentence: ‘‘This subparagraph shall not apply to taxable years begin-
                                                                   ning after December 31, 2016, and ending before January 1, 2019’’.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                        (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section                                           26 USC 56 note.
                                                                   shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2016.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00025   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2078                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017
                                                                                           SEC. 11028. RELIEF FOR 2016 DISASTER AREAS.
                                                                                                (a) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this section, the term ‘‘2016
                                                                                           disaster area’’ means any area with respect to which a major
                                                                                           disaster has been declared by the President under section 401
                                                                                           of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance
                                                                                           Act during calendar year 2016.
                                                                                                (b) SPECIAL RULES FOR USE OF RETIREMENT FUNDS WITH
                                                                                           RESPECT TO AREAS DAMAGED BY 2016 DISASTERS.—
                                                                                                     (1) TAX-FAVORED WITHDRAWALS FROM RETIREMENT PLANS.—
                                                                                                          (A) IN GENERAL.—Section 72(t) of the Internal Revenue
                                                                                                     Code of 1986 shall not apply to any qualified 2016 disaster
                                                                                                     distribution.
                                                                                                          (B) AGGREGATE DOLLAR LIMITATION.—
                                                                                                                (i) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this subsection,
                                                                                                          the aggregate amount of distributions received by an
                                                                                                          individual which may be treated as qualified 2016
                                                                                                          disaster distributions for any taxable year shall not
                                                                                                          exceed the excess (if any) of—
                                                                                                                      (I) $100,000, over
                                                                                                                      (II) the aggregate amounts treated as qualified
                                                                                                                2016 disaster distributions received by such indi-
                                                                                                                vidual for all prior taxable years.
                                                                                                                (ii) TREATMENT OF PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS.—If a dis-
                                                                                                          tribution to an individual would (without regard to
                                                                                                          clause (i)) be a qualified 2016 disaster distribution,
                                                                                                          a plan shall not be treated as violating any requirement
                                                                                                          of this title merely because the plan treats such dis-
                                                                                                          tribution as a qualified 2016 disaster distribution,
                                                                                                          unless the aggregate amount of such distributions from
                                                                                                          all plans maintained by the employer (and any member
                                                                                                          of any controlled group which includes the employer)
                                                                                                          to such individual exceeds $100,000.
                                                                                                                (iii) CONTROLLED GROUP.—For purposes of clause
                                                                                                          (ii), the term ‘‘controlled group’’ means any group
                                                                                                          treated as a single employer under subsection (b), (c),
                                                                                                          (m), or (o) of section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                                                          of 1986.
                                                                                                          (C) AMOUNT DISTRIBUTED MAY BE REPAID.—
                                                                                                                (i) IN GENERAL.—Any individual who receives a
                                                                                                          qualified 2016 disaster distribution may, at any time
                                                                                                          during the 3-year period beginning on the day after
                                                                                                          the date on which such distribution was received, make
                                                                                                          one or more contributions in an aggregate amount
                                                                                                          not to exceed the amount of such distribution to an
                                                                                                          eligible retirement plan of which such individual is
                                                                                                          a beneficiary and to which a rollover contribution of
                                                                                                          such distribution could be made under section 402(c),
                                                                                                          403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3), or 457(e)(16) of the
                                                                                                          Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the case may be.
                                                                                                                (ii) TREATMENT OF REPAYMENTS OF DISTRIBUTIONS
                                                                                                          FROM ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLANS OTHER THAN IRAS.—
                                                                                                          For purposes of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
                                                                                                          if a contribution is made pursuant to clause (i) with
                                                                                                          respect to a qualified 2016 disaster distribution from
                                                                                                          an eligible retirement plan other than an individual




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                          retirement plan, then the taxpayer shall, to the extent
                                                                                                          of the amount of the contribution, be treated as having




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00026   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2079

                                                                                       received the qualified 2016 disaster distribution in an
                                                                                       eligible rollover distribution (as defined in section
                                                                                       402(c)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) and
                                                                                       as having transferred the amount to the eligible retire-
                                                                                       ment plan in a direct trustee to trustee transfer within
                                                                                       60 days of the distribution.
                                                                                             (iii) TREATMENT OF REPAYMENTS FOR DISTRIBU-
                                                                                       TIONS FROM IRAS.—For purposes of the Internal Rev-
                                                                                       enue Code of 1986, if a contribution is made pursuant
                                                                                       to clause (i) with respect to a qualified 2016 disaster
                                                                                       distribution from an individual retirement plan (as
                                                                                       defined by section 7701(a)(37) of the Internal Revenue
                                                                                       Code of 1986), then, to the extent of the amount of
                                                                                       the contribution, the qualified 2016 disaster distribu-
                                                                                       tion shall be treated as a distribution described in
                                                                                       section 408(d)(3) of such Code and as having been
                                                                                       transferred to the eligible retirement plan in a direct
                                                                                       trustee to trustee transfer within 60 days of the dis-
                                                                                       tribution.
                                                                                       (D) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this paragraph—
                                                                                             (i) QUALIFIED 2016 DISASTER DISTRIBUTION.—Except
                                                                                       as provided in subparagraph (B), the term ‘‘qualified
                                                                                       2016 disaster distribution’’ means any distribution
                                                                                       from an eligible retirement plan made on or after
                                                                                       January 1, 2016, and before January 1, 2018, to an
                                                                                       individual whose principal place of abode at any time
                                                                                       during calendar year 2016 was located in a disaster
                                                                                       area described in subsection (a) and who has sustained
                                                                                       an economic loss by reason of the events giving rise
                                                                                       to the Presidential declaration described in subsection
                                                                                       (a) which was applicable to such area.
                                                                                             (ii) ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLAN.—The term
                                                                                       ‘‘eligible retirement plan’’ shall have the meaning given
                                                                                       such term by section 402(c)(8)(B) of the Internal Rev-
                                                                                       enue Code of 1986.
                                                                                       (E) INCOME INCLUSION SPREAD OVER 3-YEAR PERIOD.—
                                                                                             (i) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any qualified 2016
                                                                                       disaster distribution, unless the taxpayer elects not
                                                                                       to have this subparagraph apply for any taxable year,
                                                                                       any amount required to be included in gross income
                                                                                       for such taxable year shall be so included ratably over
                                                                                       the 3-taxable-year period beginning with such taxable
                                                                                       year.
                                                                                             (ii) SPECIAL RULE.—For purposes of clause (i), rules
                                                                                       similar to the rules of subparagraph (E) of section
                                                                                       408A(d)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall
                                                                                       apply.
                                                                                       (F) SPECIAL RULES.—
                                                                                             (i) EXEMPTION OF DISTRIBUTIONS FROM TRUSTEE
                                                                                       TO TRUSTEE TRANSFER AND WITHHOLDING RULES.—For
                                                                                       purposes of sections 401(a)(31), 402(f), and 3405 of
                                                                                       the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, qualified 2016
                                                                                       disaster distribution shall not be treated as eligible
                                                                                       rollover distributions.
                                                                                             (ii) QUALIFIED 2016 DISASTER DISTRIBUTIONS




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                       TREATED AS MEETING PLAN DISTRIBUTION REQUIRE-
                                                                                       MENTS.—For purposes of the Internal Revenue Code




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00027   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2080                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                         of 1986, a qualified 2016 disaster distribution shall
                                                                                                         be treated as meeting the requirements of sections
                                                                                                         401(k)(2)(B)(i),      403(b)(7)(A)(ii),  403(b)(11),    and
                                                                                                         457(d)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
                                                                                                    (2) PROVISIONS RELATING TO PLAN AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                                                         (A) IN GENERAL.—If this paragraph applies to any
                                                                                                    amendment to any plan or annuity contract, such plan
                                                                                                    or contract shall be treated as being operated in accordance
                                                                                                    with the terms of the plan during the period described
                                                                                                    in subparagraph (B)(ii)(I).
                                                                                                         (B) AMENDMENTS TO WHICH SUBSECTION APPLIES.—
                                                                                                              (i) IN GENERAL.—This paragraph shall apply to
                                                                                                         any amendment to any plan or annuity contract which
                                                                                                         is made—
                                                                                                                    (I) pursuant to any provision of this section,
                                                                                                              or pursuant to any regulation under any provision
                                                                                                              of this section, and
                                                                                                                    (II) on or before the last day of the first plan
                                                                                                              year beginning on or after January 1, 2018, or
                                                                                                              such later date as the Secretary prescribes.
                                                                                                         In the case of a governmental plan (as defined in
                                                                                                         section 414(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986),
                                                                                                         subclause (II) shall be applied by substituting the date
                                                                                                         which is 2 years after the date otherwise applied under
                                                                                                         subclause (II).
                                                                                                              (ii) CONDITIONS.—This paragraph shall not apply
                                                                                                         to any amendment to a plan or contract unless such
                                                                                                         amendment applies retroactively for such period, and
                                                                                                         shall not apply to any such amendment unless the
                                                                                                         plan or contract is operated as if such amendment
                                                                                                         were in effect during the period—
                                                                                                                    (I) beginning on the date that this section
                                                                                                              or the regulation described in clause (i)(I) takes
                                                                                                              effect (or in the case of a plan or contract amend-
                                                                                                              ment not required by this section or such regula-
                                                                                                              tion, the effective date specified by the plan), and
                                                                                                                    (II) ending on the date described in clause
                                                                                                              (i)(II) (or, if earlier, the date the plan or contract
                                                                                                              amendment is adopted).
                                                                                               (c) SPECIAL RULES FOR PERSONAL CASUALTY LOSSES RELATED
                                                                                           TO 2016 MAJOR DISASTER.—
                                                                                                    (1) IN GENERAL.—If an individual has a net disaster loss
                                                                                               for any taxable year beginning after December 31, 2015, and
                                                                                               before January 1, 2018—
                                                                                                         (A)     the     amount       determined    under     section
                                                                                                    165(h)(2)(A)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall
                                                                                                    be equal to the sum of—
                                                                                                              (i) such net disaster loss, and
                                                                                                              (ii) so much of the excess referred to in the matter
                                                                                                         preceding clause (i) of section 165(h)(2)(A) of such Code
                                                                                                         (reduced by the amount in clause (i) of this subpara-
                                                                                                         graph) as exceeds 10 percent of the adjusted gross
                                                                                                         income of the individual,
                                                                                                         (B) section 165(h)(1) of such Code shall be applied




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                    by substituting ‘‘$500’’ for ‘‘$500 ($100 for taxable years
                                                                                                    beginning after December 31, 2009)’’,




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00028   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2081

                                                                                   (C) the standard deduction determined under section
                                                                              63(c) of such Code shall be increased by the net disaster
                                                                              loss, and
                                                                                   (D) section 56(b)(1)(E) of such Code shall not apply
                                                                              to so much of the standard deduction as is attributable
                                                                              to the increase under subparagraph (C) of this paragraph.
                                                                              (2) NET DISASTER LOSS.—For purposes of this subsection,
                                                                          the term ‘‘net disaster loss’’ means the excess of qualified dis-
                                                                          aster-related personal casualty losses over personal casualty
                                                                          gains (as defined in section 165(h)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue
                                                                          Code of 1986).
                                                                              (3) QUALIFIED DISASTER-RELATED PERSONAL CASUALTY
                                                                          LOSSES.—For purposes of this paragraph, the term ‘‘qualified
                                                                          disaster-related personal casualty losses’’ means losses
                                                                          described in section 165(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                          of 1986 which arise in a disaster area described in subsection
                                                                          (a) on or after January 1, 2016, and which are attributable
                                                                          to the events giving rise to the Presidential declaration
                                                                          described in subsection (a) which was applicable to such area.

                                                                                                 PART IV—EDUCATION
                                                                   SEC.     11031.      TREATMENT OF STUDENT LOANS                              DISCHARGED        ON
                                                                                        ACCOUNT OF DEATH OR DISABILITY.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 108(f) is amended by adding at the                                        26 USC 108.
                                                                   end the following new paragraph:
                                                                            ‘‘(5) DISCHARGES ON ACCOUNT OF DEATH OR DISABILITY.—
                                                                                  ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of an individual, gross
                                                                            income does not include any amount which (but for this
                                                                            subsection) would be includible in gross income for such
                                                                            taxable year by reasons of the discharge (in whole or in
                                                                            part) of any loan described in subparagraph (B) after
                                                                            December 31, 2017, and before January 1, 2026, if such
                                                                            discharge was—
                                                                                       ‘‘(i) pursuant to subsection (a) or (d) of section
                                                                                  437 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 or the parallel
                                                                                  benefit under part D of title IV of such Act (relating
                                                                                  to the repayment of loan liability),
                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) pursuant to section 464(c)(1)(F) of such Act,
                                                                                  or
                                                                                       ‘‘(iii) otherwise discharged on account of the death
                                                                                  or total and permanent disability of the student.
                                                                                  ‘‘(B) LOANS DESCRIBED.—A loan is described in this
                                                                            subparagraph if such loan is—
                                                                                       ‘‘(i) a student loan (as defined in paragraph (2)),
                                                                                  or
                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) a private education loan (as defined in section
                                                                                  140(7) of the Consumer Credit Protection Act (15
                                                                                  U.S.C. 1650(7))).’’.
                                                                       (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section                                            26 USC 108 note.
                                                                   shall apply to discharges of indebtedness after December 31, 2017.
                                                                   SEC. 11032. 529 ACCOUNT FUNDING FOR ELEMENTARY AND SEC-
                                                                                ONDARY EDUCATION.
                                                                          (a) IN GENERAL.—




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                               (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 529(c) is amended by adding at
                                                                          the end the following new paragraph:




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00029   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2082                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                      ‘‘(7) TREATMENT OF ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY TUI-
                                                                                                  TION.—Any reference in this subsection to the term ‘qualified
                                                                                               higher education expense’ shall include a reference to expenses
                                                                                               for tuition in connection with enrollment or attendance at an
                                                                                               elementary or secondary public, private, or religious school.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 529.                      (2) LIMITATION.—Section 529(e)(3)(A) is amended by adding
                                                                                               at the end the following: ‘‘The amount of cash distributions
                                                                                               from all qualified tuition programs described in subsection
                                                                                               (b)(1)(A)(ii) with respect to a beneficiary during any taxable
                                                                                               year shall, in the aggregate, include not more than $10,000
                                                                                               in expenses described in subsection (c)(7) incurred during the
                                                                                               taxable year.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 529 note.            (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to distributions made after December 31, 2017.

                                                                                                  PART V—DEDUCTIONS AND EXCLUSIONS
                                                                                           SEC. 11041. SUSPENSION OF DEDUCTION FOR PERSONAL EXEMPTIONS.
                                                                                               (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (d) of section 151 is amended—
                                                                                                     (1) by striking ‘‘In the case of’’ in paragraph (4) and
                                                                                               inserting ‘‘Except as provided in paragraph (5), in the case
                                                                                               of’’, and
                                                                                                     (2) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                                                     ‘‘(5) SPECIAL RULES FOR TAXABLE YEARS 2018 THROUGH
                                                                                               2025.—In the case of a taxable year beginning after December
                                                                                               31, 2017, and before January 1, 2026—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) EXEMPTION AMOUNT.—The term ‘exemption
                                                                                                     amount’ means zero.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) REFERENCES.—For purposes of any other provision
                                                                                                     of this title, the reduction of the exemption amount to
                                                                                                     zero under subparagraph (A) shall not be taken into
                                                                                                     account in determining whether a deduction is allowed
                                                                                                     or allowable, or whether a taxpayer is entitled to a deduc-
                                                                                                     tion, under this section.’’.
                                                                                               (b) APPLICATION TO ESTATES AND TRUSTS.—Section 642(b)(2)(C)
                                                                                           is amended by adding at the end the following new clause:
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(iii) YEARS WHEN PERSONAL EXEMPTION AMOUNT
                                                                                                           IS ZERO.—
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(I) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any taxable
                                                                                                                 year in which the exemption amount under section
                                                                                                                 151(d) is zero, clause (i) shall be applied by sub-
                                                                                                                 stituting ‘$4,150’ for ‘the exemption amount under
                                                                                                                 section 151(d)’.
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(II) INFLATION ADJUSTMENT.—In the case of
                                                                                                                 any taxable year beginning in a calendar year
                                                                                                                 after 2018, the $4,150 amount in subparagraph
                                                                                                                 (A) shall be increased in the same manner as
                                                                                                                 provided in section 6334(d)(4)(C).’’.
                                                                                               (c) MODIFICATION OF WAGE WITHHOLDING RULES.—
                                                                                                     (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 3402(a)(2) is amended by striking
                                                                                               ‘‘means the amount’’ and all that follows and inserting ‘‘means
                                                                                               the amount by which the wages exceed the taxpayer’s with-
                                                                                               holding allowance, prorated to the payroll period.’’.
                                                                                                     (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                           (A) Section 3401 is amended by striking subsection
                                                                                                     (e).




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00030   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2083

                                                                                     (B) Paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 3402(f) are                                   26 USC 3402.
                                                                               amended to read as follows:
                                                                               ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Under rules determined by the Sec-
                                                                          retary, an employee receiving wages shall on any day be entitled
                                                                          to a withholding allowance determined based on—
                                                                                     ‘‘(A) whether the employee is an individual for whom
                                                                               a deduction is allowable with respect to another taxpayer
                                                                               under section 151;
                                                                                     ‘‘(B) if the employee is married, whether the employee’s
                                                                               spouse is entitled to an allowance, or would be so entitled
                                                                               if such spouse were an employee receiving wages, under
                                                                               subparagraph (A) or (D), but only if such spouse does
                                                                               not have in effect a withholding allowance certificate
                                                                               claiming such allowance;
                                                                                     ‘‘(C) the number of individuals with respect to whom,
                                                                               on the basis of facts existing at the beginning of such
                                                                               day, there may reasonably be expected to be allowable
                                                                               a credit under section 24(a) for the taxable year under
                                                                               subtitle A in respect of which amounts deducted and with-
                                                                               held under this chapter in the calendar year in which
                                                                               such day falls are allowed as a credit;
                                                                                     ‘‘(D) any additional amounts to which the employee
                                                                               elects to take into account under subsection (m), but only
                                                                               if the employee’s spouse does not have in effect a with-
                                                                               holding allowance certificate making such an election;
                                                                                     ‘‘(E) the standard deduction allowable to such employee
                                                                               (one-half of such standard deduction in the case of an
                                                                               employee who is married (as determined under section
                                                                               7703) and whose spouse is an employee receiving wages
                                                                               subject to withholding); and
                                                                                     ‘‘(F) whether the employee has withholding allowance
                                                                               certificates in effect with respect to more than 1 employer.
                                                                               ‘‘(2) ALLOWANCE CERTIFICATES.—
                                                                                     ‘‘(A) ON COMMENCEMENT OF EMPLOYMENT.—On or
                                                                               before the date of the commencement of employment with
                                                                               an employer, the employee shall furnish the employer with
                                                                               a signed withholding allowance certificate relating to the
                                                                               withholding allowance claimed by the employee, which
                                                                               shall in no event exceed the amount to which the employee
                                                                               is entitled.
                                                                                     ‘‘(B) CHANGE OF STATUS.—If, on any day during the
                                                                               calendar year, an employee’s withholding allowance is in
                                                                               excess of the withholding allowance to which the employee
                                                                               would be entitled had the employee submitted a true and
                                                                               accurate withholding allowance certificate to the employer
                                                                               on that day, the employee shall within 10 days thereafter
                                                                               furnish the employer with a new withholding allowance
                                                                               certificate. If, on any day during the calendar year, an
                                                                               employee’s withholding allowance is greater than the with-
                                                                               holding allowance claimed, the employee may furnish the
                                                                               employer with a new withholding allowance certificate
                                                                               relating to the withholding allowance to which the
                                                                               employee is so entitled, which shall in no event exceed
                                                                               the amount to which the employee is entitled on such
                                                                               day.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                     ‘‘(C) CHANGE OF STATUS WHICH AFFECTS NEXT CAL-
                                                                               ENDAR YEAR.—If on any day during the calendar year the




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00031   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2084                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                   withholding allowance to which the employee will be, or
                                                                                                   may reasonably be expected to be, entitled at the beginning
                                                                                                   of the employee’s next taxable year under subtitle A is
                                                                                                   different from the allowance to which the employee is enti-
                                                                                                   tled on such day, the employee shall, in such cases and
                                                                                                   at such times as the Secretary shall by regulations pre-
                                                                                                   scribe, furnish the employer with a withholding allowance
                                                                                                   certificate relating to the withholding allowance which the
                                                                                                   employee claims with respect to such next taxable year,
                                                                                                   which shall in no event exceed the withholding allowance
                                                                                                   to which the employee will be, or may reasonably be
                                                                                                   expected to be, so entitled.’’.
                                                                                                         (C) Subsections (b)(1), (b)(2), (f)(3), (f)(4), (f)(5), (f)(7)
                                                                                                   (including the heading thereof), (g)(4), (l)(1), (l)(2), and (n)
                                                                                                   of section 3402 are each amended by striking ‘‘exemption’’
                                                                                                   each place it appears and inserting ‘‘allowance’’.
                                                                                                         (D) The heading of section 3402(f) is amended by
                                                                                                   striking ‘‘EXEMPTIONS’’ and inserting ‘‘ALLOWANCE’’.
                                                                                                         (E) Section 3402(m) is amended by striking ‘‘additional
                                                                                                   withholding allowances or additional reductions in with-
                                                                                                   holding under this subsection. In determining the number
                                                                                                   of additional withholding allowances’’ and inserting ‘‘an
                                                                                                   additional withholding allowance or additional reductions
                                                                                                   in withholding under this subsection. In determining the
                                                                                                   additional withholding allowance’’.
                                                                                                         (F) Paragraphs (3) and (4) of section 3405(a) (and the
                                                                   26 USC 3405.                    heading for such paragraph (4)) are each amended by
                                                                                                   striking ‘‘exemption’’ each place it appears and inserting
                                                                                                   ‘‘allowance’’.
                                                                                                         (G) Section 3405(a)(4) is amended by striking ‘‘shall
                                                                                                   be determined’’ and all that follows through ‘‘3 withholding
                                                                                                   exemptions’’ and inserting ‘‘shall be determined under rules
                                                                                                   prescribed by the Secretary’’.
                                                                                               (d) EXCEPTION FOR DETERMINING PROPERTY EXEMPT FROM
                                                                                           LEVY.—Section 6334(d) is amended by adding at the end the fol-
                                                                                           lowing new paragraph:
                                                                                                   ‘‘(4) YEARS WHEN PERSONAL EXEMPTION AMOUNT IS ZERO.—
                                                                                                         ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any taxable year
                                                                                                   in which the exemption amount under section 151(d) is
                                                                                                   zero, paragraph (2) shall not apply and for purposes of
                                                                                                   paragraph (1) the term ‘exempt amount’ means an amount
                                                                                                   equal to—
                                                                                                              ‘‘(i) the sum of the amount determined under
                                                                                                         subparagraph (B) and the standard deduction, divided
                                                                                                         by
                                                                                                              ‘‘(ii) 52.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(B) AMOUNT DETERMINED.—For purposes of subpara-
                                                                                                   graph (A), the amount determined under this subparagraph
                                                                                                   is $4,150 multiplied by the number of the taxpayer’s
                                                                                                   dependents for the taxable year in which the levy occurs.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(C) INFLATION ADJUSTMENT.—In the case of any tax-
                                                                                                   able year beginning in a calendar year after 2018, the
                                                                                                   $4,150 amount in subparagraph (B) shall be increased by
                                                                                                   an amount equal to—
                                                                                                              ‘‘(i) such dollar amount, multiplied by




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                              ‘‘(ii) the cost-of-living adjustment determined
                                                                                                         under section 1(f)(3) for the calendar year in which




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00032   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2085

                                                                                   the taxable year begins, determined by substituting
                                                                                   ‘2017’ for ‘2016’ in subparagraph (A)(ii) thereof.
                                                                             If any increase determined under the preceding sentence
                                                                             is not a multiple of $100, such increase shall be rounded
                                                                             to the next lowest multiple of $100.
                                                                                   ‘‘(D) VERIFIED STATEMENT.—Unless the taxpayer sub-
                                                                             mits to the Secretary a written and properly verified state-
                                                                             ment specifying the facts necessary to determine the proper
                                                                             amount under subparagraph (A), subparagraph (A) shall
                                                                             be applied as if the taxpayer were a married individual
                                                                             filing a separate return with no dependents.’’.
                                                                       (e) PERSONS REQUIRED TO MAKE RETURNS OF INCOME.—Section
                                                                   6012 is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:                                    26 USC 6012.
                                                                       ‘‘(f) SPECIAL RULE FOR TAXABLE YEARS 2018 THROUGH 2025.—
                                                                   In the case of a taxable year beginning after December 31, 2017,
                                                                   and before January 1, 2026, subsection (a)(1) shall not apply, and
                                                                   every individual who has gross income for the taxable year shall
                                                                   be required to make returns with respect to income taxes under
                                                                   subtitle A, except that a return shall not be required of—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) an individual who is not married (determined by
                                                                       applying section 7703) and who has gross income for the taxable
                                                                       year which does not exceed the standard deduction applicable
                                                                       to such individual for such taxable year under section 63,
                                                                       or
                                                                             ‘‘(2) an individual entitled to make a joint return if—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) the gross income of such individual, when com-
                                                                             bined with the gross income of such individual’s spouse,
                                                                             for the taxable year does not exceed the standard deduction
                                                                             which would be applicable to the taxpayer for such taxable
                                                                             year under section 63 if such individual and such individ-
                                                                             ual’s spouse made a joint return,
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) such individual and such individual’s spouse have
                                                                             the same household as their home at the close of the
                                                                             taxable year,
                                                                                   ‘‘(C) such individual’s spouse does not make a separate
                                                                             return, and
                                                                                   ‘‘(D) neither such individual nor such individual’s
                                                                             spouse is an individual described in section 63(c)(5) who
                                                                             has income (other than earned income) in excess of the
                                                                             amount in effect under section 63(c)(5)(A).’’.
                                                                       (f) EFFECTIVE DATE.—                                                                              26 USC 151 note.
                                                                             (1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in paragraph (2), the
                                                                       amendments made by this section shall apply to taxable years
                                                                       beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                             (2) WAGE WITHHOLDING.—The Secretary of the Treasury
                                                                       may administer section 3402 for taxable years beginning before
                                                                       January 1, 2019, without regard to the amendments made
                                                                       by subsections (a) and (c).
                                                                   SEC. 11042. LIMITATION ON DEDUCTION FOR STATE AND LOCAL, ETC.
                                                                                 TAXES.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (b) of section 164 is amended
                                                                   by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                           ‘‘(6) LIMITATION ON INDIVIDUAL DEDUCTIONS FOR TAXABLE
                                                                       YEARS 2018 THROUGH 2025.—In the case of an individual and




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                       a taxable year beginning after December 31, 2017, and before
                                                                       January 1, 2026—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00033   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2086                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                         ‘‘(A) foreign real property taxes shall not be taken
                                                                                                    into account under subsection (a)(1), and
                                                                                                         ‘‘(B) the aggregate amount of taxes taken into account
                                                                                                    under paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) of subsection (a) and
                                                                                                    paragraph (5) of this subsection for any taxable year shall
                                                                                                    not exceed $10,000 ($5,000 in the case of a married indi-
                                                                                                    vidual filing a separate return).
                                                                                               The preceding sentence shall not apply to any foreign taxes
                                                                                               described in subsection (a)(3) or to any taxes described in
                                                                                               paragraph (1) and (2) of subsection (a) which are paid or accrued
                                                                                               in carrying on a trade or business or an activity described
                                                                                               in section 212. For purposes of subparagraph (B), an amount
                                                                                               paid in a taxable year beginning before January 1, 2018, with
                                                                                               respect to a State or local income tax imposed for a taxable
                                                                                               year beginning after December 31, 2017, shall be treated as
                                                                                               paid on the last day of the taxable year for which such tax
                                                                                               is so imposed.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 164 note.            (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2016.
                                                                                           SEC. 11043. LIMITATION ON DEDUCTION FOR QUALIFIED RESIDENCE
                                                                                                         INTEREST.
                                                                   26 USC 163.                 (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 163(h)(3) is amended by adding at
                                                                                           the end the following new subparagraph:
                                                                                                         ‘‘(F) SPECIAL RULES FOR TAXABLE YEARS 2018 THROUGH
                                                                                                    2025.—
                                                                                                               ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—In the case of taxable years
                                                                                                         beginning after December 31, 2017, and before January
                                                                                                         1, 2026—
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(I) DISALLOWANCE OF HOME EQUITY INDEBTED-
                                                                                                               NESS INTEREST.—Subparagraph (A)(ii) shall not
                                                                                                               apply.
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(II) LIMITATION ON ACQUISITION INDEBTED-
                                                                                                               NESS.—Subparagraph (B)(ii) shall be applied by
                                                                                                               substituting ‘$750,000 ($375,000’ for ‘$1,000,000
                                                                                                               ($500,000’.
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(III) TREATMENT OF INDEBTEDNESS INCURRED
                                                                                                               ON OR BEFORE DECEMBER 15, 2017.—Subclause (II)
                                                                                                               shall not apply to any indebtedness incurred on
                                                                                                               or before December 15, 2017, and, in applying
                                                                                                               such subclause to any indebtedness incurred after
                                                                                                               such date, the limitation under such subclause
                                                                                                               shall be reduced (but not below zero) by the
                                                                                                               amount of any indebtedness incurred on or before
                                                                                                               December 15, 2017, which is treated as acquisition
                                                                                                               indebtedness for purposes of this subsection for
                                                                                                               the taxable year.
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(IV) BINDING CONTRACT EXCEPTION.—In the
                                                                                                               case of a taxpayer who enters into a written
                                                                                                               binding contract before December 15, 2017, to close
                                                                                                               on the purchase of a principal residence before
                                                                                                               January 1, 2018, and who purchases such resi-
                                                                                                               dence before April 1, 2018, subclause (III) shall
                                                                                                               be applied by substituting ‘April 1, 2018’ for
                                                                                                               ‘December 15, 2017’.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                               ‘‘(ii) TREATMENT OF LIMITATION IN TAXABLE YEARS
                                                                                                         AFTER DECEMBER 31, 2025.—In the case of taxable years




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00034   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2087

                                                                               beginning after December 31, 2025, the limitation
                                                                               under subparagraph (B)(ii) shall be applied to the
                                                                               aggregate amount of indebtedness of the taxpayer
                                                                               described in subparagraph (B)(i) without regard to the
                                                                               taxable year in which the indebtedness was incurred.
                                                                                    ‘‘(iii) TREATMENT OF REFINANCINGS OF INDEBTED-
                                                                               NESS.—
                                                                                           ‘‘(I) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any indebted-
                                                                                    ness which is incurred to refinance indebtedness,
                                                                                    such refinanced indebtedness shall be treated for
                                                                                    purposes of clause (i)(III) as incurred on the date
                                                                                    that the original indebtedness was incurred to the
                                                                                    extent the amount of the indebtedness resulting
                                                                                    from such refinancing does not exceed the amount
                                                                                    of the refinanced indebtedness.
                                                                                           ‘‘(II) LIMITATION ON PERIOD OF REFINANCING.—
                                                                                    Subclause (I) shall not apply to any indebtedness
                                                                                    after the expiration of the term of the original
                                                                                    indebtedness or, if the principal of such original
                                                                                    indebtedness is not amortized over its term, the
                                                                                    expiration of the term of the 1st refinancing of
                                                                                    such indebtedness (or if earlier, the date which
                                                                                    is 30 years after the date of such 1st refinancing).
                                                                                    ‘‘(iv) COORDINATION WITH EXCLUSION OF INCOME
                                                                               FROM DISCHARGE OF INDEBTEDNESS.—Section 108(h)(2)
                                                                               shall be applied without regard to this subparagraph.’’.
                                                                       (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 163 note.
                                                                   shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                   SEC. 11044. MODIFICATION OF DEDUCTION FOR PERSONAL CASUALTY
                                                                                LOSSES.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (h) of section 165 is amended                                          26 USC 165.
                                                                   by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                           ‘‘(5) LIMITATION FOR TAXABLE YEARS 2018 THROUGH 2025.—
                                                                                 ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of an individual, except
                                                                           as provided in subparagraph (B), any personal casualty
                                                                           loss which (but for this paragraph) would be deductible
                                                                           in a taxable year beginning after December 31, 2017, and
                                                                           before January 1, 2026, shall be allowed as a deduction
                                                                           under subsection (a) only to the extent it is attributable
                                                                           to a Federally declared disaster (as defined in subsection
                                                                           (i)(5)).
                                                                                 ‘‘(B) EXCEPTION RELATED TO PERSONAL CASUALTY
                                                                           GAINS.—If a taxpayer has personal casualty gains for any
                                                                           taxable year to which subparagraph (A) applies—
                                                                                       ‘‘(i) subparagraph (A) shall not apply to the portion
                                                                                 of the personal casualty loss not attributable to a Fed-
                                                                                 erally declared disaster (as so defined) to the extent
                                                                                 such loss does not exceed such gains, and
                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) in applying paragraph (2) for purposes of
                                                                                 subparagraph (A) to the portion of personal casualty
                                                                                 loss which is so attributable to such a disaster, the
                                                                                 amount of personal casualty gains taken into account




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                 under paragraph (2)(A) shall be reduced by the portion
                                                                                 of such gains taken into account under clause (i).’’.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00035   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2088                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                   26 USC 165 note.            (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to losses incurred in taxable years beginning after
                                                                                           December 31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 11045. SUSPENSION OF MISCELLANEOUS ITEMIZED DEDUCTIONS.
                                                                   26 USC 67.                   (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 67 is amended by adding at the
                                                                                           end the following new subsection:
                                                                                                ‘‘(g) SUSPENSION FOR TAXABLE YEARS 2018 THROUGH 2025.—
                                                                                           Notwithstanding subsection (a), no miscellaneous itemized deduc-
                                                                                           tion shall be allowed for any taxable year beginning after December
                                                                                           31, 2017, and before January 1, 2026.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 67 note.              (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 11046. SUSPENSION OF OVERALL LIMITATION ON ITEMIZED
                                                                                                        DEDUCTIONS.
                                                                                               (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 68 is amended by adding at the
                                                                                           end the following new subsection:
                                                                                               ‘‘(f) SECTION NOT TO APPLY.—This section shall not apply to
                                                                                           any taxable year beginning after December 31, 2017, and before
                                                                                           January 1, 2026.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 68 note.             (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 11047. SUSPENSION OF EXCLUSION FOR QUALIFIED BICYCLE
                                                                                                        COMMUTING REIMBURSEMENT.
                                                                                               (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 132(f) is amended by adding at the
                                                                                           end the following new paragraph:
                                                                                                    ‘‘(8) SUSPENSION OF QUALIFIED BICYCLE COMMUTING
                                                                                               REIMBURSEMENT EXCLUSION.—Paragraph (1)(D) shall not apply
                                                                                               to any taxable year beginning after December 31, 2017, and
                                                                                               before January 1, 2026.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 132 note.            (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 11048. SUSPENSION OF EXCLUSION FOR QUALIFIED MOVING
                                                                                                        EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT.
                                                                                               (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 132(g) is amended—
                                                                                                    (1) by striking ‘‘For purposes of this section, the term’’
                                                                                               and inserting ‘‘For purposes of this section—
                                                                                                    ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The term’’, and
                                                                                                    (2) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                                                    ‘‘(2) SUSPENSION FOR TAXABLE YEARS 2018 THROUGH 2025.—
                                                                                               Except in the case of a member of the Armed Forces of the
                                                                                               United States on active duty who moves pursuant to a military
                                                                                               order and incident to a permanent change of station, subsection
                                                                                               (a)(6) shall not apply to any taxable year beginning after
                                                                                               December 31, 2017, and before January 1, 2026.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 132 note.            (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 11049. SUSPENSION OF DEDUCTION FOR MOVING EXPENSES.
                                                                                               (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 217 is amended by adding at the
                                                                                           end the following new subsection:
                                                                                               ‘‘(k) SUSPENSION OF DEDUCTION FOR TAXABLE YEARS 2018




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                           THROUGH 2025.—Except in the case of an individual to whom
                                                                                           subsection (g) applies, this section shall not apply to any taxable




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00036   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2089

                                                                   year beginning after December 31, 2017, and before January 1,
                                                                   2026.’’.
                                                                       (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section                                            26 USC 217 note.
                                                                   shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                   SEC. 11050. LIMITATION ON WAGERING LOSSES.
                                                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 165(d) is amended by adding at the                                       26 USC 165.
                                                                   end the following: ‘‘For purposes of the preceding sentence, in
                                                                   the case of taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017, and
                                                                   before January 1, 2026, the term ‘losses from wagering transactions’
                                                                   includes any deduction otherwise allowable under this chapter
                                                                   incurred in carrying on any wagering transaction.’’.
                                                                        (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section                                           26 USC 165 note.
                                                                   shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                   SEC. 11051. REPEAL OF DEDUCTION FOR ALIMONY PAYMENTS.
                                                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Part VII of subchapter B is amended by
                                                                   striking section 215 (and by striking the item relating to such
                                                                   section in the table of sections for such subpart).                                                   26 USC 211 prec.
                                                                        (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                             (1) CORRESPONDING REPEAL OF PROVISIONS PROVIDING FOR
                                                                        INCLUSION OF ALIMONY IN GROSS INCOME.—
                                                                                   (A) Subsection (a) of section 61 is amended by striking
                                                                             paragraph (8) and by redesignating paragraphs (9) through
                                                                             (15) as paragraphs (8) through (14), respectively.
                                                                                   (B) Part II of subchapter B of chapter 1 is amended
                                                                             by striking section 71 (and by striking the item relating
                                                                             to such section in the table of sections for such part).                                    26 USC 71 prec.
                                                                                   (C) Subpart F of part I of subchapter J of chapter
                                                                             1 is amended by striking section 682 (and by striking
                                                                             the item relating to such section in the table of sections                                  26 USC 681 prec.
                                                                             for such subpart).
                                                                             (2) RELATED TO REPEAL OF SECTION 215.—
                                                                                   (A) Section 62(a) is amended by striking paragraph
                                                                             (10).
                                                                                   (B) Section 3402(m)(1) is amended by striking ‘‘(other
                                                                             than paragraph (10) thereof)’’.
                                                                                   (C) Section 6724(d)(3) is amended by striking subpara-
                                                                             graph (C) and by redesignating subparagraph (D) as
                                                                             subparagraph (C).
                                                                             (3) RELATED TO REPEAL OF SECTION 71.—
                                                                                   (A) Section 121(d)(3) is amended—
                                                                                        (i) by striking ‘‘(as defined in section 71(b)(2))’’
                                                                                   in subparagraph (B), and
                                                                                        (ii) by adding at the end the following new
                                                                                   subparagraph:
                                                                                   ‘‘(C) DIVORCE OR SEPARATION INSTRUMENT.—For pur-
                                                                             poses of this paragraph, the term ‘divorce or separation
                                                                             instrument’ means—
                                                                                        ‘‘(i) a decree of divorce or separate maintenance
                                                                                   or a written instrument incident to such a decree,
                                                                                        ‘‘(ii) a written separation agreement, or
                                                                                        ‘‘(iii) a decree (not described in clause (i)) requiring
                                                                                   a spouse to make payments for the support or mainte-
                                                                                   nance of the other spouse.’’.
                                                                                   (B) Section 152(d)(5) is amended to read as follows:




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                             ‘‘(5) SPECIAL RULES FOR SUPPORT.—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this subsection—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00037   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2090                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                              ‘‘(i) payments to a spouse of alimony or separate
                                                                                                         maintenance payments shall not be treated as a pay-
                                                                                                         ment by the payor spouse for the support of any
                                                                                                         dependent, and
                                                                                                              ‘‘(ii) in the case of the remarriage of a parent,
                                                                                                         support of a child received from the parent’s spouse
                                                                                                         shall be treated as received from the parent.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(B) ALIMONY OR SEPARATE MAINTENANCE PAYMENT.—
                                                                                                    For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term ‘alimony or
                                                                                                    separate maintenance payment’ means any payment in
                                                                                                    cash if—
                                                                                                              ‘‘(i) such payment is received by (or on behalf of)
                                                                                                         a spouse under a divorce or separation instrument
                                                                                                         (as defined in section 121(d)(3)(C)),
                                                                                                              ‘‘(ii) in the case of an individual legally separated
                                                                                                         from the individual’s spouse under a decree of divorce
                                                                                                         or of separate maintenance, the payee spouse and the
                                                                                                         payor spouse are not members of the same household
                                                                                                         at the time such payment is made, and
                                                                                                              ‘‘(iii) there is no liability to make any such payment
                                                                                                         for any period after the death of the payee spouse
                                                                                                         and there is no liability to make any payment (in
                                                                                                         cash or property) as a substitute for such payments
                                                                                                         after the death of the payee spouse.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 219.                           (C) Section 219(f)(1) is amended by striking the third
                                                                                                    sentence.
                                                                                                         (D) Section 220(f)(7) is amended by striking ‘‘subpara-
                                                                                                    graph (A) of section 71(b)(2)’’ and inserting ‘‘clause (i) of
                                                                                                    section 121(d)(3)(C)’’.
                                                                                                         (E) Section 223(f)(7) is amended by striking ‘‘subpara-
                                                                                                    graph (A) of section 71(b)(2)’’ and inserting ‘‘clause (i) of
                                                                                                    section 121(d)(3)(C)’’.
                                                                                                         (F) Section 382(l)(3)(B)(iii) is amended by striking ‘‘sec-
                                                                                                    tion 71(b)(2)’’ and inserting ‘‘section 121(d)(3)(C)’’.
                                                                                                         (G) Section 408(d)(6) is amended by striking ‘‘subpara-
                                                                                                    graph (A) of section 71(b)(2)’’ and inserting ‘‘clause (i) of
                                                                                                    section 121(d)(3)(C)’’.
                                                                                                    (4) ADDITIONAL CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—Section
                                                                                               7701(a)(17) is amended—
                                                                                                         (A) by striking ‘‘sections 682 and 2516’’ and inserting
                                                                                                    ‘‘section 2516’’, and
                                                                                                         (B) by striking ‘‘such sections’’ each place it appears
                                                                                                    and inserting ‘‘such section’’.
                                                                   26 USC 61 note.             (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to—
                                                                                                    (1) any divorce or separation instrument (as defined in
                                                                                               section 71(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as in
                                                                                               effect before the date of the enactment of this Act) executed
                                                                                               after December 31, 2018, and
                                                                                                    (2) any divorce or separation instrument (as so defined)
                                                                                               executed on or before such date and modified after such date
                                                                                               if the modification expressly provides that the amendments
                                                                                               made by this section apply to such modification.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS



                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00038   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2091

                                                                    PART VI—INCREASE IN ESTATE AND GIFT TAX
                                                                                  EXEMPTION
                                                                   SEC. 11061. INCREASE IN ESTATE AND GIFT TAX EXEMPTION.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 2010(c)(3) is amended by adding at                                        26 USC 2010.
                                                                   the end the following new subparagraph:
                                                                                   ‘‘(C) INCREASE IN BASIC EXCLUSION AMOUNT.—In the
                                                                             case of estates of decedents dying or gifts made after
                                                                             December 31, 2017, and before January 1, 2026, subpara-
                                                                             graph (A) shall be applied by substituting ‘$10,000,000’
                                                                             for ‘$5,000,000’.’’.
                                                                       (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Subsection (g) of section 2001
                                                                   is amended to read as follows:
                                                                       ‘‘(g) MODIFICATIONS TO TAX PAYABLE.—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) MODIFICATIONS TO GIFT TAX PAYABLE TO REFLECT DIF-
                                                                       FERENT TAX RATES.—For purposes of applying subsection (b)(2)
                                                                       with respect to 1 or more gifts, the rates of tax under subsection
                                                                       (c) in effect at the decedent’s death shall, in lieu of the rates
                                                                       of tax in effect at the time of such gifts, be used both to
                                                                       compute—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) the tax imposed by chapter 12 with respect to
                                                                             such gifts, and
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) the credit allowed against such tax under section
                                                                             2505, including in computing—
                                                                                        ‘‘(i) the applicable credit amount under section
                                                                                   2505(a)(1), and
                                                                                        ‘‘(ii) the sum of the amounts allowed as a credit
                                                                                   for all preceding periods under section 2505(a)(2).
                                                                             ‘‘(2) MODIFICATIONS TO ESTATE TAX PAYABLE TO REFLECT
                                                                       DIFFERENT BASIC EXCLUSION AMOUNTS.—The Secretary shall
                                                                       prescribe such regulations as may be necessary or appropriate
                                                                       to carry out this section with respect to any difference
                                                                       between—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) the basic exclusion amount under section
                                                                             2010(c)(3) applicable at the time of the decedent’s death,
                                                                             and
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) the basic exclusion amount under such section
                                                                             applicable with respect to any gifts made by the decedent.’’.
                                                                       (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 2001
                                                                   shall apply to estates of decedents dying and gifts made after                                        note.
                                                                   December 31, 2017.

                                                                        PART VII—EXTENSION OF TIME LIMIT FOR
                                                                                 CONTESTING IRS LEVY
                                                                   SEC. 11071. EXTENSION OF TIME LIMIT FOR CONTESTING IRS LEVY.
                                                                      (a) EXTENSION OF TIME FOR RETURN OF PROPERTY SUBJECT
                                                                   TO LEVY.—Subsection (b) of section 6343 is amended by striking
                                                                   ‘‘9 months’’ and inserting ‘‘2 years’’.
                                                                        (b) PERIOD OF LIMITATION ON SUITS.—Subsection (c) of section
                                                                   6532 is amended—
                                                                             (1) by striking ‘‘9 months’’ in paragraph (1) and inserting
                                                                        ‘‘2 years’’, and




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                             (2) by striking ‘‘9-month’’ in paragraph (2) and inserting
                                                                        ‘‘2-year’’.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00039   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2092                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                   26 USC 6343                 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                   note.                   shall apply to—
                                                                                                    (1) levies made after the date of the enactment of this
                                                                                               Act, and
                                                                                                    (2) levies made on or before such date if the 9-month
                                                                                               period has not expired under section 6343(b) of the Internal
                                                                                               Revenue Code of 1986 (without regard to this section) as of
                                                                                               such date.
                                                                                                        PART VIII—INDIVIDUAL MANDATE
                                                                                           SEC. 11081. ELIMINATION OF SHARED RESPONSIBILITY PAYMENT FOR
                                                                                                         INDIVIDUALS FAILING TO MAINTAIN MINIMUM ESSEN-
                                                                                                         TIAL COVERAGE.
                                                                   26 USC 5000A.               (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 5000A(c) is amended—
                                                                                                    (1) in paragraph (2)(B)(iii), by striking ‘‘2.5 percent’’ and
                                                                                               inserting ‘‘Zero percent’’, and
                                                                                                    (2) in paragraph (3)—
                                                                                                         (A) by striking ‘‘$695’’ in subparagraph (A) and
                                                                                                    inserting ‘‘$0’’, and
                                                                                                         (B) by striking subparagraph (D).
                                                                   26 USC 5000A                (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                   note.                   shall apply to months beginning after December 31, 2018.

                                                                                                  Subtitle B—Alternative Minimum Tax
                                                                                           SEC. 12001. REPEAL OF TAX FOR CORPORATIONS.
                                                                                               (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 55(a) is amended by striking ‘‘There’’
                                                                                           and inserting ‘‘In the case of a taxpayer other than a corporation,
                                                                                           there’’.
                                                                                               (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                                                    (1) Section 38(c)(6) is amended by adding at the end the
                                                                                               following new subparagraph:
                                                                                                          ‘‘(E) CORPORATIONS.—In the case of a corporation, this
                                                                                                    subsection shall be applied by treating the corporation
                                                                                                    as having a tentative minimum tax of zero.’’.
                                                                                                    (2) Section 53(d)(2) is amended by inserting ‘‘, except that
                                                                                               in the case of a corporation, the tentative minimum tax shall
                                                                                               be treated as zero’’ before the period at the end.
                                                                                                    (3)(A) Section 55(b)(1) is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                                    ‘‘(1) AMOUNT OF TENTATIVE TAX.—
                                                                                                          ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The tentative minimum tax for the
                                                                                                    taxable year is the sum of—
                                                                                                                ‘‘(i) 26 percent of so much of the taxable excess
                                                                                                          as does not exceed $175,000, plus
                                                                                                                ‘‘(ii) 28 percent of so much of the taxable excess
                                                                                                          as exceeds $175,000.
                                                                                                    The amount determined under the preceding sentence shall
                                                                                                    be reduced by the alternative minimum tax foreign tax
                                                                                                    credit for the taxable year.
                                                                                                          ‘‘(B) TAXABLE EXCESS.—For purposes of this subsection,
                                                                                                    the term ‘taxable excess’ means so much of the alternative
                                                                                                    minimum taxable income for the taxable year as exceeds
                                                                                                    the exemption amount.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                          ‘‘(C) MARRIED INDIVIDUAL FILING SEPARATE RETURN.—
                                                                                                    In the case of a married individual filing a separate return,




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00040   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2093

                                                                               subparagraph (A) shall be applied by substituting 50 per-
                                                                               cent of the dollar amount otherwise applicable under clause
                                                                               (i) and clause (ii) thereof. For purposes of the preceding
                                                                               sentence, marital status shall be determined under section
                                                                               7703.’’.
                                                                               (B) Section 55(b)(3) is amended by striking ‘‘paragraph                                   26 USC 55.
                                                                          (1)(A)(i)’’ and inserting ‘‘paragraph (1)(A)’’.
                                                                               (C) Section 59(a) is amended—
                                                                                     (i) by striking ‘‘subparagraph (A)(i) or (B)(i) of section
                                                                               55(b)(1) (whichever applies) in lieu of the highest rate
                                                                               of tax specified in section 1 or 11 (whichever applies)’’
                                                                               in paragraph (1)(C) and inserting ‘‘section 55(b)(1) in lieu
                                                                               of the highest rate of tax specified in section 1’’, and
                                                                                     (ii) in paragraph (2), by striking ‘‘means’’ and all that
                                                                               follows and inserting ‘‘means the amount determined under
                                                                               the first sentence of section 55(b)(1)(A).’’.
                                                                               (D) Section 897(a)(2)(A) is amended by striking ‘‘section
                                                                          55(b)(1)(A)’’ and inserting ‘‘section 55(b)(1)’’.
                                                                               (E) Section 911(f) is amended—
                                                                                     (i) in paragraph (1)(B)—
                                                                                           (I) by striking ‘‘section 55(b)(1)(A)(ii)’’ and inserting
                                                                                     ‘‘section 55(b)(1)(B)’’, and
                                                                                           (II) by striking ‘‘section 55(b)(1)(A)(i)’’ and inserting
                                                                                     ‘‘section 55(b)(1)(A)’’, and
                                                                                     (ii) in paragraph (2)(B), by striking ‘‘section
                                                                               55(b)(1)(A)(ii)’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘section
                                                                               55(b)(1)(B)’’.
                                                                               (4) Section 55(c)(1) is amended by striking ‘‘, the section
                                                                          936 credit allowable under section 27(b), and the Puerto Rico
                                                                          economic activity credit under section 30A’’.
                                                                               (5) Section 55(d), as amended by section 11002, is
                                                                          amended—
                                                                                     (A) by striking paragraph (2) and redesignating para-
                                                                               graphs (3) and (4) as paragraphs (2) and (3), respectively,
                                                                                     (B) in paragraph (2) (as so redesignated), by inserting
                                                                               ‘‘and’’ at the end of subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘, and’’
                                                                               at the end of subparagraph (C) and inserting a period,
                                                                               and by striking subparagraph (D), and
                                                                                     (C) in paragraph (3) (as so redesignated)—
                                                                                           (i) by striking ‘‘(b)(1)(A)(i)’’ in subparagraph (B)(i)
                                                                                     and inserting ‘‘(b)(1)(A)’’, and
                                                                                           (ii) by striking ‘‘paragraph (3)’’ in subparagraph
                                                                                     (B)(iii) and inserting ‘‘paragraph (2)’’.
                                                                               (6) Section 55 is amended by striking subsection (e).
                                                                               (7) Section 56(b)(2) is amended by striking subparagraph
                                                                          (C) and by redesignating subparagraph (D) as subparagraph
                                                                          (C).
                                                                               (8)(A) Section 56 is amended by striking subsections (c)
                                                                          and (g).
                                                                               (B) Section 847 is amended by striking the last sentence
                                                                          of paragraph (9).
                                                                               (C) Section 848 is amended by striking subsection (i).
                                                                               (9) Section 58(a) is amended by striking paragraph (3)
                                                                          and redesignating paragraph (4) as paragraph (3).




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                               (10) Section 59 is amended by striking subsections (b)
                                                                          and (f).




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00041   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2094                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                   26 USC 11.                       (11) Section 11(d) is amended by striking ‘‘the taxes
                                                                                               imposed by subsection (a) and section 55’’ and inserting ‘‘the
                                                                                               tax imposed by subsection (a)’’.
                                                                                                    (12) Section 12 is amended by striking paragraph (7).
                                                                                                    (13) Section 168(k) is amended by striking paragraph (4).
                                                                                                    (14) Section 882(a)(1) is amended by striking ‘‘, 55,’’.
                                                                                                    (15) Section 962(a)(1) is amended by striking ‘‘sections 11
                                                                                               and 55’’ and inserting ‘‘section 11’’.
                                                                                                    (16) Section 1561(a) is amended—
                                                                                                         (A) by inserting ‘‘and’’ at the end of paragraph (1),
                                                                                                    by striking ‘‘, and’’ at the end of paragraph (2) and inserting
                                                                                                    a period, and by striking paragraph (3), and
                                                                                                         (B) by striking the last sentence.
                                                                                                    (17) Section 6425(c)(1)(A) is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                                         ‘‘(A) the tax imposed by section 11 or 1201(a), or sub-
                                                                                                    chapter L of chapter 1, whichever is applicable, over’’.
                                                                                                    (18) Section 6655(e)(2) is amended by striking ‘‘and alter-
                                                                                               native minimum taxable income’’ each place it appears in sub-
                                                                                               paragraphs (A) and (B)(i).
                                                                                                    (19) Section 6655(g)(1)(A) is amended by inserting ‘‘plus’’
                                                                                               at the end of clause (i), by striking clause (ii), and by redesig-
                                                                                               nating clause (iii) as clause (ii).
                                                                   26 USC 11 note.             (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 12002. CREDIT FOR PRIOR YEAR MINIMUM TAX LIABILITY OF
                                                                                                        CORPORATIONS.
                                                                                               (a) CREDITS TREATED AS REFUNDABLE.—Section 53 is amended
                                                                                           by adding at the end the following new subsection:
                                                                                               ‘‘(e) PORTION OF CREDIT TREATED AS REFUNDABLE.—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any taxable year of a
                                                                                               corporation beginning in 2018, 2019, 2020, or 2021, the limita-
                                                                                               tion under subsection (c) shall be increased by the AMT refund-
                                                                                               able credit amount for such year.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(2) AMT REFUNDABLE CREDIT AMOUNT.—For purposes of
                                                                                               paragraph (1), the AMT refundable credit amount is an amount
                                                                                               equal to 50 percent (100 percent in the case of a taxable
                                                                                               year beginning in 2021) of the excess (if any) of—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) the minimum tax credit determined under sub-
                                                                                                     section (b) for the taxable year, over
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) the minimum tax credit allowed under subsection
                                                                                                     (a) for such year (before the application of this subsection
                                                                                                     for such year).
                                                                                                     ‘‘(3) CREDIT REFUNDABLE.—For purposes of this title (other
                                                                                               than this section), the credit allowed by reason of this sub-
                                                                                               section shall be treated as a credit allowed under subpart
                                                                                               C (and not this subpart).
                                                                                                     ‘‘(4) SHORT TAXABLE YEARS.—In the case of any taxable
                                                                                               year of less than 365 days, the AMT refundable credit amount
                                                                                               determined under paragraph (2) with respect to such taxable
                                                                                               year shall be the amount which bears the same ratio to such
                                                                                               amount determined without regard to this paragraph as the
                                                                                               number of days in such taxable year bears to 365.’’.
                                                                                               (b) TREATMENT OF REFERENCES.—Section 53(d) is amended by
                                                                                           adding at the end the following new paragraph:




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                     ‘‘(3) AMT TERM REFERENCES.—In the case of a corporation,
                                                                                               any references in this subsection to section 55, 56, or 57 shall




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00042   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2095

                                                                      be treated as a reference to such section as in effect before
                                                                      the amendments made by Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.’’.
                                                                      (c) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section 1374(b)(3)(B) is                                                 26 USC 1374.
                                                                   amended by striking the last sentence thereof.
                                                                      (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—                                                                               26 USC 53 note.
                                                                           (1) IN GENERAL.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                      shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                           (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—The amendment made by
                                                                      subsection (c) shall apply to taxable years beginning after
                                                                      December 31, 2021.
                                                                   SEC. 12003. INCREASED EXEMPTION FOR INDIVIDUALS.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 55(d), as amended by the preceding
                                                                   provisions of this Act, is amended by adding at the end the following
                                                                   new paragraph:
                                                                            ‘‘(4) SPECIAL RULE FOR TAXABLE YEARS BEGINNING AFTER
                                                                       2017 AND BEFORE 2026.—
                                                                                  ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any taxable year
                                                                            beginning after December 31, 2017, and before January
                                                                            1, 2026—
                                                                                        ‘‘(i) paragraph (1) shall be applied—
                                                                                               ‘‘(I) by substituting ‘$109,400’ for ‘$78,750’ in
                                                                                        subparagraph (A), and
                                                                                               ‘‘(II) by substituting ‘$70,300’ for ‘$50,600’ in
                                                                                        subparagraph (B), and
                                                                                        ‘‘(ii) paragraph (2) shall be applied—
                                                                                               ‘‘(I) by substituting ‘$1,000,000’ for ‘$150,000’
                                                                                        in subparagraph (A),
                                                                                               ‘‘(II) by substituting ‘50 percent of the dollar
                                                                                        amount applicable under subparagraph (A)’ for
                                                                                        ‘$112,500’ in subparagraph (B), and
                                                                                               ‘‘(III) in the case of a taxpayer described in
                                                                                        paragraph (1)(D), without regard to the substi-
                                                                                        tution under subclause (I).
                                                                                  ‘‘(B) INFLATION ADJUSTMENT.—
                                                                                        ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any taxable year
                                                                                  beginning in a calendar year after 2018, the amounts
                                                                                  described in clause (ii) shall each be increased by an
                                                                                  amount equal to—
                                                                                               ‘‘(I) such dollar amount, multiplied by
                                                                                               ‘‘(II) the cost-of-living adjustment determined
                                                                                        under section 1(f)(3) for the calendar year in which
                                                                                        the taxable year begins, determined by sub-
                                                                                        stituting ‘calendar year 2017’ for ‘calendar year
                                                                                        2016’ in subparagraph (A)(ii) thereof.
                                                                                        ‘‘(ii) AMOUNTS DESCRIBED.—The amounts described
                                                                                  in this clause are the $109,400 amount in subpara-
                                                                                  graph (A)(i)(I), the $70,300 amount in subparagraph
                                                                                  (A)(i)(II), and the $1,000,000 amount in subparagraph
                                                                                  (A)(ii)(I).
                                                                                        ‘‘(iii) ROUNDING.—Any increased amount deter-
                                                                                  mined under clause (i) shall be rounded to the nearest
                                                                                  multiple of $100.
                                                                                        ‘‘(iv) COORDINATION WITH CURRENT ADJUST-
                                                                                  MENTS.—In the case of any taxable year to which




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                  subparagraph (A) applies, no adjustment shall be made
                                                                                  under paragraph (3) to any of the numbers which




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00043   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2096                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                       are substituted under subparagraph (A) and adjusted
                                                                                                       under this subparagraph.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 55 note.             (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.

                                                                                                 Subtitle C—Business-related Provisions
                                                                                                        PART I—CORPORATE PROVISIONS
                                                                                           SEC. 13001. 21-PERCENT CORPORATE TAX RATE.
                                                                   26 USC 11.                  (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (b) of section 11 is amended to
                                                                                           read as follows:
                                                                                               ‘‘(b) AMOUNT OF TAX.—The amount of the tax imposed by
                                                                                           subsection (a) shall be 21 percent of taxable income.’’.
                                                                                               (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                                                     (1) The following sections are each amended by striking
                                                                                               ‘‘section 11(b)(1)’’ and inserting ‘‘section 11(b)’’:
                                                                                                          (A) Section 280C(c)(3)(B)(ii)(II).
                                                                                                          (B) Paragraphs (2)(B) and (6)(A)(ii) of section 860E(e).
                                                                                                          (C) Section 7874(e)(1)(B).
                                                                                                     (2)(A) Part I of subchapter P of chapter 1 is amended
                                                                                               by striking section 1201 (and by striking the item relating
                                                                   26 USC 1201                 to such section in the table of sections for such part).
                                                                   prec.                             (B) Section 12 is amended by striking paragraphs (4) and
                                                                                               (6), and by redesignating paragraph (5) as paragraph (4).
                                                                                                     (C) Section 453A(c)(3) is amended by striking ‘‘or 1201
                                                                                               (whichever is appropriate)’’.
                                                                                                     (D) Section 527(b) is amended—
                                                                                                          (i) by striking paragraph (2), and
                                                                                                          (ii) by striking all that precedes ‘‘is hereby imposed’’
                                                                                                     and inserting:
                                                                                               ‘‘(b) TAX IMPOSED.—A tax’’.
                                                                                                     (E) Sections 594(a) is amended by striking ‘‘taxes imposed
                                                                                               by section 11 or 1201(a)’’ and inserting ‘‘tax imposed by section
                                                                                               11’’.
                                                                                                     (F) Section 691(c)(4) is amended by striking ‘‘1201,’’.
                                                                                                     (G) Section 801(a) is amended—
                                                                                                          (i) by striking paragraph (2), and
                                                                                                          (ii) by striking all that precedes ‘‘is hereby imposed’’
                                                                                                     and inserting:
                                                                                               ‘‘(a) TAX IMPOSED.—A tax’’.
                                                                                                     (H) Section 831(e) is amended by striking paragraph (1)
                                                                                               and by redesignating paragraphs (2) and (3) as paragraphs
                                                                                               (1) and (2), respectively.
                                                                                                     (I) Sections 832(c)(5) and 834(b)(1)(D) are each amended
                                                                                               by striking ‘‘sec. 1201 and following,’’.
                                                                                                     (J) Section 852(b)(3)(A) is amended by striking ‘‘section
                                                                                               1201(a)’’ and inserting ‘‘section 11(b)’’.
                                                                                                     (K) Section 857(b)(3) is amended—
                                                                                                          (i) by striking subparagraph (A) and redesignating sub-
                                                                                                     paragraphs (B) through (F) as subparagraphs (A) through
                                                                                                     (E), respectively,
                                                                                                          (ii) in subparagraph (C), as so redesignated—




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                                (I) by striking ‘‘subparagraph (A)(ii)’’ in clause (i)
                                                                                                          thereof and inserting ‘‘paragraph (1)’’,




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00044   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2097

                                                                                           (II) by striking ‘‘the tax imposed by subparagraph
                                                                                     (A)(ii)’’ in clauses (ii) and (iv) thereof and inserting
                                                                                     ‘‘the tax imposed by paragraph (1) on undistributed
                                                                                     capital gain’’,
                                                                                     (iii) in subparagraph (E), as so redesignated, by
                                                                                striking ‘‘subparagraph (B) or (D)’’ and inserting ‘‘subpara-
                                                                                graph (A) or (C)’’, and
                                                                                     (iv) by adding at the end the following new subpara-
                                                                                graph:
                                                                                     ‘‘(F) UNDISTRIBUTED CAPITAL GAIN.—For purposes of
                                                                                this paragraph, the term ‘undistributed capital gain’ means
                                                                                the excess of the net capital gain over the deduction for
                                                                                dividends paid (as defined in section 561) determined with
                                                                                reference to capital gain dividends only.’’.
                                                                                (L) Section 882(a)(1), as amended by section 12001, is fur-                              26 USC 882.
                                                                          ther amended by striking ‘‘or 1201(a)’’.
                                                                                (M) Section 904(b) is amended—
                                                                                     (i) by striking ‘‘or 1201(a)’’ in paragraph (2)(C),
                                                                                     (ii) by striking paragraph (3)(D) and inserting the fol-
                                                                                lowing:
                                                                                     ‘‘(D) CAPITAL GAIN RATE DIFFERENTIAL.—There is a cap-
                                                                                ital gain rate differential for any year if subsection (h)
                                                                                of section 1 applies to such taxable year.’’, and
                                                                                     (iii) by striking paragraph (3)(E) and inserting the
                                                                                following:
                                                                                     ‘‘(E) RATE DIFFERENTIAL PORTION.—The rate differen-
                                                                                tial portion of foreign source net capital gain, net capital
                                                                                gain, or the excess of net capital gain from sources within
                                                                                the United States over net capital gain, as the case may
                                                                                be, is the same proportion of such amount as—
                                                                                           ‘‘(i) the excess of—
                                                                                                  ‘‘(I) the highest rate of tax set forth in sub-
                                                                                           section (a), (b), (c), (d), or (e) of section 1 (whichever
                                                                                           applies), over
                                                                                                  ‘‘(II) the alternative rate of tax determined
                                                                                           under section 1(h), bears to
                                                                                           ‘‘(ii) that rate referred to in subclause (I).’’.
                                                                                (N) Section 1374(b) is amended by striking paragraph (4).
                                                                                (O) Section 1381(b) is amended by striking ‘‘taxes imposed
                                                                          by section 11 or 1201’’ and inserting ‘‘tax imposed by section
                                                                          11’’.
                                                                                (P) Sections 6425(c)(1)(A), as amended by section 12001,
                                                                          and 6655(g)(1)(A)(i) are each amended by striking ‘‘or 1201(a),’’.
                                                                                (Q) Section 7518(g)(6)(A) is amended by striking ‘‘or
                                                                          1201(a)’’.
                                                                                (3)(A) Section 1445(e)(1) is amended—
                                                                                     (i) by striking ‘‘35 percent’’ and inserting ‘‘the highest
                                                                                rate of tax in effect for the taxable year under section
                                                                                11(b)’’, and
                                                                                     (ii) by striking ‘‘of the gain’’ and inserting ‘‘multiplied
                                                                                by the gain’’.
                                                                                (B) Section 1445(e)(2) is amended by striking ‘‘35 percent
                                                                          of the amount’’ and inserting ‘‘the highest rate of tax in effect
                                                                          for the taxable year under section 11(b) multiplied by the




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                          amount’’.
                                                                                (C) Section 1445(e)(6) is amended—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00045   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2098                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                             (i) by striking ‘‘35 percent’’ and inserting ‘‘the highest
                                                                                                       rate of tax in effect for the taxable year under section
                                                                                                       11(b)’’, and
                                                                                                             (ii) by striking ‘‘of the amount’’ and inserting ‘‘multi-
                                                                                                       plied by the amount’’.
                                                                   26 USC 1446.                        (D) Section 1446(b)(2)(B) is amended by striking ‘‘section
                                                                                                  11(b)(1)’’ and inserting ‘‘section 11(b)’’.
                                                                                                       (4) Section 852(b)(1) is amended by striking the last sen-
                                                                                                  tence.
                                                                                                       (5)(A) Part I of subchapter B of chapter 5 is amended
                                                                                                  by striking section 1551 (and by striking the item relating
                                                                   26 USC 1551                    to such section in the table of sections for such part).
                                                                   prec.                               (B) Section 535(c)(5) is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                                       ‘‘(5) CROSS REFERENCE.—For limitation on credit provided
                                                                                                  in paragraph (2) or (3) in the case of certain controlled corpora-
                                                                                                  tions, see section 1561.’’.
                                                                                                       (6)(A) Section 1561, as amended by section 12001, is
                                                                                                  amended to read as follows:
                                                                                           ‘‘SEC. 1561. LIMITATION ON ACCUMULATED EARNINGS CREDIT IN THE
                                                                                                         CASE OF CERTAIN CONTROLLED CORPORATIONS.
                                                                                                 ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—The component members of a controlled
                                                                                           group of corporations on a December 31 shall, for their taxable
                                                                                           years which include such December 31, be limited for purposes
                                                                                           of this subtitle to one $250,000 ($150,000 if any component member
                                                                                           is a corporation described in section 535(c)(2)(B)) amount for pur-
                                                                                           poses of computing the accumulated earnings credit under section
                                                                                           535(c)(2) and (3). Such amount shall be divided equally among
                                                                                           the component members of such group on such December 31 unless
                                                                                           the Secretary prescribes regulations permitting an unequal alloca-
                                                                                           tion of such amount.
                                                                                                 ‘‘(b) CERTAIN SHORT TAXABLE YEARS.—If a corporation has a
                                                                                           short taxable year which does not include a December 31 and
                                                                                           is a component member of a controlled group of corporations with
                                                                                           respect to such taxable year, then for purposes of this subtitle,
                                                                                           the amount to be used in computing the accumulated earnings
                                                                                           credit under section 535(c)(2) and (3) of such corporation for such
                                                                                           taxable year shall be the amount specified in subsection (a) with
                                                                                           respect to such group, divided by the number of corporations which
                                                                                           are component members of such group on the last day of such
                                                                                           taxable year. For purposes of the preceding sentence, section 1563(b)
                                                                                           shall be applied as if such last day were substituted for December
                                                                                           31.’’.
                                                                                                            (B) The table of sections for part II of subchapter
                                                                   26 USC 1561                         B of chapter 5 is amended by striking the item relating
                                                                   prec.                               to section 1561 and inserting the following new item:
                                                                                           ‘‘Sec. 1561. Limitation on accumulated earnings credit in the case of certain con-
                                                                                                        trolled corporations.’’.
                                                                                                       (7) Section 7518(g)(6)(A) is amended—
                                                                                                            (A) by striking ‘‘With respect to the portion’’ and
                                                                                                       inserting ‘‘In the case of a taxpayer other than a corpora-
                                                                                                       tion, with respect to the portion’’, and
                                                                                                            (B) by striking ‘‘(34 percent in the case of a corpora-




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                       tion)’’.
                                                                   28 USC 11 note.                (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00046   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2099

                                                                               (1) IN GENERAL.—Except as otherwise provided in this sub-
                                                                          section, the amendments made by subsections (a) and (b) shall
                                                                          apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                               (2) WITHHOLDING.—The amendments made by subsection
                                                                          (b)(3) shall apply to distributions made after December 31,
                                                                          2017.
                                                                               (3) CERTAIN TRANSFERS.—The amendments made by sub-
                                                                          section (b)(6) shall apply to transfers made after December
                                                                          31, 2017.
                                                                          (d) NORMALIZATION REQUIREMENTS.—                                                               26 USC 168 note.
                                                                               (1) IN GENERAL.—A normalization method of accounting
                                                                          shall not be treated as being used with respect to any public
                                                                          utility property for purposes of section 167 or 168 of the Internal
                                                                          Revenue Code of 1986 if the taxpayer, in computing its cost
                                                                          of service for ratemaking purposes and reflecting operating
                                                                          results in its regulated books of account, reduces the excess
                                                                          tax reserve more rapidly or to a greater extent than such
                                                                          reserve would be reduced under the average rate assumption
                                                                          method.
                                                                               (2) ALTERNATIVE METHOD FOR CERTAIN TAXPAYERS.—If, as
                                                                          of the first day of the taxable year that includes the date
                                                                          of enactment of this Act—
                                                                                    (A) the taxpayer was required by a regulatory agency
                                                                               to compute depreciation for public utility property on the
                                                                               basis of an average life or composite rate method, and
                                                                                    (B) the taxpayer’s books and underlying records did
                                                                               not contain the vintage account data necessary to apply
                                                                               the average rate assumption method,
                                                                          the taxpayer will be treated as using a normalization method
                                                                          of accounting if, with respect to such jurisdiction, the taxpayer
                                                                          uses the alternative method for public utility property that
                                                                          is subject to the regulatory authority of that jurisdiction.
                                                                               (3) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this subsection—
                                                                                    (A) EXCESS TAX RESERVE.—The term ‘‘excess tax
                                                                               reserve’’ means the excess of—
                                                                                         (i) the reserve for deferred taxes (as described in
                                                                                    section 168(i)(9)(A)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                                    of 1986) as of the day before the corporate rate reduc-
                                                                                    tions provided in the amendments made by this section
                                                                                    take effect, over
                                                                                         (ii) the amount which would be the balance in
                                                                                    such reserve if the amount of such reserve were deter-
                                                                                    mined by assuming that the corporate rate reductions
                                                                                    provided in this Act were in effect for all prior periods.
                                                                                    (B) AVERAGE RATE ASSUMPTION METHOD.—The average
                                                                               rate assumption method is the method under which the
                                                                               excess in the reserve for deferred taxes is reduced over
                                                                               the remaining lives of the property as used in its regulated
                                                                               books of account which gave rise to the reserve for deferred
                                                                               taxes. Under such method, during the time period in which
                                                                               the timing differences for the property reverse, the amount
                                                                               of the adjustment to the reserve for the deferred taxes
                                                                               is calculated by multiplying—
                                                                                         (i) the ratio of the aggregate deferred taxes for
                                                                                    the property to the aggregate timing differences for




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                    the property as of the beginning of the period in ques-
                                                                                    tion, by




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00047   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2100                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                                (ii) the amount of the timing differences which
                                                                                                           reverse during such period.
                                                                                                           (C) ALTERNATIVE METHOD.—The ‘‘alternative method’’
                                                                                                      is the method in which the taxpayer—
                                                                                                                (i) computes the excess tax reserve on all public
                                                                                                           utility property included in the plant account on the
                                                                                                           basis of the weighted average life or composite rate
                                                                                                           used to compute depreciation for regulatory purposes,
                                                                                                           and
                                                                                                                (ii) reduces the excess tax reserve ratably over
                                                                                                           the remaining regulatory life of the property.
                                                                                                      (4) TAX INCREASED FOR NORMALIZATION VIOLATION.—If, for
                                                                                                  any taxable year ending after the date of the enactment of
                                                                                                  this Act, the taxpayer does not use a normalization method
                                                                                                  of accounting for the corporate rate reductions provided in
                                                                                                  the amendments made by this section—
                                                                                                           (A) the taxpayer’s tax for the taxable year shall be
                                                                                                      increased by the amount by which it reduces its excess
                                                                                                      tax reserve more rapidly than permitted under a normaliza-
                                                                                                      tion method of accounting, and
                                                                                                           (B) such taxpayer shall not be treated as using a
                                                                                                      normalization method of accounting for purposes of sub-
                                                                                                      sections (f)(2) and (i)(9)(C) of section 168 of the Internal
                                                                                                      Revenue Code of 1986.
                                                                                           SEC. 13002. REDUCTION IN DIVIDEND RECEIVED DEDUCTIONS TO
                                                                                                        REFLECT LOWER CORPORATE INCOME TAX RATES.
                                                                                                (a) DIVIDENDS RECEIVED BY CORPORATIONS.—
                                                                   26 USC 243.                       (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 243(a)(1) is amended by striking
                                                                                                ‘‘70 percent’’ and inserting ‘‘50 percent’’.
                                                                                                     (2) DIVIDENDS FROM 20-PERCENT OWNED CORPORATIONS.—
                                                                                                Section 243(c)(1) is amended—
                                                                                                          (A) by striking ‘‘80 percent’’ and inserting ‘‘65 percent’’,
                                                                                                     and
                                                                                                          (B) by striking ‘‘70 percent’’ and inserting ‘‘50 percent’’.
                                                                                                     (3) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—The heading for section
                                                                                                243(c) is amended by striking ‘‘RETENTION OF 80-PERCENT DIVI-
                                                                                                DEND RECEIVED DEDUCTION’’ and inserting ‘‘INCREASED
                                                                                                PERCENTAGE’’.
                                                                                                (b) DIVIDENDS RECEIVED FROM FSC.—Section 245(c)(1)(B) is
                                                                                           amended—
                                                                                                     (1) by striking ‘‘70 percent’’ and inserting ‘‘50 percent’’,
                                                                                                and
                                                                                                     (2) by striking ‘‘80 percent’’ and inserting ‘‘65 percent’’.
                                                                                                (c) LIMITATION ON AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF DEDUCTIONS.—Sec-
                                                                                           tion 246(b)(3) is amended—
                                                                                                     (1) by striking ‘‘80 percent’’ in subparagraph (A) and
                                                                                                inserting ‘‘65 percent’’, and
                                                                                                     (2) by striking ‘‘70 percent’’ in subparagraph (B) and
                                                                                                inserting ‘‘50 percent’’.
                                                                                                (d) REDUCTION IN DEDUCTION WHERE PORTFOLIO STOCK IS
                                                                                           DEBT-FINANCED.—Section 246A(a)(1) is amended—
                                                                                                     (1) by striking ‘‘70 percent’’ and inserting ‘‘50 percent’’,
                                                                                                and
                                                                                                     (2) by striking ‘‘80 percent’’ and inserting ‘‘65 percent’’.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                (e) INCOME FROM SOURCES WITHIN THE UNITED STATES.—Sec-
                                                                                           tion 861(a)(2) is amended—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00048   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2101

                                                                            (1) by striking ‘‘100/70th’’ and inserting ‘‘100/50th’’ in
                                                                       subparagraph (B), and
                                                                            (2) in the flush sentence at the end—
                                                                                 (A) by striking ‘‘100/80th’’ and inserting ‘‘100/65th’’,
                                                                            and
                                                                                 (B) by striking ‘‘100/70th’’ and inserting ‘‘100/50th’’.
                                                                       (f) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 243 note.
                                                                   shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.

                                                                              PART II—SMALL BUSINESS REFORMS
                                                                   SEC. 13101. MODIFICATIONS OF RULES FOR EXPENSING DEPRECIABLE
                                                                                BUSINESS ASSETS.
                                                                        (a) INCREASE IN LIMITATION.—
                                                                              (1) DOLLAR LIMITATION.—Section 179(b)(1) is amended by                                     26 USC 179.
                                                                        striking ‘‘$500,000’’ and inserting ‘‘$1,000,000’’.
                                                                              (2) REDUCTION IN LIMITATION.—Section 179(b)(2) is
                                                                        amended by striking ‘‘$2,000,000’’ and inserting ‘‘$2,500,000’’.
                                                                              (3) INFLATION ADJUSTMENTS.—
                                                                                    (A) IN GENERAL.—Subparagraph (A) of section
                                                                              179(b)(6), as amended by section 11002(d), is amended—
                                                                                          (i) by striking ‘‘2015’’ and inserting ‘‘2018’’, and
                                                                                          (ii) in clause (ii), by striking ‘‘calendar year 2014’’
                                                                                    and inserting ‘‘calendar year 2017’’.
                                                                                    (B) SPORT UTILITY VEHICLES.—Section 179(b)(6) is
                                                                              amended—
                                                                                          (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘paragraphs
                                                                                    (1) and (2)’’ and inserting ‘‘paragraphs (1), (2), and
                                                                                    (5)(A)’’, and
                                                                                          (ii) in subparagraph (B), by inserting ‘‘($100 in
                                                                                    the case of any increase in the amount under para-
                                                                                    graph (5)(A))’’ after ‘‘$10,000’’.
                                                                        (b) SECTION 179 PROPERTY TO INCLUDE QUALIFIED REAL PROP-
                                                                   ERTY.—
                                                                              (1) IN GENERAL.—Subparagraph (B) of section 179(d)(1)
                                                                        is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) which is—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) section 1245 property (as defined in section
                                                                                    1245(a)(3)), or
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) at the election of the taxpayer, qualified real
                                                                                    property (as defined in subsection (f)), and’’.
                                                                              (2) QUALIFIED REAL PROPERTY DEFINED.—Subsection (f) of
                                                                        section 179 is amended to read as follows:
                                                                        ‘‘(f) QUALIFIED REAL PROPERTY.—For purposes of this section,
                                                                   the term ‘qualified real property’ means—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) any qualified improvement property described in sec-
                                                                        tion 168(e)(6), and
                                                                              ‘‘(2) any of the following improvements to nonresidential
                                                                        real property placed in service after the date such property
                                                                        was first placed in service:
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) Roofs.
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) Heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning prop-
                                                                              erty.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                    ‘‘(C) Fire protection and alarm systems.
                                                                                    ‘‘(D) Security systems.’’.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00049   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2102                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                (c) REPEAL OF EXCLUSION FOR CERTAIN PROPERTY.—The last
                                                                   26 USC 179.             sentence of section 179(d)(1) is amended by inserting ‘‘(other than
                                                                                           paragraph (2) thereof)’’ after ‘‘section 50(b)’’.
                                                                   26 USC 179 note.             (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to property placed in service in taxable years beginning
                                                                                           after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 13102. SMALL BUSINESS ACCOUNTING METHOD REFORM AND SIM-
                                                                                                         PLIFICATION.
                                                                                              (a) MODIFICATION OF LIMITATION ON CASH METHOD OF
                                                                                           ACCOUNTING.—
                                                                                                    (1) INCREASED LIMITATION.—So much of section 448(c) as
                                                                                              precedes paragraph (2) is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                              ‘‘(c) GROSS RECEIPTS TEST.—For purposes of this section—
                                                                                                    ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—A corporation or partnership meets the
                                                                                              gross receipts test of this subsection for any taxable year if
                                                                                              the average annual gross receipts of such entity for the 3-
                                                                                              taxable-year period ending with the taxable year which pre-
                                                                                              cedes such taxable year does not exceed $25,000,000.’’.
                                                                                                    (2) APPLICATION OF EXCEPTION ON ANNUAL BASIS.—Section
                                                                                              448(b)(3) is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                                    ‘‘(3) ENTITIES WHICH MEET GROSS RECEIPTS TEST.—Para-
                                                                                              graphs (1) and (2) of subsection (a) shall not apply to any
                                                                                              corporation or partnership for any taxable year if such entity
                                                                                              (or any predecessor) meets the gross receipts test of subsection
                                                                                              (c) for such taxable year.’’.
                                                                                                    (3) INFLATION ADJUSTMENT.—Section 448(c) is amended by
                                                                                              adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                                                    ‘‘(4) ADJUSTMENT FOR INFLATION.—In the case of any tax-
                                                                                              able year beginning after December 31, 2018, the dollar amount
                                                                                              in paragraph (1) shall be increased by an amount equal to—
                                                                                                          ‘‘(A) such dollar amount, multiplied by
                                                                                                          ‘‘(B) the cost-of-living adjustment determined under
                                                                                                    section 1(f)(3) for the calendar year in which the taxable
                                                                                                    year begins, by substituting ‘calendar year 2017’ for ‘cal-
                                                                                                    endar year 2016’ in subparagraph (A)(ii) thereof.
                                                                                              If any amount as increased under the preceding sentence is
                                                                                              not a multiple of $1,000,000, such amount shall be rounded
                                                                                              to the nearest multiple of $1,000,000.’’.
                                                                                                    (4) COORDINATION WITH SECTION 481.—Section 448(d)(7) is
                                                                                              amended to read as follows:
                                                                                                    ‘‘(7) COORDINATION WITH SECTION 481.—Any change in
                                                                                              method of accounting made pursuant to this section shall be
                                                                                              treated for purposes of section 481 as initiated by the taxpayer
                                                                                              and made with the consent of the Secretary.’’.
                                                                                                    (5) APPLICATION OF EXCEPTION TO CORPORATIONS ENGAGED
                                                                                              IN FARMING.—
                                                                                                          (A) IN GENERAL.—Section 447(c) is amended—
                                                                                                                (i) by inserting ‘‘for any taxable year’’ after ‘‘not
                                                                                                          being a corporation’’ in the matter preceding paragraph
                                                                                                          (1), and
                                                                                                                (ii) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
                                                                                                    ‘‘(2) a corporation which meets the gross receipts test of
                                                                                              section 448(c) for such taxable year.’’.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                          (B) COORDINATION WITH SECTION 481.—Section 447(f)
                                                                                                    is amended to read as follows:




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00050   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2103

                                                                        ‘‘(f) COORDINATION WITH SECTION 481.—Any change in method
                                                                   of accounting made pursuant to this section shall be treated for
                                                                   purposes of section 481 as initiated by the taxpayer and made
                                                                   with the consent of the Secretary.’’.
                                                                                    (C) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—Section 447 is                                            26 USC 447.
                                                                              amended—
                                                                                          (i) by striking subsections (d), (e), (h), and (i),
                                                                                    and
                                                                                          (ii) by redesignating subsections (f) and (g) (as
                                                                                    amended by subparagraph (B)) as subsections (d) and
                                                                                    (e), respectively.
                                                                        (b) EXEMPTION FROM UNICAP REQUIREMENTS.—
                                                                              (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 263A is amended by redesignating
                                                                        subsection (i) as subsection (j) and by inserting after subsection
                                                                        (h) the following new subsection:
                                                                        ‘‘(i) EXEMPTION FOR CERTAIN SMALL BUSINESSES.—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any taxpayer (other than
                                                                        a tax shelter prohibited from using the cash receipts and
                                                                        disbursements method of accounting under section 448(a)(3))
                                                                        which meets the gross receipts test of section 448(c) for any
                                                                        taxable year, this section shall not apply with respect to such
                                                                        taxpayer for such taxable year.
                                                                              ‘‘(2) APPLICATION OF GROSS RECEIPTS TEST TO INDIVIDUALS,
                                                                        ETC.— In the case of any taxpayer which is not a corporation
                                                                        or a partnership, the gross receipts test of section 448(c) shall
                                                                        be applied in the same manner as if each trade or business
                                                                        of such taxpayer were a corporation or partnership.
                                                                              ‘‘(3) COORDINATION WITH SECTION 481.—Any change in
                                                                       method of accounting made pursuant to this subsection shall
                                                                       be treated for purposes of section 481 as initiated by the tax-
                                                                       payer and made with the consent of the Secretary.’’.
                                                                              (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section 263A(b)(2) is
                                                                        amended to read as follows:
                                                                              ‘‘(2) PROPERTY ACQUIRED FOR RESALE.—Real or personal
                                                                       property described in section 1221(a)(1) which is acquired by
                                                                       the taxpayer for resale.’’.
                                                                       (c) EXEMPTION FROM INVENTORIES.—Section 471 is amended
                                                                   by redesignating subsection (c) as subsection (d) and by inserting
                                                                   after subsection (b) the following new subsection:
                                                                        ‘‘(c) EXEMPTION FOR CERTAIN SMALL BUSINESSES.—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any taxpayer (other than
                                                                        a tax shelter prohibited from using the cash receipts and
                                                                        disbursements method of accounting under section 448(a)(3))
                                                                        which meets the gross receipts test of section 448(c) for any
                                                                        taxable year—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) subsection (a) shall not apply with respect to such
                                                                              taxpayer for such taxable year, and
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) the taxpayer’s method of accounting for inventory
                                                                              for such taxable year shall not be treated as failing to
                                                                              clearly reflect income if such method either—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) treats inventory as non-incidental materials
                                                                                    and supplies, or
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) conforms to such taxpayer’s method of
                                                                                    accounting reflected in an applicable financial state-
                                                                                    ment of the taxpayer with respect to such taxable




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                    year or, if the taxpayer does not have any applicable
                                                                                    financial statement with respect to such taxable year,




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00051   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2104                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                         the books and records of the taxpayer prepared in
                                                                                                         accordance with the taxpayer’s accounting procedures.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(2) APPLICABLE FINANCIAL STATEMENT.—For purposes of
                                                                                              this subsection, the term ‘applicable financial statement’ has
                                                                                              the meaning given the term in section 451(b)(3).
                                                                                                   ‘‘(3) APPLICATION OF GROSS RECEIPTS TEST TO INDIVIDUALS,
                                                                                              ETC.—In the case of any taxpayer which is not a corporation
                                                                                              or a partnership, the gross receipts test of section 448(c) shall
                                                                                              be applied in the same manner as if each trade or business
                                                                                              of such taxpayer were a corporation or partnership.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(4) COORDINATION WITH SECTION 481.—Any change in
                                                                                              method of accounting made pursuant to this subsection shall
                                                                                              be treated for purposes of section 481 as initiated by the tax-
                                                                                              payer and made with the consent of the Secretary.’’.
                                                                                              (d) EXEMPTION FROM PERCENTAGE COMPLETION FOR LONG-TERM
                                                                                           CONTRACTS.—
                                                                   26 USC 460.                     (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 460(e)(1)(B) is amended—
                                                                                                         (A) by inserting ‘‘(other than a tax shelter prohibited
                                                                                                   from using the cash receipts and disbursements method
                                                                                                   of accounting under section 448(a)(3))’’ after ‘‘taxpayer’’ in
                                                                                                   the matter preceding clause (i), and
                                                                                                         (B) by amending clause (ii) to read as follows:
                                                                                                               ‘‘(ii) who meets the gross receipts test of section
                                                                                                         448(c) for the taxable year in which such contract
                                                                                                         is entered into.’’.
                                                                                                   (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—Section 460(e) is amended
                                                                                              by striking paragraphs (2) and (3), by redesignating paragraphs
                                                                                              (4), (5), and (6) as paragraphs (3), (4), and (5), respectively,
                                                                                              and by inserting after paragraph (1) the following new para-
                                                                                              graph:
                                                                                                   ‘‘(2) RULES RELATED TO GROSS RECEIPTS TEST.—
                                                                                                         ‘‘(A) APPLICATION OF GROSS RECEIPTS TEST TO INDIVID-
                                                                                                   UALS, ETC.— For purposes of paragraph (1)(B)(ii), in the
                                                                                                   case of any taxpayer which is not a corporation or a part-
                                                                                                   nership, the gross receipts test of section 448(c) shall be
                                                                                                   applied in the same manner as if each trade or business
                                                                                                   of such taxpayer were a corporation or partnership.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(B) COORDINATION WITH SECTION 481.—Any change in
                                                                                                   method of accounting made pursuant to paragraph (1)(B)(ii)
                                                                                                   shall be treated as initiated by the taxpayer and made
                                                                                                   with the consent of the Secretary. Such change shall be
                                                                                                   effected on a cut-off basis for all similarly classified con-
                                                                                                   tracts entered into on or after the year of change.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 263A                (e) EFFECTIVE DATE.—
                                                                   note.                           (1) IN GENERAL.—Except as otherwise provided in this sub-
                                                                                              section, the amendments made by this section shall apply to
                                                                                              taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                                   (2) PRESERVATION OF SUSPENSE ACCOUNT RULES WITH
                                                                                              RESPECT TO ANY EXISTING SUSPENSE ACCOUNTS.—So much of
                                                                                              the amendments made by subsection (a)(5)(C) as relate to sec-
                                                                                              tion 447(i) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall not
                                                                                              apply with respect to any suspense account established under
                                                                                              such section before the date of the enactment of this Act.
                                                                                                   (3) EXEMPTION FROM PERCENTAGE COMPLETION FOR LONG-
                                                                                              TERM CONTRACTS.—The amendments made by subsection (d)




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                              shall apply to contracts entered into after December 31, 2017,
                                                                                              in taxable years ending after such date.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00052   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2105

                                                                    PART III—COST RECOVERY AND ACCOUNTING
                                                                                   METHODS
                                                                                            Subpart A—Cost Recovery
                                                                   SEC. 13201. TEMPORARY 100-PERCENT EXPENSING FOR CERTAIN BUSI-
                                                                                 NESS ASSETS.
                                                                          (a) INCREASED EXPENSING.—
                                                                               (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 168(k) is amended—                                                26 USC 168.
                                                                                     (A) in paragraph (1)(A), by striking ‘‘50 percent’’ and
                                                                               inserting ‘‘the applicable percentage’’, and
                                                                                     (B) in paragraph (5)(A)(i), by striking ‘‘50 percent’’
                                                                               and inserting ‘‘the applicable percentage’’.
                                                                               (2) APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE.—Paragraph (6) of section
                                                                          168(k) is amended to read as follows:
                                                                               ‘‘(6) APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE.—For purposes of this sub-
                                                                          section—
                                                                                     ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Except as otherwise provided in
                                                                               this paragraph, the term ‘applicable percentage’ means—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) in the case of property placed in service after
                                                                                     September 27, 2017, and before January 1, 2023, 100
                                                                                     percent,
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) in the case of property placed in service after
                                                                                     December 31, 2022, and before January 1, 2024, 80
                                                                                     percent,
                                                                                          ‘‘(iii) in the case of property placed in service after
                                                                                     December 31, 2023, and before January 1, 2025, 60
                                                                                     percent,
                                                                                          ‘‘(iv) in the case of property placed in service after
                                                                                     December 31, 2024, and before January 1, 2026, 40
                                                                                     percent, and
                                                                                          ‘‘(v) in the case of property placed in service after
                                                                                     December 31, 2025, and before January 1, 2027, 20
                                                                                     percent.
                                                                                     ‘‘(B) RULE FOR PROPERTY WITH LONGER PRODUCTION
                                                                               PERIODS.—In the case of property described in subpara-
                                                                               graph (B) or (C) of paragraph (2), the term ‘applicable
                                                                               percentage’ means—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) in the case of property placed in service after
                                                                                     September 27, 2017, and before January 1, 2024, 100
                                                                                     percent,
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) in the case of property placed in service after
                                                                                     December 31, 2023, and before January 1, 2025, 80
                                                                                     percent,
                                                                                          ‘‘(iii) in the case of property placed in service after
                                                                                     December 31, 2024, and before January 1, 2026, 60
                                                                                     percent,
                                                                                          ‘‘(iv) in the case of property placed in service after
                                                                                     December 31, 2025, and before January 1, 2027, 40
                                                                                     percent, and
                                                                                          ‘‘(v) in the case of property placed in service after
                                                                                     December 31, 2026, and before January 1, 2028, 20
                                                                                     percent.
                                                                                     ‘‘(C) RULE FOR PLANTS BEARING FRUITS AND NUTS.—




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                               In the case of a specified plant described in paragraph
                                                                               (5), the term ‘applicable percentage’ means—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00053   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2106                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) in the case of a plant which is planted or
                                                                                                            grafted after September 27, 2017, and before January
                                                                                                            1, 2023, 100 percent,
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) in the case of a plant which is planted or
                                                                                                            grafted after December 31, 2022, and before January
                                                                                                            1, 2024, 80 percent,
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(iii) in the case of a plant which is planted or
                                                                                                            grafted after December 31, 2023, and before January
                                                                                                            1, 2025, 60 percent,
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(iv) in the case of a plant which is planted or
                                                                                                            grafted after December 31, 2024, and before January
                                                                                                            1, 2026, 40 percent, and
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(v) in the case of a plant which is planted or
                                                                                                            grafted after December 31, 2025, and before January
                                                                                                            1, 2027, 20 percent.’’.
                                                                                                       (3) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—
                                                                   26 USC 168.                              (A) Paragraph (5) of section 168(k) is amended by
                                                                                                       striking subparagraph (F).
                                                                                                            (B) Section 168(k) is amended by adding at the end
                                                                                                       the following new paragraph:
                                                                                                       ‘‘(8) PHASE DOWN.—In the case of qualified property
                                                                                                  acquired by the taxpayer before September 28, 2017, and placed
                                                                                                  in service by the taxpayer after September 27, 2017, paragraph
                                                                                                  (6) shall be applied by substituting for each percentage
                                                                                                  therein—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) ‘50 percent’ in the case of—
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) property placed in service before January 1,
                                                                                                            2018, and
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) property described in subparagraph (B) or (C)
                                                                                                            of paragraph (2) which is placed in service in 2018,
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) ‘40 percent’ in the case of—
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) property placed in service in 2018 (other than
                                                                                                            property described in subparagraph (B) or (C) of para-
                                                                                                            graph (2)), and
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) property described in subparagraph (B) or (C)
                                                                                                            of paragraph (2) which is placed in service in 2019,
                                                                                                            ‘‘(C) ‘30 percent’ in the case of—
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) property placed in service in 2019 (other than
                                                                                                            property described in subparagraph (B) or (C) of para-
                                                                                                            graph (2)), and
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) property described in subparagraph (B) or (C)
                                                                                                            of paragraph (2) which is placed in service in 2020,
                                                                                                            and
                                                                                                            ‘‘(D) ‘0 percent’ in the case of—
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) property placed in service after 2019 (other
                                                                                                            than property described in subparagraph (B) or (C)
                                                                                                            of paragraph (2)), and
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) property described in subparagraph (B) or (C)
                                                                                                            of paragraph (2) which is placed in service after 2020.’’.
                                                                                                  (b) EXTENSION.—
                                                                                                       (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 168(k) is amended—
                                                                                                            (A) in paragraph (2)—
                                                                                                                  (i) in subparagraph (A)(iii), clauses (i)(III) and (ii)
                                                                                                            of subparagraph (B), and subparagraph (E)(i), by
                                                                                                            striking ‘‘January 1, 2020’’ each place it appears and




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                            inserting ‘‘January 1, 2027’’, and
                                                                                                                  (ii) in subparagraph (B)—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00054   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2107

                                                                                               (I) in clause (i)(II), by striking ‘‘January 1,
                                                                                        2021’’ and inserting ‘‘January 1, 2028’’, and
                                                                                               (II) in the heading of clause (ii), by striking
                                                                                        ‘‘PRE-JANUARY 1, 2020’’ and inserting ‘‘PRE-JANUARY
                                                                                        1, 2027’’, and
                                                                                   (B) in paragraph (5)(A), by striking ‘‘January 1, 2020’’
                                                                             and inserting ‘‘January 1, 2027’’.
                                                                             (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                                   (A) Clause (ii) of section 460(c)(6)(B) is amended by                                 26 USC 460.
                                                                             striking ‘‘January 1, 2020 (January 1, 2021’’ and inserting
                                                                             ‘‘January 1, 2027 (January 1, 2028’’.
                                                                                   (B) The heading of section 168(k) is amended by
                                                                             striking ‘‘ACQUIRED AFTER DECEMBER 31, 2007, AND
                                                                             BEFORE JANUARY 1, 2020’’.
                                                                        (c) APPLICATION TO USED PROPERTY.—
                                                                             (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 168(k)(2)(A)(ii) is amended to read
                                                                        as follows:
                                                                                        ‘‘(ii) the original use of which begins with the
                                                                                   taxpayer or the acquisition of which by the taxpayer
                                                                                   meets the requirements of clause (ii) of subparagraph
                                                                                   (E), and’’.
                                                                             (2) ACQUISITION REQUIREMENTS.—Section 168(k)(2)(E)(ii) is
                                                                        amended to read as follows:
                                                                                        ‘‘(ii) ACQUISITION REQUIREMENTS.—An acquisition
                                                                                   of property meets the requirements of this clause if—
                                                                                               ‘‘(I) such property was not used by the tax-
                                                                                        payer at any time prior to such acquisition, and
                                                                                               ‘‘(II) the acquisition of such property meets
                                                                                        the requirements of paragraphs (2)(A), (2)(B),
                                                                                        (2)(C), and (3) of section 179(d).’’,
                                                                             (3) ANTI-ABUSE RULES.—Section 168(k)(2)(E) is further
                                                                        amended by amending clause (iii)(I) to read as follows:
                                                                                               ‘‘(I) property is used by a lessor of such prop-
                                                                                        erty and such use is the lessor’s first use of such
                                                                                        property,’’.
                                                                        (d) EXCEPTION FOR CERTAIN PROPERTY.—Section 168(k), as
                                                                   amended by this section, is amended by adding at the end the
                                                                   following new paragraph:
                                                                             ‘‘(9) EXCEPTION FOR CERTAIN PROPERTY.—The term ‘quali-
                                                                        fied property’ shall not include—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) any property which is primarily used in a trade
                                                                             or business described in clause (iv) of section 163(j)(7)(A),
                                                                             or
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) any property used in a trade or business that
                                                                             has had floor plan financing indebtedness (as defined in
                                                                             paragraph (9) of section 163(j)), if the floor plan financing
                                                                             interest related to such indebtedness was taken into
                                                                             account under paragraph (1)(C) of such section.’’.
                                                                        (e) SPECIAL RULE.—Section 168(k), as amended by this section,
                                                                   is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                             ‘‘(10) SPECIAL RULE FOR PROPERTY PLACED IN SERVICE
                                                                        DURING CERTAIN PERIODS.—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of qualified property
                                                                             placed in service by the taxpayer during the first taxable




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                             year ending after September 27, 2017, if the taxpayer
                                                                             elects to have this paragraph apply for such taxable year,




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00055   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2108                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                    paragraphs (1)(A) and (5)(A)(i) shall be applied by sub-
                                                                                                    stituting ‘50 percent’ for ‘the applicable percentage’.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(B) FORM OF ELECTION.—Any election under this para-
                                                                                                    graph shall be made at such time and in such form and
                                                                                                    manner as the Secretary may prescribe.’’.
                                                                                               (f) COORDINATION WITH SECTION 280F.—Clause (iii) of section
                                                                   26 USC 168.             168(k)(2)(F) is amended by striking ‘‘placed in service by the tax-
                                                                                           payer after December 31, 2017’’ and inserting ‘‘acquired by the
                                                                                           taxpayer before September 28, 2017, and placed in service by the
                                                                                           taxpayer after September 27, 2017’’.
                                                                                               (g) QUALIFIED FILM AND TELEVISION AND LIVE THEATRICAL
                                                                                           PRODUCTIONS.—
                                                                                                    (1) IN GENERAL.—Clause (i) of section 168(k)(2)(A), as
                                                                                               amended by section 13204, is amended—
                                                                                                         (A) in subclause (II), by striking ‘‘or’’,
                                                                                                         (B) in subclause (III), by adding ‘‘or’’ after the comma,
                                                                                                    and
                                                                                                         (C) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                               ‘‘(IV) which is a qualified film or television produc-
                                                                                                         tion (as defined in subsection (d) of section 181) for
                                                                                                         which a deduction would have been allowable under
                                                                                                         section 181 without regard to subsections (a)(2) and
                                                                                                         (g) of such section or this subsection, or
                                                                                                               ‘‘(V) which is a qualified live theatrical production
                                                                                                         (as defined in subsection (e) of section 181) for which
                                                                                                         a deduction would have been allowable under section
                                                                                                         181 without regard to subsections (a)(2) and (g) of
                                                                                                         such section or this subsection,’’.
                                                                                                    (2) PRODUCTION PLACED IN SERVICE.—Paragraph (2) of sec-
                                                                                               tion 168(k) is amended by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                         ‘‘(H) PRODUCTION PLACED IN SERVICE.—For purposes
                                                                                                    of subparagraph (A)—
                                                                                                               ‘‘(i) a qualified film or television production shall
                                                                                                         be considered to be placed in service at the time of
                                                                                                         initial release or broadcast, and
                                                                                                               ‘‘(ii) a qualified live theatrical production shall be
                                                                                                         considered to be placed in service at the time of the
                                                                                                         initial live staged performance.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 168 note.            (h) EFFECTIVE DATE.—
                                                                                                    (1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided by paragraph (2),
                                                                                               the amendments made by this section shall apply to property
                                                                                               which—
                                                                                                         (A) is acquired after September 27, 2017, and
                                                                                                         (B) is placed in service after such date.
                                                                                               For purposes of the preceding sentence, property shall not
                                                                                               be treated as acquired after the date on which a written binding
                                                                                               contract is entered into for such acquisition.
                                                                                                    (2) SPECIFIED PLANTS.—The amendments made by this sec-
                                                                                               tion shall apply to specified plants planted or grafted after
                                                                                               September 27, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 13202. MODIFICATIONS TO DEPRECIATION LIMITATIONS ON
                                                                                                       LUXURY AUTOMOBILES AND PERSONAL USE PROPERTY.
                                                                                                  (a) LUXURY AUTOMOBILES.—
                                                                                                       (1) IN GENERAL.—280F(a)(1)(A) is amended—




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                            (A) in clause (i), by striking ‘‘$2,560’’ and inserting
                                                                                                       ‘‘$10,000’’,




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00056   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2109

                                                                                  (B) in clause (ii), by striking ‘‘$4,100’’ and inserting
                                                                             ‘‘$16,000’’,
                                                                                  (C) in clause (iii), by striking ‘‘$2,450’’ and inserting
                                                                             ‘‘$9,600’’, and
                                                                                  (D) in clause (iv), by striking ‘‘$1,475’’ and inserting
                                                                             ‘‘$5,760’’.
                                                                             (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                                  (A) Clause (ii) of section 280F(a)(1)(B) is amended by                                 26 USC 280F.
                                                                             striking ‘‘$1,475’’ in the text and heading and inserting
                                                                             ‘‘$5,760’’.
                                                                                  (B) Paragraph (7) of section 280F(d) is amended—
                                                                                       (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘1988’’ and
                                                                                  inserting ‘‘2018’’, and
                                                                                       (ii) in subparagraph (B)(i)(II), by striking ‘‘1987’’
                                                                                  and inserting ‘‘2017’’.
                                                                        (b) REMOVAL OF COMPUTER EQUIPMENT FROM LISTED PROP-
                                                                   ERTY.—
                                                                             (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 280F(d)(4)(A) is amended—
                                                                                  (A) by inserting ‘‘and’’ at the end of clause (iii),
                                                                                  (B) by striking clause (iv), and
                                                                                  (C) by redesignating clause (v) as clause (iv).
                                                                             (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section 280F(d)(4) is
                                                                        amended by striking subparagraph (B) and by redesignating
                                                                        subparagraph (C) as subparagraph (B).
                                                                        (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                          26 USC 280F
                                                                   shall apply to property placed in service after December 31, 2017,                                    note.
                                                                   in taxable years ending after such date.
                                                                   SEC. 13203. MODIFICATIONS OF TREATMENT OF CERTAIN FARM PROP-
                                                                                ERTY.
                                                                       (a) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN FARM PROPERTY AS 5-YEAR PROP-
                                                                   ERTY.—Clause (vii) of section 168(e)(3)(B) is amended by striking
                                                                   ‘‘after December 31, 2008, and which is placed in service before
                                                                   January 1, 2010’’ and inserting ‘‘after December 31, 2017’’.
                                                                         (b) REPEAL OF REQUIRED USE OF 150-PERCENT DECLINING BAL-
                                                                   ANCE METHOD.—Section 168(b)(2) is amended by striking subpara-
                                                                   graph (B) and by redesignating subparagraphs (C) and (D) as sub-
                                                                   paragraphs (B) and (C), respectively.
                                                                         (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                         26 USC 168 note.
                                                                   shall apply to property placed in service after December 31, 2017,
                                                                   in taxable years ending after such date.
                                                                   SEC. 13204. APPLICABLE RECOVERY PERIOD FOR REAL PROPERTY.
                                                                          (a) IMPROVEMENTS TO REAL PROPERTY.—
                                                                               (1) ELIMINATION OF QUALIFIED LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENT,
                                                                          QUALIFIED RESTAURANT, AND QUALIFIED RETAIL IMPROVEMENT
                                                                          PROPERTY.—Subsection (e) of section 168 is amended—
                                                                                   (A) in subparagraph (E) of paragraph (3)—
                                                                                        (i) by striking clauses (iv), (v), and (ix),
                                                                                        (ii) in clause (vii), by inserting ‘‘and’’ at the end,
                                                                                        (iii) in clause (viii), by striking ‘‘, and’’ and
                                                                                   inserting a period, and
                                                                                        (iv) by redesignating clauses (vi), (vii), and (viii),
                                                                                   as so amended, as clauses (iv), (v), and (vi), respec-




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                   tively, and
                                                                                   (B) by striking paragraphs (6), (7), and (8).




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00057   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2110                                  PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                      (2) APPLICATION OF STRAIGHT LINE METHOD TO QUALIFIED
                                                                                                  IMPROVEMENT PROPERTY.—Paragraph (3) of section 168(b) is
                                                                                                  amended—
                                                                                                             (A) by striking subparagraphs (G), (H), and (I), and
                                                                                                             (B) by inserting after subparagraph (F) the following
                                                                                                       new subparagraph:
                                                                                                             ‘‘(G) Qualified improvement property described in sub-
                                                                                                       section (e)(6).’’.
                                                                                                       (3) ALTERNATIVE DEPRECIATION SYSTEM.—
                                                                                                             (A) ELECTING REAL PROPERTY TRADE OR BUSINESS.—
                                                                   26 USC 168.                         Subsection (g) of section 168 is amended—
                                                                                                                  (i) in paragraph (1)—
                                                                                                                        (I) in subparagraph (D), by striking ‘‘and’’ at
                                                                                                                  the end,
                                                                                                                        (II) in subparagraph (E), by inserting ‘‘and’’
                                                                                                                  at the end, and
                                                                                                                        (III) by inserting after subparagraph (E) the
                                                                                                                  following new subparagraph:
                                                                                                             ‘‘(F) any property described in paragraph (8),’’, and
                                                                                                                  (ii) by adding at the end the following new para-
                                                                                                             graph:
                                                                                                       ‘‘(8) ELECTING REAL PROPERTY TRADE OR BUSINESS.—The
                                                                                                  property described in this paragraph shall consist of any non-
                                                                                                  residential real property, residential rental property, and quali-
                                                                                                  fied improvement property held by an electing real property
                                                                                                  trade or business (as defined in 163(j)(7)(B)).’’.
                                                                                                             (B) QUALIFIED IMPROVEMENT PROPERTY.—The table
                                                                                                       contained in subparagraph (B) of section 168(g)(3) is
                                                                                                       amended—
                                                                                                                  (i) by inserting after the item relating to subpara-
                                                                                                             graph (D)(ii) the following new item:
                                                                                                 ‘‘(D)(v) ........................................................................................................   20’’
                                                                                                                              , and
                                                                                                                         (ii) by striking the item relating to subparagraph
                                                                                                                    (E)(iv) and all that follows through the item relating
                                                                                                                    to subparagraph (E)(ix) and inserting the following:
                                                                                                 ‘‘(E)(iv) .......................................................................................................   20
                                                                                                 (E)(v) ..........................................................................................................   30
                                                                                                 (E)(vi) .........................................................................................................   35’’.
                                                                                                              (C) APPLICABLE RECOVERY PERIOD FOR RESIDENTIAL
                                                                                                           RENTAL PROPERTY.—The table contained in subparagraph
                                                                                                           (C) of section 168(g)(2) is amended by striking clauses
                                                                                                           (iii) and (iv) and inserting the following:
                                                                                                 ‘‘(iii) Residential rental property ............................................................. 30 years
                                                                                                 (iv) Nonresidential real property ............................................................. 40 years
                                                                                                 (v) Any railroad grading or tunnel bore or water utility property ....... 50 years’’.
                                                                                                           (4) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                                                                 (A) Clause (i) of section 168(k)(2)(A) is amended—
                                                                                                                      (i) in subclause (II), by inserting ‘‘or’’ after the
                                                                                                                 comma,
                                                                                                                      (ii) in subclause (III), by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end,
                                                                                                                 and
                                                                                                                      (iii) by striking subclause (IV).
                                                                                                                 (B) Section 168 is amended—
                                                                                                                      (i) in subsection (e), as amended by paragraph




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                                 (1)(B), by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                           ‘‘(6) QUALIFIED IMPROVEMENT PROPERTY.—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097       Frm 00058       Fmt 6580       Sfmt 6581       E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115                PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2111

                                                                                    ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘qualified improvement
                                                                               property’ means any improvement to an interior portion
                                                                               of a building which is nonresidential real property if such
                                                                               improvement is placed in service after the date such
                                                                               building was first placed in service.
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) CERTAIN IMPROVEMENTS NOT INCLUDED.—Such
                                                                               term shall not include any improvement for which the
                                                                               expenditure is attributable to—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) the enlargement of the building,
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) any elevator or escalator, or
                                                                                         ‘‘(iii) the internal structural framework of the
                                                                                    building.’’, and
                                                                                         (ii) in subsection (k), by striking paragraph (3).
                                                                          (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—                                                                           26 USC 168 note.
                                                                               (1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in paragraph (2), the
                                                                          amendments made by this section shall apply to property placed
                                                                          in service after December 31, 2017.
                                                                               (2) AMENDMENTS RELATED TO ELECTING REAL PROPERTY
                                                                          TRADE OR BUSINESS.—The amendments made by subsection
                                                                          (a)(3)(A) shall apply to taxable years beginning after December
                                                                          31, 2017.
                                                                   SEC. 13205. USE OF ALTERNATIVE DEPRECIATION SYSTEM FOR
                                                                               ELECTING FARMING BUSINESSES.
                                                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 168(g)(1), as amended by section
                                                                   13204, is amended by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end of subparagraph                                      26 USC 168.
                                                                   (E), by inserting ‘‘and’’ at the end of subparagraph (F), and by
                                                                   inserting after subparagraph (F) the following new subparagraph:
                                                                                 ‘‘(G) any property with a recovery period of 10 years
                                                                            or more which is held by an electing farming business
                                                                            (as defined in section 163(j)(7)(C)),’’.
                                                                        (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                          26 USC 168 note.
                                                                   shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                   SEC.     13206.      AMORTIZATION OF                 RESEARCH         AND      EXPERIMENTAL
                                                                                        EXPENDITURES.
                                                                          (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 174 is amended to read as follows:
                                                                   ‘‘SEC.     174.    AMORTIZATION              OF      RESEARCH         AND      EXPERIMENTAL
                                                                                     EXPENDITURES.
                                                                        ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a taxpayer’s specified research
                                                                   or experimental expenditures for any taxable year—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) except as provided in paragraph (2), no deduction shall
                                                                        be allowed for such expenditures, and
                                                                              ‘‘(2) the taxpayer shall—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) charge such expenditures to capital account, and
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) be allowed an amortization deduction of such
                                                                              expenditures ratably over the 5-year period (15-year period
                                                                              in the case of any specified research or experimental
                                                                              expenditures which are attributable to foreign research
                                                                              (within the meaning of section 41(d)(4)(F))) beginning with
                                                                              the midpoint of the taxable year in which such expenditures
                                                                              are paid or incurred.
                                                                        ‘‘(b) SPECIFIED RESEARCH OR EXPERIMENTAL EXPENDITURES.—
                                                                   For purposes of this section, the term ‘specified research or experi-




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                   mental expenditures’ means, with respect to any taxable year,
                                                                   research or experimental expenditures which are paid or incurred




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00059   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2112                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                           by the taxpayer during such taxable year in connection with the
                                                                                           taxpayer’s trade or business.
                                                                                                ‘‘(c) SPECIAL RULES.—
                                                                                                      ‘‘(1) LAND AND OTHER PROPERTY.—This section shall not
                                                                                                apply to any expenditure for the acquisition or improvement
                                                                                                of land, or for the acquisition or improvement of property to
                                                                                                be used in connection with the research or experimentation
                                                                                                and of a character which is subject to the allowance under
                                                                                                section 167 (relating to allowance for depreciation, etc.) or sec-
                                                                                                tion 611 (relating to allowance for depletion); but for purposes
                                                                                                of this section allowances under section 167, and allowances
                                                                                                under section 611, shall be considered as expenditures.
                                                                                                      ‘‘(2) EXPLORATION EXPENDITURES.—This section shall not
                                                                                                apply to any expenditure paid or incurred for the purpose
                                                                                                of ascertaining the existence, location, extent, or quality of
                                                                                                any deposit of ore or other mineral (including oil and gas).
                                                                                                      ‘‘(3) SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT.—For purposes of this sec-
                                                                                                tion, any amount paid or incurred in connection with the
                                                                                                development of any software shall be treated as a research
                                                                                                or experimental expenditure.
                                                                                                ‘‘(d) TREATMENT UPON DISPOSITION, RETIREMENT, OR ABANDON-
                                                                                           MENT.—If any property with respect to which specified research
                                                                                           or experimental expenditures are paid or incurred is disposed,
                                                                                           retired, or abandoned during the period during which such expendi-
                                                                                           tures are allowed as an amortization deduction under this section,
                                                                                           no deduction shall be allowed with respect to such expenditures
                                                                                           on account of such disposition, retirement, or abandonment and
                                                                                           such amortization deduction shall continue with respect to such
                                                                                           expenditures.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 174 note.             (b) CHANGE IN METHOD OF ACCOUNTING.—The amendments
                                                                                           made by subsection (a) shall be treated as a change in method
                                                                                           of accounting for purposes of section 481 of the Internal Revenue
                                                                                           Code of 1986 and—
                                                                                                      (1) such change shall be treated as initiated by the tax-
                                                                                                payer,
                                                                                                      (2) such change shall be treated as made with the consent
                                                                                                of the Secretary, and
                                                                                                      (3) such change shall be applied only on a cut-off basis
                                                                                                for any research or experimental expenditures paid or incurred
                                                                                                in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2021, and no
                                                                                                adjustments under section 481(a) shall be made.
                                                                                                (c) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—The table of sections for part VI
                                                                   26 USC                  of subchapter B of chapter 1 is amended by striking the item
                                                                   prec. 161.              relating to section 174 and inserting the following new item:
                                                                                           ‘‘Sec. 174. Amortization of research and experimental expenditures.’’.
                                                                                                  (d) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                                                       (1) Section 41(d)(1)(A) is amended by striking ‘‘expenses
                                                                                                  under section 174’’ and inserting ‘‘specified research or experi-
                                                                                                  mental expenditures under section 174’’.
                                                                                                       (2) Subsection (c) of section 280C is amended—
                                                                                                             (A) by striking paragraph (1) and inserting the fol-
                                                                                                       lowing:
                                                                                                       ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—If—




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) the amount of the credit determined for the taxable
                                                                                                       year under section 41(a)(1), exceeds




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00060   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2113

                                                                                   ‘‘(B) the amount allowable as a deduction for such
                                                                            taxable year for qualified research expenses or basic
                                                                            research expenses,
                                                                        the amount chargeable to capital account for the taxable year
                                                                        for such expenses shall be reduced by the amount of such
                                                                        excess.’’,
                                                                                   (B) by striking paragraph (2),
                                                                                   (C) by redesignating paragraphs (3) (as amended by
                                                                            this Act) and (4) as paragraphs (2) and (3), respectively,
                                                                            and
                                                                                   (D) in paragraph (2), as redesignated by subparagraph
                                                                            (C), by striking ‘‘paragraphs (1) and (2)’’ and inserting
                                                                            ‘‘paragraph (1)’’.
                                                                        (e) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                          26 USC 41 note.
                                                                   shall apply to amounts paid or incurred in taxable years beginning
                                                                   after December 31, 2021.
                                                                   SEC. 13207. EXPENSING OF CERTAIN COSTS OF REPLANTING CITRUS
                                                                                PLANTS LOST BY REASON OF CASUALTY.
                                                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 263A(d)(2) is amended by adding                                          26 USC 263A.
                                                                   at the end the following new subparagraph:
                                                                                ‘‘(C) SPECIAL TEMPORARY RULE FOR CITRUS PLANTS LOST
                                                                            BY REASON OF CASUALTY.—
                                                                                      ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—In the case of the replanting
                                                                                of citrus plants, subparagraph (A) shall apply to
                                                                                amounts paid or incurred by a person (other than
                                                                                the taxpayer described in subparagraph (A)) if—
                                                                                             ‘‘(I) the taxpayer described in subparagraph
                                                                                      (A) has an equity interest of not less than 50
                                                                                      percent in the replanted citrus plants at all times
                                                                                      during the taxable year in which such amounts
                                                                                      were paid or incurred and such other person holds
                                                                                      any part of the remaining equity interest, or
                                                                                             ‘‘(II) such other person acquired the entirety
                                                                                      of such taxpayer’s equity interest in the land on
                                                                                      which the lost or damaged citrus plants were
                                                                                      located at the time of such loss or damage, and
                                                                                      the replanting is on such land.
                                                                                      ‘‘(ii) TERMINATION.—Clause (i) shall not apply to
                                                                                any cost paid or incurred after the date which is 10
                                                                                years after the date of the enactment of the Tax Cuts
                                                                                and Jobs Act.’’.
                                                                        (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section                                           26 USC 263A
                                                                   shall apply to costs paid or incurred after the date of the enactment                                 note.
                                                                   of this Act.

                                                                                      Subpart B—Accounting Methods
                                                                   SEC. 13221. CERTAIN SPECIAL RULES FOR TAXABLE YEAR OF INCLU-
                                                                                SION.
                                                                        (a) INCLUSION NOT LATER THAN FOR FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
                                                                   PURPOSES.—Section 451 is amended by redesignating subsections
                                                                   (b) through (i) as subsections (c) through (j), respectively, and by
                                                                   inserting after subsection (a) the following new subsection:




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                        ‘‘(b) INCLUSION NOT LATER THAN FOR FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
                                                                   PURPOSES.—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00061   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2114                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                       ‘‘(1) INCOME TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT IN FINANCIAL STATE-
                                                                                                  MENT.—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a taxpayer the taxable
                                                                                                       income of which is computed under an accrual method
                                                                                                       of accounting, the all events test with respect to any item
                                                                                                       of gross income (or portion thereof) shall not be treated
                                                                                                       as met any later than when such item (or portion thereof)
                                                                                                       is taken into account as revenue in—
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(i) an applicable financial statement of the tax-
                                                                                                             payer, or
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) such other financial statement as the Sec-
                                                                                                             retary may specify for purposes of this subsection.
                                                                                                             ‘‘(B) EXCEPTION.—This paragraph shall not apply to—
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(i) a taxpayer which does not have a financial
                                                                                                             statement described in clause (i) or (ii) of subparagraph
                                                                                                             (A) for a taxable year, or
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) any item of gross income in connection with
                                                                                                             a mortgage servicing contract.
                                                                                                             ‘‘(C) ALL EVENTS TEST.—For purposes of this section,
                                                                                                       the all events test is met with respect to any item of
                                                                                                       gross income if all the events have occurred which fix
                                                                                                       the right to receive such income and the amount of such
                                                                                                       income can be determined with reasonable accuracy.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(2)     COORDINATION            WITH    SPECIAL METHODS      OF
                                                                                                  ACCOUNTING.—Paragraph (1) shall not apply with respect to
                                                                                                  any item of gross income for which the taxpayer uses a special
                                                                                                  method of accounting provided under any other provision of
                                                                                                  this chapter, other than any provision of part V of subchapter
                                                                                                  P (except as provided in clause (ii) of paragraph (1)(B)).
                                                                                                       ‘‘(3) APPLICABLE FINANCIAL STATEMENT.—For purposes of
                                                                                                  this subsection, the term ‘applicable financial statement’
                                                                                                  means—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) a financial statement which is certified as being
                                                                                                       prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
                                                                                                       principles and which is—
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(i) a 10–K (or successor form), or annual state-
                                                                                                             ment to shareholders, required to be filed by the tax-
                                                                                                             payer with the United States Securities and Exchange
                                                                                                             Commission,
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) an audited financial statement of the taxpayer
                                                                                                             which is used for—
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(I) credit purposes,
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(II) reporting to shareholders, partners, or
                                                                                                                   other proprietors, or to beneficiaries, or
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(III) any other substantial nontax purpose,
                                                                                                             but only if there is no statement of the taxpayer
                                                                                                             described in clause (i), or
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(iii) filed by the taxpayer with any other Federal
                                                                                                             agency for purposes other than Federal tax purposes,
                                                                                                             but only if there is no statement of the taxpayer
                                                                                                             described in clause (i) or (ii),
                                                                                                             ‘‘(B) a financial statement which is made on the basis
                                                                                                       of international financial reporting standards and is filed
                                                                                                       by the taxpayer with an agency of a foreign government
                                                                                                       which is equivalent to the United States Securities and




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                       Exchange Commission and which has reporting standards
                                                                                                       not less stringent than the standards required by such




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00062   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2115

                                                                              Commission, but only if there is no statement of the tax-
                                                                              payer described in subparagraph (A), or
                                                                                    ‘‘(C) a financial statement filed by the taxpayer with
                                                                              any other regulatory or governmental body specified by
                                                                              the Secretary, but only if there is no statement of the
                                                                              taxpayer described in subparagraph (A) or (B).
                                                                              ‘‘(4) ALLOCATION OF TRANSACTION PRICE.—For purposes of
                                                                        this subsection, in the case of a contract which contains multiple
                                                                        performance obligations, the allocation of the transaction price
                                                                        to each performance obligation shall be equal to the amount
                                                                        allocated to each performance obligation for purposes of
                                                                        including such item in revenue in the applicable financial state-
                                                                        ment of the taxpayer.
                                                                              ‘‘(5) GROUP OF ENTITIES.—For purposes of paragraph (1),
                                                                        if the financial results of a taxpayer are reported on the
                                                                        applicable financial statement (as defined in paragraph (3))
                                                                        for a group of entities, such statement shall be treated as
                                                                        the applicable financial statement of the taxpayer.’’.
                                                                        (b) TREATMENT OF ADVANCE PAYMENTS.—Section 451, as
                                                                   amended by subsection (a), is amended by redesignating subsections                                    26 USC 451.
                                                                   (c) through (j) as subsections (d) through (k), respectively, and
                                                                   by inserting after subsection (b) the following new subsection:
                                                                        ‘‘(c) TREATMENT OF ADVANCE PAYMENTS.—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—A taxpayer which computes taxable
                                                                        income under the accrual method of accounting, and receives
                                                                        any advance payment during the taxable year, shall—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) except as provided in subparagraph (B), include
                                                                              such advance payment in gross income for such taxable
                                                                              year, or
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) if the taxpayer elects the application of this
                                                                              subparagraph with respect to the category of advance pay-
                                                                              ments to which such advance payment belongs, the tax-
                                                                              payer shall—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) to the extent that any portion of such advance
                                                                                    payment is required under subsection (b) to be included
                                                                                    in gross income in the taxable year in which such
                                                                                    payment is received, so include such portion, and
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) include the remaining portion of such advance
                                                                                    payment in gross income in the taxable year following
                                                                                    the taxable year in which such payment is received.
                                                                              ‘‘(2) ELECTION.—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Except as otherwise provided in
                                                                              this paragraph, the election under paragraph (1)(B) shall
                                                                              be made at such time, in such form and manner, and
                                                                              with respect to such categories of advance payments, as
                                                                              the Secretary may provide.
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) PERIOD TO WHICH ELECTION APPLIES.—An election
                                                                              under paragraph (1)(B) shall be effective for the taxable
                                                                              year with respect to which it is first made and for all
                                                                              subsequent taxable years, unless the taxpayer secures the
                                                                              consent of the Secretary to revoke such election. For pur-
                                                                              poses of this title, the computation of taxable income under
                                                                              an election made under paragraph (1)(B) shall be treated
                                                                              as a method of accounting.
                                                                              ‘‘(3) TAXPAYERS CEASING TO EXIST.—Except as otherwise




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                        provided by the Secretary, the election under paragraph (1)(B)
                                                                        shall not apply with respect to advance payments received




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00063   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2116                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                               by the taxpayer during a taxable year if such taxpayer ceases
                                                                                               to exist during (or with the close of) such taxable year.
                                                                                                    ‘‘(4) ADVANCE PAYMENT.—For purposes of this subsection—
                                                                                                          ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘advance payment’ means
                                                                                                    any payment—
                                                                                                                ‘‘(i) the full inclusion of which in the gross income
                                                                                                          of the taxpayer for the taxable year of receipt is a
                                                                                                          permissible method of accounting under this section
                                                                                                          (determined without regard to this subsection),
                                                                                                                ‘‘(ii) any portion of which is included in revenue
                                                                                                          by the taxpayer in a financial statement described
                                                                                                          in clause (i) or (ii) of subsection (b)(1)(A) for a subse-
                                                                                                          quent taxable year, and
                                                                                                                ‘‘(iii) which is for goods, services, or such other
                                                                                                          items as may be identified by the Secretary for pur-
                                                                                                          poses of this clause.
                                                                                                          ‘‘(B) EXCLUSIONS.—Except as otherwise provided by
                                                                                                    the Secretary, such term shall not include—
                                                                                                                ‘‘(i) rent,
                                                                                                                ‘‘(ii) insurance premiums governed by subchapter
                                                                                                          L,
                                                                                                                ‘‘(iii) payments with respect to financial
                                                                                                          instruments,
                                                                                                                ‘‘(iv) payments with respect to warranty or guar-
                                                                                                          antee contracts under which a third party is the pri-
                                                                                                          mary obligor,
                                                                                                                ‘‘(v) payments subject to section 871(a), 881, 1441,
                                                                                                          or 1442,
                                                                                                                ‘‘(vi) payments in property to which section 83
                                                                                                          applies, and
                                                                                                                ‘‘(vii) any other payment identified by the Sec-
                                                                                                          retary for purposes of this subparagraph.
                                                                                                          ‘‘(C) RECEIPT.—For purposes of this subsection, an item
                                                                                                    of gross income is received by the taxpayer if it is actually
                                                                                                    or constructively received, or if it is due and payable to
                                                                                                    the taxpayer.
                                                                                                          ‘‘(D) ALLOCATION OF TRANSACTION PRICE.—For pur-
                                                                                                    poses of this subsection, rules similar to subsection (b)(4)
                                                                                                    shall apply.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 451 note.            (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                   26 USC 451 note.            (d) COORDINATION WITH SECTION 481.—
                                                                                                    (1) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any qualified change in
                                                                                               method of accounting for the taxpayer’s first taxable year begin-
                                                                                               ning after December 31, 2017—
                                                                                                          (A) such change shall be treated as initiated by the
                                                                                                    taxpayer, and
                                                                                                          (B) such change shall be treated as made with the
                                                                                                    consent of the Secretary of the Treasury.
                                                                                                    (2) QUALIFIED CHANGE IN METHOD OF ACCOUNTING.—For
                                                                                               purposes of this subsection, the term ‘‘qualified change in
                                                                                               method of accounting’’ means any change in method of
                                                                                               accounting which—




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                          (A) is required by the amendments made by this sec-
                                                                                                    tion, or




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00064   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2117

                                                                                 (B) was prohibited under the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                            of 1986 prior to such amendments and is permitted under
                                                                            such Code after such amendments.
                                                                       (e) SPECIAL RULES FOR ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT.—Notwith-                                           26 USC 451 note.
                                                                   standing subsection (c), in the case of income from a debt instrument
                                                                   having original issue discount—
                                                                            (1) the amendments made by this section shall apply to
                                                                       taxable years beginning after December 31, 2018, and
                                                                            (2) the period for taking into account any adjustments
                                                                       under section 481 by reason of a qualified change in method
                                                                       of accounting (as defined in subsection (d)) shall be 6 years.

                                                                       PART IV—BUSINESS-RELATED EXCLUSIONS
                                                                                 AND DEDUCTIONS
                                                                   SEC. 13301. LIMITATION ON DEDUCTION FOR INTEREST.
                                                                          (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 163(j) is amended to read as follows:                                  26 USC 163.
                                                                          ‘‘(j) LIMITATION ON BUSINESS INTEREST.—
                                                                                 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The amount allowed as a deduction
                                                                          under this chapter for any taxable year for business interest
                                                                          shall not exceed the sum of—
                                                                                       ‘‘(A) the business interest income of such taxpayer
                                                                                 for such taxable year,
                                                                                       ‘‘(B) 30 percent of the adjusted taxable income of such
                                                                                 taxpayer for such taxable year, plus
                                                                                       ‘‘(C) the floor plan financing interest of such taxpayer
                                                                                 for such taxable year.
                                                                          The amount determined under subparagraph (B) shall not be
                                                                          less than zero.
                                                                                 ‘‘(2) CARRYFORWARD OF DISALLOWED BUSINESS INTEREST.—
                                                                          The amount of any business interest not allowed as a deduction
                                                                          for any taxable year by reason of paragraph (1) shall be treated
                                                                          as business interest paid or accrued in the succeeding taxable
                                                                          year.
                                                                                 ‘‘(3) EXEMPTION FOR CERTAIN SMALL BUSINESSES.—In the
                                                                          case of any taxpayer (other than a tax shelter prohibited from
                                                                          using the cash receipts and disbursements method of accounting
                                                                          under section 448(a)(3)) which meets the gross receipts test
                                                                          of section 448(c) for any taxable year, paragraph (1) shall
                                                                          not apply to such taxpayer for such taxable year. In the case
                                                                          of any taxpayer which is not a corporation or a partnership,
                                                                          the gross receipts test of section 448(c) shall be applied in
                                                                          the same manner as if such taxpayer were a corporation or
                                                                          partnership.
                                                                                 ‘‘(4) APPLICATION TO PARTNERSHIPS, ETC.—
                                                                                       ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any partnership—
                                                                                             ‘‘(i) this subsection shall be applied at the partner-
                                                                                       ship level and any deduction for business interest shall
                                                                                       be taken into account in determining the non-sepa-
                                                                                       rately stated taxable income or loss of the partnership,
                                                                                       and
                                                                                             ‘‘(ii) the adjusted taxable income of each partner
                                                                                       of such partnership—
                                                                                                    ‘‘(I) shall be determined without regard to such




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                             partner’s distributive share of any items of income,
                                                                                             gain, deduction, or loss of such partnership, and




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00065   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2118                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                                           ‘‘(II) shall be increased by such partner’s
                                                                                                                    distributive share of such partnership’s excess tax-
                                                                                                                    able income.
                                                                                                              For purposes of clause (ii)(II), a partner’s distributive
                                                                                                              share of partnership excess taxable income shall be
                                                                                                              determined in the same manner as the partner’s
                                                                                                              distributive share of nonseparately stated taxable
                                                                                                              income or loss of the partnership.
                                                                                                              ‘‘(B) SPECIAL RULES FOR CARRYFORWARDS.—
                                                                                                                    ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The amount of any business
                                                                                                              interest not allowed as a deduction to a partnership
                                                                                                              for any taxable year by reason of paragraph (1) for
                                                                                                              any taxable year—
                                                                                                                           ‘‘(I) shall not be treated under paragraph (2)
                                                                                                                    as business interest paid or accrued by the partner-
                                                                                                                    ship in the succeeding taxable year, and
                                                                                                                           ‘‘(II) shall, subject to clause (ii), be treated
                                                                                                                    as excess business interest which is allocated to
                                                                                                                    each partner in the same manner as the non-
                                                                                                                    separately stated taxable income or loss of the
                                                                                                                    partnership.
                                                                                                                    ‘‘(ii) TREATMENT OF EXCESS BUSINESS INTEREST
                                                                                                              ALLOCATED TO PARTNERS.—If a partner is allocated
                                                                                                              any excess business interest from a partnership under
                                                                                                              clause (i) for any taxable year—
                                                                                                                           ‘‘(I) such excess business interest shall be
                                                                                                                    treated as business interest paid or accrued by
                                                                                                                    the partner in the next succeeding taxable year
                                                                                                                    in which the partner is allocated excess taxable
                                                                                                                    income from such partnership, but only to the
                                                                                                                    extent of such excess taxable income, and
                                                                                                                           ‘‘(II) any portion of such excess business
                                                                                                                    interest remaining after the application of sub-
                                                                                                                    clause (I) shall, subject to the limitations of sub-
                                                                                                                    clause (I), be treated as business interest paid
                                                                                                                    or accrued in succeeding taxable years.
                                                                                                              For purposes of applying this paragraph, excess taxable
                                                                                                              income allocated to a partner from a partnership for
                                                                                                              any taxable year shall not be taken into account under
                                                                                                              paragraph (1)(A) with respect to any business interest
                                                                                                              other than excess business interest from the partner-
                                                                                                              ship until all such excess business interest for such
                                                                                                              taxable year and all preceding taxable years has been
                                                                                                              treated as paid or accrued under clause (ii).
                                                                                                                    ‘‘(iii) BASIS ADJUSTMENTS.—
                                                                                                                           ‘‘(I) IN GENERAL.—The adjusted basis of a
                                                                                                                    partner in a partnership interest shall be reduced
                                                                                                                    (but not below zero) by the amount of excess busi-
                                                                                                                    ness interest allocated to the partner under clause
                                                                                                                    (i)(II).
                                                                                                                           ‘‘(II) SPECIAL RULE FOR DISPOSITIONS.—If a
                                                                                                                    partner disposes of a partnership interest, the
                                                                                                                    adjusted basis of the partner in the partnership
                                                                                                                    interest shall be increased immediately before the
                                                                                                                    disposition by the amount of the excess (if any)




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                                    of the amount of the basis reduction under sub-
                                                                                                                    clause (I) over the portion of any excess business




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00066   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2119

                                                                                          interest allocated to the partner under clause (i)(II)
                                                                                          which has previously been treated under clause
                                                                                          (ii) as business interest paid or accrued by the
                                                                                          partner. The preceding sentence shall also apply
                                                                                          to transfers of the partnership interest (including
                                                                                          by reason of death) in a transaction in which gain
                                                                                          is not recognized in whole or in part. No deduction
                                                                                          shall be allowed to the transferor or transferee
                                                                                          under this chapter for any excess business interest
                                                                                          resulting in a basis increase under this subclause.
                                                                                     ‘‘(C) EXCESS TAXABLE INCOME.—The term ‘excess tax-
                                                                               able income’ means, with respect to any partnership, the
                                                                               amount which bears the same ratio to the partnership’s
                                                                               adjusted taxable income as—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) the excess (if any) of—
                                                                                                 ‘‘(I) the amount determined for the partnership
                                                                                          under paragraph (1)(B), over
                                                                                                 ‘‘(II) the amount (if any) by which the business
                                                                                          interest of the partnership, reduced by the floor
                                                                                          plan financing interest, exceeds the business
                                                                                          interest income of the partnership, bears to
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) the amount determined for the partnership
                                                                                     under paragraph (1)(B).
                                                                                     ‘‘(D) APPLICATION TO S CORPORATIONS.—Rules similar
                                                                               to the rules of subparagraphs (A) and (C) shall apply with
                                                                               respect to any S corporation and its shareholders.
                                                                               ‘‘(5) BUSINESS INTEREST.—For purposes of this subsection,
                                                                          the term ‘business interest’ means any interest paid or accrued
                                                                          on indebtedness properly allocable to a trade or business. Such
                                                                          term shall not include investment interest (within the meaning
                                                                          of subsection (d)).
                                                                               ‘‘(6) BUSINESS INTEREST INCOME.—For purposes of this sub-
                                                                          section, the term ‘business interest income’ means the amount
                                                                          of interest includible in the gross income of the taxpayer for
                                                                          the taxable year which is properly allocable to a trade or
                                                                          business. Such term shall not include investment income
                                                                          (within the meaning of subsection (d)).
                                                                               ‘‘(7) TRADE OR BUSINESS.—For purposes of this subsection—
                                                                                     ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘trade or business’ shall
                                                                               not include—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) the trade or business of performing services
                                                                                     as an employee,
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) any electing real property trade or business,
                                                                                          ‘‘(iii) any electing farming business, or
                                                                                          ‘‘(iv) the trade or business of the furnishing or
                                                                                     sale of—
                                                                                                 ‘‘(I) electrical energy, water, or sewage disposal
                                                                                          services,
                                                                                                 ‘‘(II) gas or steam through a local distribution
                                                                                          system, or
                                                                                                 ‘‘(III) transportation of gas or steam by pipe-
                                                                                          line,
                                                                                     if the rates for such furnishing or sale, as the case
                                                                                     may be, have been established or approved by a State
                                                                                     or political subdivision thereof, by any agency or




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                     instrumentality of the United States, by a public
                                                                                     service or public utility commission or other similar




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00067   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2120                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                             body of any State or political subdivision thereof, or
                                                                                                             by the governing or ratemaking body of an electric
                                                                                                             cooperative.
                                                                                                             ‘‘(B) ELECTING REAL PROPERTY TRADE OR BUSINESS.—
                                                                                                       For purposes of this paragraph, the term ‘electing real
                                                                                                       property trade or business’ means any trade or business
                                                                                                       which is described in section 469(c)(7)(C) and which makes
                                                                                                       an election under this subparagraph. Any such election
                                                                                                       shall be made at such time and in such manner as the
                                                                                                       Secretary shall prescribe, and, once made, shall be irrev-
                                                                                                       ocable.
                                                                                                             ‘‘(C) ELECTING FARMING BUSINESS.—For purposes of
                                                                                                       this paragraph, the term ‘electing farming business’
                                                                                                       means—
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(i) a farming business (as defined in section
                                                                                                             263A(e)(4)) which makes an election under this
                                                                                                             subparagraph, or
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) any trade or business of a specified agricul-
                                                                                                             tural or horticultural cooperative (as defined in section
                                                                                                             199A(g)(2)) with respect to which the cooperative
                                                                                                             makes an election under this subparagraph.
                                                                                                       Any such election shall be made at such time and in
                                                                                                       such manner as the Secretary shall prescribe, and, once
                                                                                                       made, shall be irrevocable.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(8) ADJUSTED TAXABLE INCOME.—For purposes of this sub-
                                                                                                  section, the term ‘adjusted taxable income’ means the taxable
                                                                                                  income of the taxpayer—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) computed without regard to—
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(i) any item of income, gain, deduction, or loss
                                                                                                             which is not properly allocable to a trade or business,
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) any business interest or business interest
                                                                                                             income,
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(iii) the amount of any net operating loss deduc-
                                                                                                             tion under section 172,
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(iv) the amount of any deduction allowed under
                                                                                                             section 199A, and
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(v) in the case of taxable years beginning before
                                                                                                             January 1, 2022, any deduction allowable for deprecia-
                                                                                                             tion, amortization, or depletion, and
                                                                                                             ‘‘(B) computed with such other adjustments as provided
                                                                                                       by the Secretary.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(9) FLOOR PLAN FINANCING INTEREST DEFINED.—For pur-
                                                                                                  poses of this subsection—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘floor plan financing
                                                                                                       interest’ means interest paid or accrued on floor plan
                                                                                                       financing indebtedness.
                                                                                                             ‘‘(B) FLOOR PLAN FINANCING INDEBTEDNESS.—The term
                                                                                                       ‘floor plan financing indebtedness’ means indebtedness—
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(i) used to finance the acquisition of motor vehicles
                                                                                                             held for sale or lease, and
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) secured by the inventory so acquired.
                                                                                                             ‘‘(C) MOTOR VEHICLE.—The term ‘motor vehicle’ means
                                                                                                       a motor vehicle that is any of the following:
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(i) Any self-propelled vehicle designed for trans-
                                                                                                             porting persons or property on a public street, highway,




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                             or road.
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) A boat.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00068   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2121

                                                                                       ‘‘(iii) Farm machinery or equipment.
                                                                            ‘‘(10) CROSS REFERENCES.—
                                                                                 ‘‘(A) For requirement that an electing real property
                                                                            trade or business use the alternative depreciation system,
                                                                            see section 168(g)(1)(F).
                                                                                 ‘‘(B) For requirement that an electing farming business
                                                                            use the alternative depreciation system, see section
                                                                            168(g)(1)(G).’’.
                                                                       (b) TREATMENT OF CARRYFORWARD OF DISALLOWED BUSINESS
                                                                   INTEREST IN CERTAIN CORPORATE ACQUISITIONS.—
                                                                            (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 381(c) is amended by inserting                                       26 USC 381.
                                                                       after paragraph (19) the following new paragraph:
                                                                            ‘‘(20) CARRYFORWARD OF DISALLOWED BUSINESS INTEREST.—
                                                                       The carryover of disallowed business interest described in sec-
                                                                       tion 163(j)(2) to taxable years ending after the date of distribu-
                                                                       tion or transfer.’’.
                                                                            (2) APPLICATION OF LIMITATION.—Section 382(d) is amended
                                                                       by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                            ‘‘(3) APPLICATION TO CARRYFORWARD OF DISALLOWED
                                                                       INTEREST.—The term ‘pre-change loss’ shall include any carry-
                                                                       over of disallowed interest described in section 163(j)(2) under
                                                                       rules similar to the rules of paragraph (1).’’.
                                                                            (3) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section 382(k)(1) is
                                                                       amended by inserting after the first sentence the following:
                                                                       ‘‘Such term shall include any corporation entitled to use a
                                                                       carryforward of disallowed interest described in section
                                                                       381(c)(20).’’.
                                                                       (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 163 note.
                                                                   shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                   SEC. 13302. MODIFICATION OF NET OPERATING LOSS DEDUCTION.
                                                                        (a) LIMITATION ON DEDUCTION.—
                                                                              (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 172(a) is amended to read as
                                                                        follows:
                                                                        ‘‘(a) DEDUCTION ALLOWED.—There shall be allowed as a deduc-
                                                                   tion for the taxable year an amount equal to the lesser of—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) the aggregate of the net operating loss carryovers
                                                                        to such year, plus the net operating loss carrybacks to such
                                                                        year, or
                                                                              ‘‘(2) 80 percent of taxable income computed without regard
                                                                        to the deduction allowable under this section.
                                                                   For purposes of this subtitle, the term ‘net operating loss deduction’
                                                                   means the deduction allowed by this subsection.’’.
                                                                              (2) COORDINATION OF LIMITATION WITH CARRYBACKS AND
                                                                        CARRYOVERS.—Section 172(b)(2) is amended by striking ‘‘shall
                                                                        be computed—’’ and all that follows and inserting ‘‘shall—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) be computed with the modifications specified in
                                                                              subsection (d) other than paragraphs (1), (4), and (5)
                                                                              thereof, and by determining the amount of the net oper-
                                                                              ating loss deduction without regard to the net operating
                                                                              loss for the loss year or for any taxable year thereafter,
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) not be considered to be less than zero, and
                                                                                    ‘‘(C) not exceed the amount determined under sub-
                                                                              section (a)(2) for such prior taxable year.’’.
                                                                              (3) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section 172(d)(6) is




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                        amended by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end of subparagraph (A),
                                                                        by striking the period at the end of subparagraph (B) and




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00069   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2122                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                              inserting ‘‘; and’’, and by adding at the end the following new
                                                                                              subparagraph:
                                                                                                        ‘‘(C) subsection (a)(2) shall be applied by substituting
                                                                                                   ‘real estate investment trust taxable income (as defined
                                                                                                   in section 857(b)(2) but without regard to the deduction
                                                                                                   for dividends paid (as defined in section 561))’ for ‘taxable
                                                                                                   income’.’’.
                                                                                              (b) REPEAL OF NET OPERATING LOSS CARRYBACK; INDEFINITE
                                                                                           CARRYFORWARD.—
                                                                   26 USC 172.                     (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 172(b)(1)(A) is amended—
                                                                                                        (A) by striking ‘‘shall be a net operating loss carryback
                                                                                                   to each of the 2 taxable years’’ in clause (i) and inserting
                                                                                                   ‘‘except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, shall not
                                                                                                   be a net operating loss carryback to any taxable year’’,
                                                                                                   and
                                                                                                        (B) by striking ‘‘to each of the 20 taxable years’’ in
                                                                                                   clause (ii) and inserting ‘‘to each taxable year’’.
                                                                                                   (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section 172(b)(1) is
                                                                                              amended by striking subparagraphs (B) through (F).
                                                                                              (c) TREATMENT OF FARMING LOSSES.—
                                                                                                   (1) ALLOWANCE OF CARRYBACKS.—Section 172(b)(1), as
                                                                                              amended by subsection (b)(2), is amended by adding at the
                                                                                              end the following new subparagraph:
                                                                                                        ‘‘(B) FARMING LOSSES.—
                                                                                                              ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any portion of
                                                                                                        a net operating loss for the taxable year which is
                                                                                                        a farming loss with respect to the taxpayer, such loss
                                                                                                        shall be a net operating loss carryback to each of
                                                                                                        the 2 taxable years preceding the taxable year of such
                                                                                                        loss.
                                                                                                              ‘‘(ii) FARMING LOSS.—For purposes of this section,
                                                                                                        the term ‘farming loss’ means the lesser of—
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(I) the amount which would be the net oper-
                                                                                                              ating loss for the taxable year if only income and
                                                                                                              deductions attributable to farming businesses (as
                                                                                                              defined in section 263A(e)(4)) are taken into
                                                                                                              account, or
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(II) the amount of the net operating loss for
                                                                                                              such taxable year.
                                                                                                              ‘‘(iii) COORDINATION WITH PARAGRAPH (2).—For pur-
                                                                                                        poses of applying paragraph (2), a farming loss for
                                                                                                        any taxable year shall be treated as a separate net
                                                                                                        operating loss for such taxable year to be taken into
                                                                                                        account after the remaining portion of the net oper-
                                                                                                        ating loss for such taxable year.
                                                                                                              ‘‘(iv) ELECTION.—Any taxpayer entitled to a 2-year
                                                                                                        carryback under clause (i) from any loss year may
                                                                                                        elect not to have such clause apply to such loss year.
                                                                                                        Such election shall be made in such manner as pre-
                                                                                                        scribed by the Secretary and shall be made by the
                                                                                                        due date (including extensions of time) for filing the
                                                                                                        taxpayer’s return for the taxable year of the net oper-
                                                                                                        ating loss. Such election, once made for any taxable




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                        year, shall be irrevocable for such taxable year.’’.
                                                                                                   (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00070   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2123

                                                                                    (A) Section 172 is amended by striking subsections                                   26 USC 172.
                                                                              (f), (g), and (h), and by redesignating subsection (i) as
                                                                              subsection (f).
                                                                                    (B) Section 537(b)(4) is amended by inserting ‘‘(as in
                                                                              effect before the date of enactment of the Tax Cuts and
                                                                              Jobs Act)’’ after ‘‘as defined in section 172(f)’’.
                                                                        (d) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN INSURANCE LOSSES.—
                                                                              (1) TREATMENT OF CARRYFORWARDS AND CARRYBACKS.—Sec-
                                                                        tion 172(b)(1), as amended by subsections (b)(2) and (c)(1),
                                                                        is amended by adding at the end the following new subpara-
                                                                        graph:
                                                                                    ‘‘(C) INSURANCE COMPANIES.—In the case of an insur-
                                                                              ance company (as defined in section 816(a)) other than
                                                                              a life insurance company, the net operating loss for any
                                                                              taxable year—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) shall be a net operating loss carryback to each
                                                                                    of the 2 taxable years preceding the taxable year of
                                                                                    such loss, and
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) shall be a net operating loss carryover to
                                                                                    each of the 20 taxable years following the taxable
                                                                                    year of the loss.’’.
                                                                              (2) EXEMPTION FROM LIMITATION.—Section 172, as amended
                                                                        by subsection (c)(2)(A), is amended by redesignating subsection
                                                                        (f) as subsection (g) and inserting after subsection (e) the fol-
                                                                        lowing new subsection:
                                                                        ‘‘(f) SPECIAL RULE FOR INSURANCE COMPANIES.—In the case
                                                                   of an insurance company (as defined in section 816(a)) other than
                                                                   a life insurance company—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) the amount of the deduction allowed under subsection
                                                                        (a) shall be the aggregate of the net operating loss carryovers
                                                                        to such year, plus the net operating loss carrybacks to such
                                                                        year, and
                                                                              ‘‘(2) subparagraph (C) of subsection (b)(2) shall not apply.’’.
                                                                        (e) EFFECTIVE DATE.—                                                                             26 USC 172 note.
                                                                              (1) NET OPERATING LOSS LIMITATION.—The amendments
                                                                        made by subsections (a) and (d)(2) shall apply to losses arising
                                                                        in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                              (2) CARRYFORWARDS AND CARRYBACKS.—The amendments
                                                                        made by subsections (b), (c), and (d)(1) shall apply to net
                                                                        operating losses arising in taxable years ending after December
                                                                        31, 2017.
                                                                   SEC. 13303. LIKE-KIND EXCHANGES OF REAL PROPERTY.
                                                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 1031(a)(1) is amended by striking
                                                                   ‘‘property’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘real property’’.
                                                                        (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                              (1)(A) Paragraph (2) of section 1031(a) is amended to read
                                                                        as follows:
                                                                              ‘‘(2) EXCEPTION FOR REAL PROPERTY HELD FOR SALE.—This
                                                                        subsection shall not apply to any exchange of real property
                                                                        held primarily for sale.’’.
                                                                              (B) Section 1031 is amended by striking subsection (i).
                                                                              (2) Section 1031 is amended by striking subsection (e).
                                                                              (3) Section 1031, as amended by paragraph (2), is amended
                                                                        by inserting after subsection (d) the following new subsection:




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                        ‘‘(e) APPLICATION TO CERTAIN PARTNERSHIPS.—For purposes of
                                                                   this section, an interest in a partnership which has in effect a




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00071   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2124                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                           valid election under section 761(a) to be excluded from the applica-
                                                                                           tion of all of subchapter K shall be treated as an interest in
                                                                                           each of the assets of such partnership and not as an interest
                                                                                           in a partnership.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 1031.                       (4) Section 1031(h) is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                                ‘‘(h) SPECIAL RULES FOR FOREIGN REAL PROPERTY.—Real prop-
                                                                                           erty located in the United States and real property located outside
                                                                                           the United States are not property of a like kind.’’.
                                                                                                      (5) The heading of section 1031 is amended by striking
                                                                                                ‘‘PROPERTY’’ and inserting ‘‘REAL PROPERTY’’.
                                                                                                      (6) The table of sections for part III of subchapter O of
                                                                   26 USC                       chapter 1 is amended by striking the item relating to section
                                                                   prec. 1031.                  1031 and inserting the following new item:
                                                                                           ‘‘Sec. 1031. Exchange of real property held for productive use or investment.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 1031                    (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—
                                                                   note.                               (1) IN GENERAL.—Except as otherwise provided in this sub-
                                                                                                  section, the amendments made by this section shall apply to
                                                                                                  exchanges completed after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                                       (2) TRANSITION RULE.—The amendments made by this sec-
                                                                                                  tion shall not apply to any exchange if—
                                                                                                            (A) the property disposed of by the taxpayer in the
                                                                                                       exchange is disposed of on or before December 31, 2017,
                                                                                                       or
                                                                                                            (B) the property received by the taxpayer in the
                                                                                                       exchange is received on or before December 31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 13304. LIMITATION ON DEDUCTION BY EMPLOYERS OF EXPENSES
                                                                                                         FOR FRINGE BENEFITS.
                                                                                                  (a) NO DEDUCTION ALLOWED FOR ENTERTAINMENT EXPENSES.—
                                                                                                       (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 274(a) is amended—
                                                                                                             (A) in paragraph (1)(A), by striking ‘‘unless’’ and all
                                                                                                       that follows through ‘‘trade or business,’’,
                                                                                                             (B) by striking the flush sentence at the end of para-
                                                                                                       graph (1), and
                                                                                                             (C) by striking paragraph (2)(C).
                                                                                                       (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                                                             (A) Section 274(d) is amended—
                                                                                                                  (i) by striking paragraph (2) and redesignating
                                                                                                             paragraphs (3) and (4) as paragraphs (2) and (3),
                                                                                                             respectively, and
                                                                                                                  (ii) in the flush text following paragraph (3) (as
                                                                                                             so redesignated)—
                                                                                                                        (I) by striking ‘‘, entertainment, amusement,
                                                                                                                  recreation, or use of the facility or property,’’ in
                                                                                                                  item (B), and
                                                                                                                        (II) by striking ‘‘(D) the business relationship
                                                                                                                  to the taxpayer of persons entertained, using the
                                                                                                                  facility or property, or receiving the gift’’ and
                                                                                                                  inserting ‘‘(D) the business relationship to the tax-
                                                                                                                  payer of the person receiving the benefit’’,
                                                                                                             (B) Section 274 is amended by striking subsection (l).
                                                                                                             (C) Section 274(n) is amended by striking ‘‘AND ENTER-
                                                                                                       TAINMENT’’ in the heading.
                                                                                                             (D) Section 274(n)(1) is amended to read as follows:




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                       ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The amount allowable as a deduction
                                                                                                  under this chapter for any expense for food or beverages shall




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00072   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2125

                                                                        not exceed 50 percent of the amount of such expense which
                                                                        would (but for this paragraph) be allowable as a deduction
                                                                        under this chapter.’’.
                                                                                     (E) Section 274(n)(2) is amended—                                                   26 USC 274.
                                                                                          (i) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘in the case
                                                                                     of an expense for food or beverages,’’,
                                                                                          (ii) by striking subparagraph (C) and redesignating
                                                                                     subparagraphs (D) and (E) as subparagraphs (C) and
                                                                                     (D), respectively,
                                                                                          (iii) by striking ‘‘of subparagraph (E)’’ the last sen-
                                                                                     tence and inserting ‘‘of subparagraph (D)’’, and
                                                                                          (iv) by striking ‘‘in subparagraph (D)’’ in the last
                                                                                     sentence and inserting ‘‘in subparagraph (C)’’.
                                                                                     (F) Clause (iv) of section 7701(b)(5)(A) is amended to
                                                                               read as follows:
                                                                                          ‘‘(iv) a professional athlete who is temporarily in
                                                                                     the United States to compete in a sports event—
                                                                                                ‘‘(I) which is organized for the primary purpose
                                                                                          of benefiting an organization which is described
                                                                                          in section 501(c)(3) and exempt from tax under
                                                                                          section 501(a),
                                                                                                ‘‘(II) all of the net proceeds of which are
                                                                                          contributed to such organization, and,
                                                                                                ‘‘(III) which utilizes volunteers for substan-
                                                                                          tially all of the work performed in carrying out
                                                                                          such event.’’.
                                                                        (b) ONLY 50 PERCENT OF EXPENSES FOR MEALS PROVIDED ON
                                                                   OR NEAR BUSINESS PREMISES ALLOWED AS DEDUCTION.—Paragraph
                                                                   (2) of section 274(n), as amended by subsection (a), is amended—
                                                                               (1) by striking subparagraph (B),
                                                                               (2) by redesignating subparagraphs (C) and (D) as subpara-
                                                                        graphs (B) and (C), respectively,
                                                                               (3) by striking ‘‘of subparagraph (D)’’ in the last sentence
                                                                        and inserting ‘‘of subparagraph (C)’’, and
                                                                               (4) by striking ‘‘in subparagraph (C)’’ in the last sentence
                                                                        and inserting ‘‘in subparagraph (B)’’.
                                                                        (c) TREATMENT OF TRANSPORTATION BENEFITS.—Section 274,
                                                                   as amended by subsection (a), is amended—
                                                                               (1) in subsection (a)—
                                                                                     (A) in the heading, by striking ‘‘OR RECREATION’’ and
                                                                               inserting ‘‘RECREATION, OR QUALIFIED TRANSPORTATION
                                                                               FRINGES’’, and
                                                                                     (B) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                               ‘‘(4) QUALIFIED TRANSPORTATION FRINGES.—No deduction
                                                                        shall be allowed under this chapter for the expense of any
                                                                        qualified transportation fringe (as defined in section 132(f))
                                                                        provided to an employee of the taxpayer.’’, and
                                                                               (2) by inserting after subsection (k) the following new sub-
                                                                        section:
                                                                        ‘‘(l) TRANSPORTATION AND COMMUTING BENEFITS.—
                                                                               ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—No deduction shall be allowed under
                                                                        this chapter for any expense incurred for providing any
                                                                        transportation, or any payment or reimbursement, to an
                                                                        employee of the taxpayer in connection with travel between




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                        the employee’s residence and place of employment, except as
                                                                        necessary for ensuring the safety of the employee.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00073   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2126                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                       ‘‘(2) EXCEPTION.—In the case of any qualified bicycle com-
                                                                                                 muting reimbursement (as described in section 132(f)(5)(F)),
                                                                                                 this subsection shall not apply for any amounts paid or incurred
                                                                                                 after December 31, 2017, and before January 1, 2026.’’.
                                                                                                 (d) ELIMINATION OF DEDUCTION FOR MEALS PROVIDED AT CON-
                                                                                           VENIENCE OF EMPLOYER.—Section 274, as amended by subsection
                                                                   26 USC 274.             (c), is amended—
                                                                                                       (1) by redesignating subsection (o) as subsection (p), and
                                                                                                       (2) by inserting after subsection (n) the following new sub-
                                                                                                 section:
                                                                                                 ‘‘(o) MEALS PROVIDED AT CONVENIENCE OF EMPLOYER.—No
                                                                                           deduction shall be allowed under this chapter for—
                                                                                                       ‘‘(1) any expense for the operation of a facility described
                                                                                                 in section 132(e)(2), and any expense for food or beverages,
                                                                                                 including under section 132(e)(1), associated with such facility,
                                                                                                 or
                                                                                                       ‘‘(2) any expense for meals described in section 119(a).’’.
                                                                   26 USC 274 note.              (e) EFFECTIVE DATE.—
                                                                                                       (1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in paragraph (2), the
                                                                                                 amendments made by this section shall apply to amounts
                                                                                                 incurred or paid after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                                       (2) EFFECTIVE DATE FOR ELIMINATION OF DEDUCTION FOR
                                                                                                 MEALS PROVIDED AT CONVENIENCE OF EMPLOYER.—The amend-
                                                                                                 ments made by subsection (d) shall apply to amounts incurred
                                                                                                 or paid after December 31, 2025.
                                                                                           SEC. 13305. REPEAL OF DEDUCTION FOR INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO
                                                                                                        DOMESTIC PRODUCTION ACTIVITIES.
                                                                                                (a) IN GENERAL.—Part VI of subchapter B of chapter 1 is
                                                                                           amended by striking section 199 (and by striking the item relating
                                                                   26 USC                  to such section in the table of sections for such part).
                                                                   prec. 161.                   (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                                                     (1)    Sections     74(d)(2)(B),   86(b)(2)(A), 135(c)(4)(A),
                                                                                                137(b)(3)(A),     219(g)(3)(A)(ii),   221(b)(2)(C),  222(b)(2)(C),
                                                                                                246(b)(1), and 469(i)(3)(F)(iii) are each amended by striking
                                                                                                ‘‘199,’’.
                                                                                                     (2) Section 170(b)(2)(D), as amended by subtitle A, is
                                                                                                amended by striking clause (iv), and by redesignating clauses
                                                                                                (v) and (vi) as clauses (iv) and (v).
                                                                                                     (3) Section 172(d) is amended by striking paragraph (7).
                                                                                                     (4) Section 613(a), as amended by section 11011, is
                                                                                                amended by striking ‘‘and without the deduction under section
                                                                                                199’’.
                                                                                                     (5) Section 613A(d)(1), as amended by section 11011, is
                                                                                                amended by striking subparagraph (B) and by redesignating
                                                                                                subparagraphs (C), (D), (E), and (F) as subparagraphs (B),
                                                                                                (C), (D), and (E), respectively.
                                                                   26 USC 74 note.              (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 13306. DENIAL OF DEDUCTION FOR CERTAIN FINES, PENALTIES,
                                                                                                        AND OTHER AMOUNTS.
                                                                                                  (a) DENIAL OF DEDUCTION.—
                                                                                                        (1) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (f) of section 162 is amended
                                                                                                  to read as follows:
                                                                                                  ‘‘(f) FINES, PENALTIES, AND OTHER AMOUNTS.—




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                        ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in the following para-
                                                                                                  graphs of this subsection, no deduction otherwise allowable




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00074   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2127

                                                                          shall be allowed under this chapter for any amount paid or
                                                                          incurred (whether by suit, agreement, or otherwise) to, or at
                                                                          the direction of, a government or governmental entity in rela-
                                                                          tion to the violation of any law or the investigation or inquiry
                                                                          by such government or entity into the potential violation of
                                                                          any law.
                                                                               ‘‘(2) EXCEPTION FOR AMOUNTS CONSTITUTING RESTITUTION
                                                                          OR PAID TO COME INTO COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.—
                                                                                     ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (1) shall not apply to
                                                                               any amount that—
                                                                                           ‘‘(i) the taxpayer establishes—
                                                                                                  ‘‘(I) constitutes restitution (including remedi-
                                                                                           ation of property) for damage or harm which was
                                                                                           or may be caused by the violation of any law
                                                                                           or the potential violation of any law, or
                                                                                                  ‘‘(II) is paid to come into compliance with any
                                                                                           law which was violated or otherwise involved in
                                                                                           the investigation or inquiry described in paragraph
                                                                                           (1),
                                                                                           ‘‘(ii) is identified as restitution or as an amount
                                                                                     paid to come into compliance with such law, as the
                                                                                     case may be, in the court order or settlement agree-
                                                                                     ment, and
                                                                                           ‘‘(iii) in the case of any amount of restitution for
                                                                                     failure to pay any tax imposed under this title in
                                                                                     the same manner as if such amount were such tax,
                                                                                     would have been allowed as a deduction under this
                                                                                     chapter if it had been timely paid.
                                                                               The identification under clause (ii) alone shall not be suffi-
                                                                               cient to make the establishment required under clause
                                                                               (i).
                                                                                     ‘‘(B) LIMITATION.—Subparagraph (A) shall not apply
                                                                               to any amount paid or incurred as reimbursement to the
                                                                               government or entity for the costs of any investigation
                                                                               or litigation.
                                                                               ‘‘(3) EXCEPTION FOR AMOUNTS PAID OR INCURRED AS THE
                                                                          RESULT OF CERTAIN COURT ORDERS.—Paragraph (1) shall not
                                                                          apply to any amount paid or incurred by reason of any order
                                                                          of a court in a suit in which no government or governmental
                                                                          entity is a party.
                                                                               ‘‘(4) EXCEPTION FOR TAXES DUE.—Paragraph (1) shall not
                                                                          apply to any amount paid or incurred as taxes due.
                                                                               ‘‘(5) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN NONGOVERNMENTAL REGU-
                                                                          LATORY ENTITIES.—For purposes of this subsection, the fol-
                                                                          lowing nongovernmental entities shall be treated as govern-
                                                                          mental entities:
                                                                                     ‘‘(A) Any nongovernmental entity which exercises self-
                                                                               regulatory powers (including imposing sanctions) in connec-
                                                                               tion with a qualified board or exchange (as defined in
                                                                               section 1256(g)(7)).
                                                                                     ‘‘(B) To the extent provided in regulations, any non-
                                                                               governmental entity which exercises self-regulatory powers
                                                                               (including imposing sanctions) as part of performing an
                                                                               essential governmental function.’’.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                               (2) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this sub-                                       26 USC 162 note.
                                                                          section shall apply to amounts paid or incurred on or after




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00075   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2128                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                  the date of the enactment of this Act, except that such amend-
                                                                                                  ments shall not apply to amounts paid or incurred under any
                                                                                                  binding order or agreement entered into before such date. Such
                                                                                                  exception shall not apply to an order or agreement requiring
                                                                                                  court approval unless the approval was obtained before such
                                                                                                  date.
                                                                                                  (b) REPORTING OF DEDUCTIBLE AMOUNTS.—
                                                                                                       (1) IN GENERAL.—Subpart B of part III of subchapter A
                                                                                                  of chapter 61 is amended by inserting after section 6050W
                                                                                                  the following new section:
                                                                   26 USC 6050X.           ‘‘SEC. 6050X. INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN FINES, PEN-
                                                                                                          ALTIES, AND OTHER AMOUNTS.
                                                                                               ‘‘(a) REQUIREMENT OF REPORTING.—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The appropriate official of any govern-
                                                                                               ment or any entity described in section 162(f)(5) which is
                                                                                               involved in a suit or agreement described in paragraph (2)
                                                                                               shall make a return in such form as determined by the Sec-
                                                                                               retary setting forth—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) the amount required to be paid as a result of
                                                                                                     the suit or agreement to which paragraph (1) of section
                                                                                                     162(f) applies,
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) any amount required to be paid as a result of
                                                                                                     the suit or agreement which constitutes restitution or
                                                                                                     remediation of property, and
                                                                                                           ‘‘(C) any amount required to be paid as a result of
                                                                                                     the suit or agreement for the purpose of coming into compli-
                                                                                                     ance with any law which was violated or involved in the
                                                                                                     investigation or inquiry.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(2) SUIT OR AGREEMENT DESCRIBED.—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—A suit or agreement is described
                                                                                                     in this paragraph if—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(i) it is—
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(I) a suit with respect to a violation of any
                                                                                                                 law over which the government or entity has
                                                                                                                 authority and with respect to which there has
                                                                                                                 been a court order, or
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(II) an agreement which is entered into with
                                                                                                                 respect to a violation of any law over which the
                                                                                                                 government or entity has authority, or with respect
                                                                                                                 to an investigation or inquiry by the government
                                                                                                                 or entity into the potential violation of any law
                                                                                                                 over which such government or entity has
                                                                                                                 authority, and
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) the aggregate amount involved in all court
                                                                                                           orders and agreements with respect to the violation,
                                                                                                           investigation, or inquiry is $600 or more.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) ADJUSTMENT OF REPORTING THRESHOLD.—The Sec-
                                                                                                     retary shall adjust the $600 amount in subparagraph (A)(ii)
                                                                                                     as necessary in order to ensure the efficient administration
                                                                                                     of the internal revenue laws.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(3) TIME OF FILING.—The return required under this sub-
                                                                                               section shall be filed at the time the agreement is entered
                                                                                               into, as determined by the Secretary.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                               ‘‘(b) STATEMENTS TO BE FURNISHED TO INDIVIDUALS INVOLVED
                                                                                           IN THE SETTLEMENT.—Every person required to make a return




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00076   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2129

                                                                   under subsection (a) shall furnish to each person who is a party
                                                                   to the suit or agreement a written statement showing—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) the name of the government or entity, and
                                                                              ‘‘(2) the information supplied to the Secretary under sub-
                                                                        section (a)(1).
                                                                   The written statement required under the preceding sentence shall
                                                                   be furnished to the person at the same time the government or
                                                                   entity provides the Secretary with the information required under
                                                                   subsection (a).
                                                                        ‘‘(c) APPROPRIATE OFFICIAL DEFINED.—For purposes of this sec-
                                                                   tion, the term ‘appropriate official’ means the officer or employee
                                                                   having control of the suit, investigation, or inquiry or the person
                                                                   appropriately designated for purposes of this section.’’.
                                                                              (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—The table of sections for
                                                                        subpart B of part III of subchapter A of chapter 61 is amended                                   26 USC
                                                                        by inserting after the item relating to section 6050W the fol-                                   prec. 6041.
                                                                        lowing new item:
                                                                   ‘‘Sec. 6050X. Information with respect to certain fines, penalties, and other
                                                                               amounts.’’.
                                                                               (3) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this sub-                                      26 USC 6050X
                                                                          section shall apply to amounts paid or incurred on or after                                    note.
                                                                          the date of the enactment of this Act, except that such amend-
                                                                          ments shall not apply to amounts paid or incurred under any
                                                                          binding order or agreement entered into before such date. Such
                                                                          exception shall not apply to an order or agreement requiring
                                                                          court approval unless the approval was obtained before such
                                                                          date.
                                                                   SEC. 13307. DENIAL OF DEDUCTION FOR SETTLEMENTS SUBJECT TO
                                                                                NONDISCLOSURE AGREEMENTS PAID IN CONNECTION
                                                                                WITH SEXUAL HARASSMENT OR SEXUAL ABUSE.
                                                                        (a) DENIAL OF DEDUCTION.—Section 162 is amended by redesig-
                                                                   nating subsection (q) as subsection (r) and by inserting after sub-
                                                                   section (p) the following new subsection:
                                                                        ‘‘(q) PAYMENTS RELATED TO SEXUAL HARASSMENT AND SEXUAL
                                                                   ABUSE.—No deduction shall be allowed under this chapter for—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) any settlement or payment related to sexual harass-
                                                                        ment or sexual abuse if such settlement or payment is subject
                                                                        to a nondisclosure agreement, or
                                                                              ‘‘(2) attorney’s fees related to such a settlement or pay-
                                                                        ment.’’.
                                                                        (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                          26 USC 162 note.
                                                                   shall apply to amounts paid or incurred after the date of the
                                                                   enactment of this Act.
                                                                   SEC. 13308. REPEAL OF DEDUCTION FOR LOCAL LOBBYING EXPENSES.
                                                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 162(e) is amended by striking para-
                                                                   graphs (2) and (7) and by redesignating paragraphs (3), (4), (5),
                                                                   (6), and (8) as paragraphs (2), (3), (4), (5), and (6), respectively.
                                                                        (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section 6033(e)(1)(B)(ii) is
                                                                   amended by striking ‘‘section 162(e)(5)(B)(ii)’’ and inserting ‘‘section
                                                                   162(e)(4)(B)(ii)’’.
                                                                        (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                          26 USC 162 note.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                   shall apply to amounts paid or incurred on or after the date of
                                                                   the enactment of this Act.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00077   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2130                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017
                                                                                           SEC. 13309. RECHARACTERIZATION OF CERTAIN GAINS IN THE CASE
                                                                                                        OF PARTNERSHIP PROFITS INTERESTS HELD IN
                                                                                                        CONNECTION WITH PERFORMANCE OF INVESTMENT
                                                                                                        SERVICES.
                                                                                              (a) IN GENERAL.—Part IV of subchapter O of chapter 1 is
                                                                                           amended—
                                                                   26 USC 1061,                   (1) by redesignating section 1061 as section 1062, and
                                                                   1062.                          (2) by inserting after section 1060 the following new section:
                                                                   26 USC 1061.            ‘‘SEC. 1061. PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS HELD IN CONNECTION WITH
                                                                                                        PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES.
                                                                                                ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—If one or more applicable partnership
                                                                                           interests are held by a taxpayer at any time during the taxable
                                                                                           year, the excess (if any) of—
                                                                                                      ‘‘(1) the taxpayer’s net long-term capital gain with respect
                                                                                                to such interests for such taxable year, over
                                                                                                      ‘‘(2) the taxpayer’s net long-term capital gain with respect
                                                                                                to such interests for such taxable year computed by applying
                                                                                                paragraphs (3) and (4) of sections 1222 by substituting ‘3 years’
                                                                                                for ‘1 year’,
                                                                                           shall be treated as short-term capital gain, notwithstanding section
                                                                                           83 or any election in effect under section 83(b).
                                                                                                ‘‘(b) SPECIAL RULE.—To the extent provided by the Secretary,
                                                                                           subsection (a) shall not apply to income or gain attributable to
                                                                                           any asset not held for portfolio investment on behalf of third party
                                                                                           investors.
                                                                                                ‘‘(c) APPLICABLE PARTNERSHIP INTEREST.—For purposes of this
                                                                                           section—
                                                                                                      ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in this paragraph
                                                                                                or paragraph (4), the term ‘applicable partnership interest’
                                                                                                means any interest in a partnership which, directly or
                                                                                                indirectly, is transferred to (or is held by) the taxpayer in
                                                                                                connection with the performance of substantial services by the
                                                                                                taxpayer, or any other related person, in any applicable trade
                                                                                                or business. The previous sentence shall not apply to an interest
                                                                                                held by a person who is employed by another entity that is
                                                                                                conducting a trade or business (other than an applicable trade
                                                                                                or business) and only provides services to such other entity.
                                                                                                      ‘‘(2) APPLICABLE TRADE OR BUSINESS.—The term ‘applicable
                                                                                                trade or business’ means any activity conducted on a regular,
                                                                                                continuous, and substantial basis which, regardless of whether
                                                                                                the activity is conducted in one or more entities, consists,
                                                                                                in whole or in part, of—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) raising or returning capital, and
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) either—
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) investing in (or disposing of) specified assets
                                                                                                            (or identifying specified assets for such investing or
                                                                                                            disposition), or
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) developing specified assets.
                                                                                                      ‘‘(3) SPECIFIED ASSET.—The term ‘specified asset’ means
                                                                                                securities (as defined in section 475(c)(2) without regard to
                                                                                                the last sentence thereof), commodities (as defined in section
                                                                                                475(e)(2)), real estate held for rental or investment, cash or
                                                                                                cash equivalents, options or derivative contracts with respect
                                                                                                to any of the foregoing, and an interest in a partnership to




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                the extent of the partnership’s proportionate interest in any
                                                                                                of the foregoing.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00078   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2131

                                                                              ‘‘(4) EXCEPTIONS.—The term ‘applicable partnership
                                                                        interest’ shall not include—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) any interest in a partnership directly or indirectly
                                                                              held by a corporation, or
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) any capital interest in the partnership which pro-
                                                                              vides the taxpayer with a right to share in partnership
                                                                              capital commensurate with—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) the amount of capital contributed (determined
                                                                                    at the time of receipt of such partnership interest),
                                                                                    or
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) the value of such interest subject to tax under
                                                                                    section 83 upon the receipt or vesting of such interest.
                                                                              ‘‘(5) THIRD PARTY INVESTOR.—The term ‘third party
                                                                        investor’ means a person who—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) holds an interest in the partnership which does
                                                                              not constitute property held in connection with an
                                                                              applicable trade or business; and
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) is not (and has not been) actively engaged, and
                                                                              is (and was) not related to a person so engaged, in (directly
                                                                              or indirectly) providing substantial services described in
                                                                              paragraph (1) for such partnership or any applicable trade
                                                                              or business.
                                                                        ‘‘(d) TRANSFER OF APPLICABLE PARTNERSHIP INTEREST TO
                                                                   RELATED PERSON.—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—If a taxpayer transfers any applicable
                                                                        partnership interest, directly or indirectly, to a person related
                                                                        to the taxpayer, the taxpayer shall include in gross income
                                                                        (as short term capital gain) the excess (if any) of—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) so much of the taxpayer’s long-term capital gains
                                                                              with respect to such interest for such taxable year attrib-
                                                                              utable to the sale or exchange of any asset held for not
                                                                              more than 3 years as is allocable to such interest, over
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) any amount treated as short term capital gain
                                                                              under subsection (a) with respect to the transfer of such
                                                                              interest.
                                                                              ‘‘(2) RELATED PERSON.—For purposes of this paragraph,
                                                                        a person is related to the taxpayer if—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) the person is a member of the taxpayer’s family
                                                                              within the meaning of section 318(a)(1), or
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) the person performed a service within the current
                                                                              calendar year or the preceding three calendar years in
                                                                              any applicable trade or business in which or for which
                                                                              the taxpayer performed a service.
                                                                        ‘‘(e) REPORTING.—The Secretary shall require such reporting
                                                                   (at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Secretary) as
                                                                   is necessary to carry out the purposes of this section.
                                                                        ‘‘(f) REGULATIONS.—The Secretary shall issue such regulations
                                                                   or other guidance as is necessary or appropriate to carry out the
                                                                   purposes of this section’’.
                                                                        (b) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—The table of sections for part IV
                                                                   of subchapter O of chapter 1 is amended by striking the item                                          16 USC
                                                                   relating to 1061 and inserting the following new items:                                               prec. 1051.

                                                                   ‘‘Sec. 1061. Partnership interests held in connection with performance of services.
                                                                   ‘‘Sec. 1062. Cross references.’’.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                       (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 1061
                                                                   shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.                                       note.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00079   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2132                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017
                                                                                           SEC. 13310. PROHIBITION ON CASH, GIFT CARDS, AND OTHER NON-
                                                                                                        TANGIBLE   PERSONAL   PROPERTY   AS  EMPLOYEE
                                                                                                        ACHIEVEMENT AWARDS.
                                                                   26 USC 274.                 (a) IN GENERAL.—Subparagraph (A) of section 274(j)(3) is
                                                                                           amended—
                                                                                                    (1) by striking ‘‘The term’’ and inserting the following:
                                                                                                              ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The term’’.
                                                                                                    (2) by redesignating clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) as subclauses
                                                                                               (I), (II), and (III), respectively, and conforming the margins
                                                                                               accordingly, and
                                                                                                    (3) by adding at the end the following new clause:
                                                                                                              ‘‘(ii) TANGIBLE PERSONAL PROPERTY.—For purposes
                                                                                                         of clause (i), the term ‘tangible personal property’ shall
                                                                                                         not include—
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(I) cash, cash equivalents, gift cards, gift cou-
                                                                                                              pons, or gift certificates (other than arrangements
                                                                                                              conferring only the right to select and receive tan-
                                                                                                              gible personal property from a limited array of
                                                                                                              such items pre-selected or pre-approved by the
                                                                                                              employer), or
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(II) vacations, meals, lodging, tickets to the-
                                                                                                              ater or sporting events, stocks, bonds, other securi-
                                                                                                              ties, and other similar items.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 274 note.            (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to amounts paid or incurred after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 13311. ELIMINATION OF DEDUCTION FOR LIVING EXPENSES
                                                                                                        INCURRED BY MEMBERS OF CONGRESS.
                                                                                               (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (a) of section 162 is amended
                                                                                           in the matter following paragraph (3) by striking ‘‘in excess of
                                                                                           $3,000’’.
                                                                   26 USC 162 note.            (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years beginning after the date of the enact-
                                                                                           ment of this Act.
                                                                                           SEC. 13312. CERTAIN CONTRIBUTIONS BY GOVERNMENTAL ENTITIES
                                                                                                        NOT TREATED AS CONTRIBUTIONS TO CAPITAL.
                                                                                                (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 118 is amended—
                                                                                                      (1) by striking subsections (b), (c), and (d),
                                                                                                      (2) by redesignating subsection (e) as subsection (d), and
                                                                                                      (3) by inserting after subsection (a) the following new sub-
                                                                                                sections:
                                                                                                ‘‘(b) EXCEPTIONS.—For purposes of subsection (a), the term ‘con-
                                                                                           tribution to the capital of the taxpayer’ does not include—
                                                                                                      ‘‘(1) any contribution in aid of construction or any other
                                                                                                contribution as a customer or potential customer, and
                                                                                                      ‘‘(2) any contribution by any governmental entity or civic
                                                                                                group (other than a contribution made by a shareholder as
                                                                                                such).
                                                                                                ‘‘(c) REGULATIONS.—The Secretary shall issue such regulations
                                                                                           or other guidance as may be necessary or appropriate to carry
                                                                                           out this section, including regulations or other guidance for deter-
                                                                                           mining whether any contribution constitutes a contribution in aid




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                           of construction.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 118 note.             (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00080   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2133

                                                                              (1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in paragraph (2), the
                                                                          amendments made by this section shall apply to contributions
                                                                          made after the date of enactment of this Act.
                                                                              (2) EXCEPTION.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                          shall not apply to any contribution, made after the date of
                                                                          enactment of this Act by a governmental entity, which is made
                                                                          pursuant to a master development plan that has been approved
                                                                          prior to such date by a governmental entity.
                                                                   SEC. 13313. REPEAL OF ROLLOVER OF PUBLICLY TRADED SECURITIES
                                                                                 GAIN INTO SPECIALIZED SMALL BUSINESS INVESTMENT
                                                                                 COMPANIES.
                                                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Part III of subchapter O of chapter 1 is
                                                                   amended by striking section 1044 (and by striking the item relating                                   26 USC
                                                                   to such section in the table of sections of such part).                                               prec. 1031.
                                                                        (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—Section 1016(a)(23) is
                                                                   amended—
                                                                             (1) by striking ‘‘1044,’’, and
                                                                             (2) by striking ‘‘1044(d),’’.
                                                                        (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                          26 USC 1016
                                                                   shall apply to sales after December 31, 2017.                                                         note.
                                                                   SEC. 13314. CERTAIN SELF-CREATED PROPERTY NOT TREATED AS A
                                                                                CAPITAL ASSET.
                                                                        (a) PATENTS, ETC.—Section 1221(a)(3) is amended by inserting
                                                                   ‘‘a patent, invention, model or design (whether or not patented),
                                                                   a secret formula or process,’’ before ‘‘a copyright’’.
                                                                        (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section 1231(b)(1)(C) is
                                                                   amended by inserting ‘‘a patent, invention, model or design (whether
                                                                   or not patented), a secret formula or process,’’ before ‘‘a copyright’’.
                                                                        (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                          26 USC 1221
                                                                   shall apply to dispositions after December 31, 2017.                                                  note.

                                                                                        PART V—BUSINESS CREDITS
                                                                   SEC. 13401. MODIFICATION OF ORPHAN DRUG CREDIT.
                                                                       (a) CREDIT RATE.—Subsection (a) of section 45C is amended
                                                                   by striking ‘‘50 percent’’ and inserting ‘‘25 percent’’.
                                                                       (b) ELECTION OF REDUCED CREDIT.—Subsection (b) of section
                                                                   280C is amended by redesignating paragraph (3) as paragraph
                                                                   (4) and by inserting after paragraph (2) the following new para-
                                                                   graph:
                                                                            ‘‘(3) ELECTION OF REDUCED CREDIT.—
                                                                                  ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any taxable year
                                                                            for which an election is made under this paragraph—
                                                                                       ‘‘(i) paragraphs (1) and (2) shall not apply, and
                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) the amount of the credit under section 45C(a)
                                                                                  shall be the amount determined under subparagraph
                                                                                  (B).
                                                                                  ‘‘(B) AMOUNT OF REDUCED CREDIT.—The amount of
                                                                            credit determined under this subparagraph for any taxable
                                                                            year shall be the amount equal to the excess of—
                                                                                       ‘‘(i) the amount of credit determined under section
                                                                                  45C(a) without regard to this paragraph, over
                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) the product of—
                                                                                              ‘‘(I) the amount described in clause (i), and




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                              ‘‘(II) the maximum rate of tax under section
                                                                                       11(b).




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00081   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2134                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                         ‘‘(C) ELECTION.—An election under this paragraph for
                                                                                                    any taxable year shall be made not later than the time
                                                                                                    for filing the return of tax for such year (including exten-
                                                                                                    sions), shall be made on such return, and shall be made
                                                                                                    in such manner as the Secretary shall prescribe. Such
                                                                                                    an election, once made, shall be irrevocable.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 45C note.            (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 13402. REHABILITATION CREDIT LIMITED TO CERTIFIED HIS-
                                                                                                        TORIC STRUCTURES.
                                                                   26 USC 47.                  (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (a) of section 47 is amended to
                                                                                           read as follows:
                                                                                               ‘‘(a) GENERAL RULE.—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of section 46, for any tax-
                                                                                               able year during the 5-year period beginning in the taxable
                                                                                               year in which a qualified rehabilitated building is placed in
                                                                                               service, the rehabilitation credit for such year is an amount
                                                                                               equal to the ratable share for such year.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(2) RATABLE SHARE.—For purposes of paragraph (1), the
                                                                                               ratable share for any taxable year during the period described
                                                                                               in such paragraph is the amount equal to 20 percent of the
                                                                                               qualified rehabilitation expenditures with respect to the quali-
                                                                                               fied rehabilitated building, as allocated ratably to each year
                                                                                               during such period.’’.
                                                                                               (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                                                     (1) Section 47(c) is amended—
                                                                                                           (A) in paragraph (1)—
                                                                                                                (i) in subparagraph (A), by amending clause (iii)
                                                                                                           to read as follows:
                                                                                                                ‘‘(iii) such building is a certified historic structure,
                                                                                                           and’’,
                                                                                                                (ii) by striking subparagraph (B), and
                                                                                                                (iii) by redesignating subparagraphs (C) and (D)
                                                                                                           as subparagraphs (B) and (C), respectively, and
                                                                                                           (B) in paragraph (2)(B), by amending clause (iv) to
                                                                                                     read as follows:
                                                                                                                ‘‘(iv)    CERTIFIED     HISTORIC     STRUCTURE.—Any
                                                                                                           expenditure attributable to the rehabilitation of a
                                                                                                           qualified rehabilitated building unless the rehabilita-
                                                                                                           tion is a certified rehabilitation (within the meaning
                                                                                                           of subparagraph (C)).’’.
                                                                                                     (2) Paragraph (4) of section 145(d) is amended—
                                                                                                           (A) by striking ‘‘of section 47(c)(1)(C)’’ each place it
                                                                                                     appears and inserting ‘‘of section 47(c)(1)(B)’’, and
                                                                                                           (B) by striking ‘‘section 47(c)(1)(C)(i)’’ and inserting
                                                                                                     ‘‘section 47(c)(1)(B)(i)’’.
                                                                   26 USC 47 note.             (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—
                                                                                                     (1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in paragraph (2), the
                                                                                               amendments made by this section shall apply to amounts paid
                                                                                               or incurred after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                                     (2) TRANSITION RULE.—In the case of qualified rehabilita-
                                                                                               tion expenditures with respect to any building—
                                                                                                           (A) owned or leased by the taxpayer during the entirety
                                                                                                     of the period after December 31, 2017, and




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                           (B) with respect to which the 24-month period selected
                                                                                                     by the taxpayer under clause (i) of section 47(c)(1)(B) of




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00082   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2135

                                                                               the Internal Revenue Code (as amended by subsection (b)),
                                                                               or the 60-month period applicable under clause (ii) of such
                                                                               section, begins not later than 180 days after the date
                                                                               of the enactment of this Act,
                                                                          the amendments made by this section shall apply to such
                                                                          expenditures paid or incurred after the end of the taxable
                                                                          year in which the 24-month period, or the 60-month period,
                                                                          referred to in subparagraph (B) ends.
                                                                   SEC. 13403. EMPLOYER CREDIT FOR PAID FAMILY AND MEDICAL
                                                                                LEAVE.
                                                                          (a) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                               (1) ALLOWANCE OF CREDIT.—Subpart D of part IV of sub-
                                                                          chapter A of chapter 1 is amended by adding at the end the
                                                                          following new section:
                                                                   ‘‘SEC. 45S. EMPLOYER CREDIT FOR PAID FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE.                                        26 USC 45S.
                                                                          ‘‘(a) ESTABLISHMENT OF CREDIT.—
                                                                                ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of section 38, in the case
                                                                          of an eligible employer, the paid family and medical leave
                                                                          credit is an amount equal to the applicable percentage of the
                                                                          amount of wages paid to qualifying employees during any period
                                                                          in which such employees are on family and medical leave.
                                                                                ‘‘(2) APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE.—For purposes of paragraph
                                                                          (1), the term ‘applicable percentage’ means 12.5 percent
                                                                          increased (but not above 25 percent) by 0.25 percentage points
                                                                          for each percentage point by which the rate of payment (as
                                                                          described under subsection (c)(1)(B)) exceeds 50 percent.
                                                                          ‘‘(b) LIMITATION.—
                                                                                ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The credit allowed under subsection (a)
                                                                          with respect to any employee for any taxable year shall not
                                                                          exceed an amount equal to the product of the normal hourly
                                                                          wage rate of such employee for each hour (or fraction thereof)
                                                                          of actual services performed for the employer and the number
                                                                          of hours (or fraction thereof) for which family and medical
                                                                          leave is taken.
                                                                                ‘‘(2) NON-HOURLY WAGE RATE.—For purposes of paragraph
                                                                          (1), in the case of any employee who is not paid on an hourly
                                                                          wage rate, the wages of such employee shall be prorated to
                                                                          an hourly wage rate under regulations established by the Sec-
                                                                          retary.
                                                                                ‘‘(3) MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF LEAVE SUBJECT TO CREDIT.—
                                                                          The amount of family and medical leave that may be taken
                                                                          into account with respect to any employee under subsection
                                                                          (a) for any taxable year shall not exceed 12 weeks.
                                                                          ‘‘(c) ELIGIBLE EMPLOYER.—For purposes of this section—
                                                                                ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘eligible employer’ means any
                                                                          employer who has in place a written policy that meets the
                                                                          following requirements:
                                                                                      ‘‘(A) The policy provides—
                                                                                            ‘‘(i) in the case of a qualifying employee who is
                                                                                      not a part-time employee (as defined in section
                                                                                      4980E(d)(4)(B)), not less than 2 weeks of annual paid
                                                                                      family and medical leave, and
                                                                                            ‘‘(ii) in the case of a qualifying employee who is
                                                                                      a part-time employee, an amount of annual paid family




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                      and medical leave that is not less than an amount
                                                                                      which bears the same ratio to the amount of annual




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00083   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2136                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                           paid family and medical leave that is provided to a
                                                                                                           qualifying employee described in clause (i) as—
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(I) the number of hours the employee is
                                                                                                                 expected to work during any week, bears to
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(II) the number of hours an equivalent quali-
                                                                                                                 fying employee described in clause (i) is expected
                                                                                                                 to work during the week.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) The policy requires that the rate of payment under
                                                                                                     the program is not less than 50 percent of the wages
                                                                                                     normally paid to such employee for services performed
                                                                                                     for the employer.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(2) SPECIAL RULE FOR CERTAIN EMPLOYERS.—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—An added employer shall not be
                                                                                                     treated as an eligible employer unless such employer pro-
                                                                                                     vides paid family and medical leave in compliance with
                                                                                                     a written policy which ensures that the employer—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(i) will not interfere with, restrain, or deny the
                                                                                                           exercise of or the attempt to exercise, any right pro-
                                                                                                           vided under the policy, and
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) will not discharge or in any other manner
                                                                                                           discriminate against any individual for opposing any
                                                                                                           practice prohibited by the policy.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) ADDED EMPLOYER; ADDED EMPLOYEE.—For pur-
                                                                                                     poses of this paragraph—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(i) ADDED EMPLOYEE.—The term ‘added employee’
                                                                                                           means a qualifying employee who is not covered by
                                                                                                           title I of the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993,
                                                                                                           as amended.
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) ADDED EMPLOYER.—The term ‘added employer’
                                                                                                           means an eligible employer (determined without regard
                                                                                                           to this paragraph), whether or not covered by that
                                                                                                           title I, who offers paid family and medical leave to
                                                                                                           added employees.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(3) AGGREGATION RULE.—All persons which are treated
                                                                                               as a single employer under subsections (a) and (b) of section
                                                                                               52 shall be treated as a single taxpayer.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(4) TREATMENT OF BENEFITS MANDATED OR PAID FOR BY
                                                                                               STATE OR LOCAL GOVERNMENTS.—For purposes of this section,
                                                                                               any leave which is paid by a State or local government or
                                                                                               required by State or local law shall not be taken into account
                                                                                               in determining the amount of paid family and medical leave
                                                                                               provided by the employer.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(5) NO INFERENCE.—Nothing in this subsection shall be
                                                                                               construed as subjecting an employer to any penalty, liability,
                                                                                               or other consequence (other than ineligibility for the credit
                                                                                               allowed by reason of subsection (a) or recapturing the benefit
                                                                                               of such credit) for failure to comply with the requirements
                                                                                               of this subsection.
                                                                                               ‘‘(d) QUALIFYING EMPLOYEES.—For purposes of this section, the
                                                                                           term ‘qualifying employee’ means any employee (as defined in sec-
                                                                                           tion 3(e) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended)
                                                                                           who—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(1) has been employed by the employer for 1 year or
                                                                                               more, and
                                                                                                     ‘‘(2) for the preceding year, had compensation not in excess




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                               of an amount equal to 60 percent of the amount applicable
                                                                                               for such year under clause (i) of section 414(q)(1)(B).




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00084   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2137

                                                                         ‘‘(e) FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE.—
                                                                               ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in paragraph (2),
                                                                         for purposes of this section, the term ‘family and medical leave’
                                                                         means leave for any 1 or more of the purposes described under
                                                                         subparagraph (A), (B), (C), (D), or (E) of paragraph (1), or
                                                                         paragraph (3), of section 102(a) of the Family and Medical
                                                                         Leave Act of 1993, as amended, whether the leave is provided
                                                                         under that Act or by a policy of the employer.
                                                                               ‘‘(2) EXCLUSION.—If an employer provides paid leave as
                                                                         vacation leave, personal leave, or medical or sick leave (other
                                                                         than leave specifically for 1 or more of the purposes referred
                                                                         to in paragraph (1)), that paid leave shall not be considered
                                                                         to be family and medical leave under paragraph (1).
                                                                               ‘‘(3) DEFINITIONS.—In this subsection, the terms ‘vacation
                                                                         leave’, ‘personal leave’, and ‘medical or sick leave’ mean those
                                                                         3 types of leave, within the meaning of section 102(d)(2) of
                                                                         that Act.
                                                                         ‘‘(f) DETERMINATIONS MADE BY SECRETARY OF TREASURY.—For
                                                                   purposes of this section, any determination as to whether an
                                                                   employer or an employee satisfies the applicable requirements for
                                                                   an eligible employer (as described in subsection (c)) or qualifying
                                                                   employee (as described in subsection (d)), respectively, shall be
                                                                   made by the Secretary based on such information, to be provided
                                                                   by the employer, as the Secretary determines to be necessary or
                                                                   appropriate.
                                                                         ‘‘(g) WAGES.—For purposes of this section, the term ‘wages’
                                                                   has the meaning given such term by subsection (b) of section
                                                                   3306 (determined without regard to any dollar limitation contained
                                                                   in such section). Such term shall not include any amount taken
                                                                   into account for purposes of determining any other credit allowed
                                                                   under this subpart.
                                                                         ‘‘(h) ELECTION TO HAVE CREDIT NOT APPLY.—
                                                                               ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—A taxpayer may elect to have this section
                                                                         not apply for any taxable year.
                                                                               ‘‘(2) OTHER RULES.—Rules similar to the rules of para-
                                                                         graphs (2) and (3) of section 51(j) shall apply for purposes
                                                                         of this subsection.
                                                                         ‘‘(i) TERMINATION.—This section shall not apply to wages paid
                                                                   in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2019.’’.
                                                                         (b) CREDIT PART OF GENERAL BUSINESS CREDIT.—Section 38(b)                                       26 USC 38.
                                                                   is amended by striking ‘‘plus’’ at the end of paragraph (35), by
                                                                   striking the period at the end of paragraph (36) and inserting
                                                                   ‘‘, plus’’, and by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                               ‘‘(37) in the case of an eligible employer (as defined in
                                                                         section 45S(c)), the paid family and medical leave credit deter-
                                                                         mined under section 45S(a).’’.
                                                                         (c) CREDIT ALLOWED AGAINST AMT.—Subparagraph (B) of sec-
                                                                   tion 38(c)(4) is amended by redesignating clauses (ix) through (xi)
                                                                   as clauses (x) through (xii), respectively, and by inserting after
                                                                   clause (viii) the following new clause:
                                                                                         ‘‘(ix) the credit determined under section 45S,’’.
                                                                         (d) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                               (1) DENIAL OF DOUBLE BENEFIT.—Section 280C(a) is
                                                                         amended by inserting ‘‘45S(a),’’ after ‘‘45P(a),’’.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                               (2) ELECTION TO HAVE CREDIT NOT APPLY.—Section 6501(m)
                                                                         is amended by inserting ‘‘45S(h),’’ after ‘‘45H(g),’’.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00085   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2138                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                      (3) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—The table of sections for sub-
                                                                   26 USC prec. 38.               part D of part IV of subchapter A of chapter 1 is amended
                                                                                                  by adding at the end the following new item:
                                                                                           ‘‘Sec. 45S. Employer credit for paid family and medical leave.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 38 note.              (e) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to wages paid in taxable years beginning after December
                                                                                           31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 13404. REPEAL OF TAX CREDIT BONDS.
                                                                   26 USC prec. 21,             (a) IN GENERAL.—Part IV of subchapter A of chapter 1 is
                                                                   prec. 54, 54,           amended by striking subparts H, I, and J (and by striking the
                                                                   prec. 54A,              items relating to such subparts in the table of subparts for such
                                                                   54A–54F,
                                                                   prec. 54AA,             part).
                                                                   54AA.                        (b) PAYMENTS TO ISSUERS.—Subchapter B of chapter 65 is
                                                                   26 USC                  amended by striking section 6431 (and by striking the item relating
                                                                   prec. 6411.             to such section in the table of sections for such subchapter).
                                                                                                (c) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                                                     (1) Part IV of subchapter U of chapter 1 is amended by
                                                                   26 USC                       striking section 1397E (and by striking the item relating to
                                                                   prec. 1397E.                 such section in the table of sections for such part).
                                                                                                     (2) Section 54(l)(3)(B) is amended by inserting ‘‘(as in effect
                                                                                                before its repeal by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act)’’ after ‘‘section
                                                                                                1397E(I)’’.
                                                                                                     (3) Section 6211(b)(4)(A) is amended by striking ‘‘, and
                                                                                                6431’’ and inserting ‘‘and’’ before ‘‘36B’’.
                                                                                                     (4) Section 6401(b)(1) is amended by striking ‘‘G, H, I,
                                                                                                and J’’ and inserting ‘‘and G’’.
                                                                   26 USC 54 note.              (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to bonds issued after December 31, 2017.

                                                                                            PART VI—PROVISIONS RELATED TO SPECIFIC
                                                                                                    ENTITIES AND INDUSTRIES
                                                                                                            Subpart A—Partnership Provisions
                                                                                           SEC. 13501. TREATMENT OF GAIN OR LOSS OF FOREIGN PERSONS
                                                                                                        FROM SALE OR EXCHANGE OF INTERESTS IN PARTNER-
                                                                                                        SHIPS ENGAGED IN TRADE OR BUSINESS WITHIN THE
                                                                                                        UNITED STATES.
                                                                                                  (a) AMOUNT TREATED AS EFFECTIVELY CONNECTED.—
                                                                                                       (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 864(c) is amended by adding at
                                                                                                  the end the following:
                                                                                                       ‘‘(8) GAIN OR LOSS OF FOREIGN PERSONS FROM SALE OR
                                                                                                  EXCHANGE OF CERTAIN PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS.—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding any other provi-
                                                                                                       sion of this subtitle, if a nonresident alien individual or
                                                                                                       foreign corporation owns, directly or indirectly, an interest
                                                                                                       in a partnership which is engaged in any trade or business
                                                                                                       within the United States, gain or loss on the sale or
                                                                                                       exchange of all (or any portion of) such interest shall be
                                                                                                       treated as effectively connected with the conduct of such
                                                                                                       trade or business to the extent such gain or loss does




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                       not exceed the amount determined under subparagraph
                                                                                                       (B).




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00086   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2139

                                                                                    ‘‘(B) AMOUNT TREATED AS EFFECTIVELY CONNECTED.—
                                                                              The amount determined under this subparagraph with
                                                                              respect to any partnership interest sold or exchanged—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) in the case of any gain on the sale or exchange
                                                                                    of the partnership interest, is—
                                                                                                ‘‘(I) the portion of the partner’s distributive
                                                                                         share of the amount of gain which would have
                                                                                         been effectively connected with the conduct of a
                                                                                         trade or business within the United States if the
                                                                                         partnership had sold all of its assets at their fair
                                                                                         market value as of the date of the sale or exchange
                                                                                         of such interest, or
                                                                                                ‘‘(II) zero if no gain on such deemed sale would
                                                                                         have been so effectively connected, and
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) in the case of any loss on the sale or exchange
                                                                                    of the partnership interest, is—
                                                                                                ‘‘(I) the portion of the partner’s distributive
                                                                                         share of the amount of loss on the deemed sale
                                                                                         described in clause (i)(I) which would have been
                                                                                         so effectively connected, or
                                                                                                ‘‘(II) zero if no loss on such deemed sale would
                                                                                         be have been so effectively connected.
                                                                                    For purposes of this subparagraph, a partner’s distribu-
                                                                                    tive share of gain or loss on the deemed sale shall
                                                                                    be determined in the same manner as such partner’s
                                                                                    distributive share of the non-separately stated taxable
                                                                                    income or loss of such partnership.
                                                                                    ‘‘(C) COORDINATION WITH UNITED STATES REAL PROP-
                                                                              ERTY INTERESTS.—If a partnership described in subpara-
                                                                              graph (A) holds any United States real property interest
                                                                              (as defined in section 897(c)) at the time of the sale or
                                                                              exchange of the partnership interest, then the gain or
                                                                              loss treated as effectively connected income under subpara-
                                                                              graph (A) shall be reduced by the amount so treated with
                                                                              respect to such United States real property interest under
                                                                              section 897.
                                                                                    ‘‘(D) SALE OR EXCHANGE.—For purposes of this para-
                                                                              graph, the term ‘sale or exchange’ means any sale,
                                                                              exchange, or other disposition.
                                                                                    ‘‘(E) SECRETARIAL AUTHORITY.—The Secretary shall
                                                                              prescribe such regulations or other guidance as the Sec-
                                                                              retary determines appropriate for the application of this
                                                                              paragraph, including with respect to exchanges described
                                                                              in section 332, 351, 354, 355, 356, or 361.’’.
                                                                              (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—Section 864(c)(1) is                                            26 USC 864.
                                                                        amended—
                                                                                    (A) by striking ‘‘and (7)’’ in subparagraph (A), and
                                                                              inserting ‘‘(7), and (8)’’, and
                                                                                    (B) by striking ‘‘or (7)’’ in subparagraph (B), and
                                                                              inserting ‘‘(7), or (8)’’.
                                                                        (b) WITHHOLDING REQUIREMENTS.—Section 1446 is amended
                                                                   by redesignating subsection (f) as subsection (g) and by inserting
                                                                   after subsection (e) the following:
                                                                        ‘‘(f) SPECIAL RULES FOR WITHHOLDING ON DISPOSITIONS OF
                                                                   PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS.—




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                              ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in this subsection,
                                                                        if any portion of the gain (if any) on any disposition of an




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00087   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2140                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                  interest in a partnership would be treated under section
                                                                                                  864(c)(8) as effectively connected with the conduct of a trade
                                                                                                  or business within the United States, the transferee shall be
                                                                                                  required to deduct and withhold a tax equal to 10 percent
                                                                                                  of the amount realized on the disposition.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(2) EXCEPTION IF NONFOREIGN AFFIDAVIT FURNISHED.—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—No person shall be required to
                                                                                                       deduct and withhold any amount under paragraph (1) with
                                                                                                       respect to any disposition if the transferor furnishes to
                                                                                                       the transferee an affidavit by the transferor stating, under
                                                                                                       penalty of perjury, the transferor’s United States taxpayer
                                                                                                       identification number and that the transferor is not a for-
                                                                                                       eign person.
                                                                                                             ‘‘(B) FALSE AFFIDAVIT.—Subparagraph (A) shall not
                                                                                                       apply to any disposition if—
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) the transferee has actual knowledge that the
                                                                                                             affidavit is false, or the transferee receives a notice
                                                                                                             (as described in section 1445(d)) from a transferor’s
                                                                                                             agent or transferee’s agent that such affidavit or state-
                                                                                                             ment is false, or
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) the Secretary by regulations requires the
                                                                                                             transferee to furnish a copy of such affidavit or state-
                                                                                                             ment to the Secretary and the transferee fails to fur-
                                                                                                             nish a copy of such affidavit or statement to the Sec-
                                                                                                             retary at such time and in such manner as required
                                                                                                             by such regulations.
                                                                                                             ‘‘(C) RULES FOR AGENTS.—The rules of section 1445(d)
                                                                                                       shall apply to a transferor’s agent or transferee’s agent
                                                                                                       with respect to any affidavit described in subparagraph
                                                                                                       (A) in the same manner as such rules apply with respect
                                                                                                       to the disposition of a United States real property interest
                                                                                                       under such section.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(3) AUTHORITY OF SECRETARY TO PRESCRIBE REDUCED
                                                                                                  AMOUNT.—At the request of the transferor or transferee, the
                                                                                                  Secretary may prescribe a reduced amount to be withheld under
                                                                                                  this section if the Secretary determines that to substitute such
                                                                                                  reduced amount will not jeopardize the collection of the tax
                                                                                                  imposed under this title with respect to gain treated under
                                                                                                  section 864(c)(8) as effectively connected with the conduct of
                                                                                                  a trade or business with in the United States.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(4) PARTNERSHIP TO WITHHOLD AMOUNTS NOT WITHHELD
                                                                                                  BY THE TRANSFEREE.—If a transferee fails to withhold any
                                                                                                  amount required to be withheld under paragraph (1), the part-
                                                                                                  nership shall be required to deduct and withhold from distribu-
                                                                                                  tions to the transferee a tax in an amount equal to the amount
                                                                                                  the transferee failed to withhold (plus interest under this title
                                                                                                  on such amount).
                                                                                                       ‘‘(5) DEFINITIONS.—Any term used in this subsection which
                                                                                                  is also used under section 1445 shall have the same meaning
                                                                                                  as when used in such section.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(6) REGULATIONS.—The Secretary shall prescribe such
                                                                                                  regulations or other guidance as may be necessary to carry
                                                                                                  out the purposes of this subsection, including regulations pro-




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                  viding for exceptions from the provisions of this subsection.’’.
                                                                                                  (c) EFFECTIVE DATES.—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00088   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2141

                                                                               (1) SUBSECTION (a).—The amendments made by subsection                                     26 USC 864 note.
                                                                          (a) shall apply to sales, exchanges, and dispositions on or after
                                                                          November 27, 2017.
                                                                               (2) SUBSECTION (b).—The amendment made by subsection                                      26 USC 1446
                                                                          (b) shall apply to sales, exchanges, and dispositions after                                    note.
                                                                          December 31, 2017.
                                                                   SEC. 13502. MODIFY DEFINITION OF SUBSTANTIAL BUILT-IN LOSS IN
                                                                                THE CASE OF TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTEREST.
                                                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (1) of section 743(d) is to read                                       26 USC 743.
                                                                   as follows:
                                                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this section, a partner-
                                                                        ship has a substantial built-in loss with respect to a transfer
                                                                        of an interest in the partnership if—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) the partnership’s adjusted basis in the partnership
                                                                             property exceeds by more than $250,000 the fair market
                                                                             value of such property, or
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) the transferee partner would be allocated a loss
                                                                             of more than $250,000 if the partnership assets were sold
                                                                             for cash equal to their fair market value immediately after
                                                                             such transfer.’’.
                                                                        (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                          26 USC 743 note.
                                                                   shall apply to transfers of partnership interests after December
                                                                   31, 2017.
                                                                   SEC. 13503. CHARITABLE CONTRIBUTIONS AND FOREIGN TAXES TAKEN
                                                                                 INTO ACCOUNT IN DETERMINING LIMITATION ON
                                                                                 ALLOWANCE OF PARTNER’S SHARE OF LOSS.
                                                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (d) of section 704 is amended—
                                                                             (1) by striking ‘‘A partner’s distributive share’’ and inserting
                                                                        the following:
                                                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—A partner’s distributive share’’,
                                                                             (2) by striking ‘‘Any excess of such loss’’ and inserting
                                                                        the following:
                                                                             ‘‘(2) CARRYOVER.—Any excess of such loss’’, and
                                                                             (3) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                             ‘‘(3) SPECIAL RULES.—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In determining the amount of any
                                                                             loss under paragraph (1), there shall be taken into account
                                                                             the partner’s distributive share of amounts described in
                                                                             paragraphs (4) and (6) of section 702(a).
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) EXCEPTION.—In the case of a charitable contribu-
                                                                             tion of property whose fair market value exceeds its
                                                                             adjusted basis, subparagraph (A) shall not apply to the
                                                                             extent of the partner’s distributive share of such excess.’’.
                                                                        (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                          26 USC 704 note.
                                                                   shall apply to partnership taxable years beginning after December
                                                                   31, 2017.
                                                                   SEC. 13504. REPEAL OF TECHNICAL TERMINATION OF PARTNERSHIPS.
                                                                          (a) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (1) of section 708(b) is amended—
                                                                               (1) by striking ‘‘, or’’ at the end of subparagraph (A) and
                                                                          all that follows and inserting a period, and
                                                                               (2) by striking ‘‘only if—’’ and all that follows through
                                                                          ‘‘no part of any business’’ and inserting the following: ‘‘only




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                          if no part of any business’’.
                                                                          (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00089   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2142                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                   26 USC 168.                        (1) Section 168(i)(7)(B) is amended by striking the second
                                                                                                sentence.
                                                                                                      (2) Section 743(e) is amended by striking paragraph (4)
                                                                                                and redesignating paragraphs (5), (6), and (7) as paragraphs
                                                                                                (4), (5), and (6).
                                                                   26 USC 168 note.             (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to partnership taxable years beginning after December
                                                                                           31, 2017.

                                                                                                               Subpart B—Insurance Reforms
                                                                                           SEC. 13511. NET OPERATING LOSSES OF LIFE INSURANCE COMPANIES.
                                                                                               (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 805(b) is amended by striking para-
                                                                                           graph (4) and by redesignating paragraph (5) as paragraph (4).
                                                                                               (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                                                    (1) Part I of subchapter L of chapter 1 is amended by
                                                                   26 USC                      striking section 810 (and by striking the item relating to such
                                                                   prec. 804.                  section in the table of sections for such part).
                                                                                                    (2)(A) Part III of subchapter L of chapter 1 is amended
                                                                   26 USC                      by striking section 844 (and by striking the item relating to
                                                                   prec. 841.                  such section in the table of sections for such part).
                                                                                                    (B) Section 831(b)(3) is amended by striking ‘‘except as
                                                                                               provided in section 844,’’
                                                                                                    (3) Section 381 is amended by striking subsection (d).
                                                                                                    (4) Section 805(a)(4)(B)(ii) is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                                              ‘‘(ii) the deduction allowed under section 172,’’.
                                                                                                    (5) Section 805(a) is amended by striking paragraph (5).
                                                                                                    (6) Section 805(b)(2)(A)(iv) is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                                              ‘‘(iv) any net operating loss carryback to the tax-
                                                                                                         able year under section 172, and’’.
                                                                                                    (7) Section 953(b)(1)(B) is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                                         ‘‘(B) So much of section 805(a)(8) as relates to the
                                                                                                    deduction allowed under section 172.’’.
                                                                                                    (8) Section 1351(i)(3) is amended by striking ‘‘or the oper-
                                                                                               ations loss deduction under section 810,’’.
                                                                   26 USC 381 note.            (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to losses arising in taxable years beginning after
                                                                                           December 31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 13512. REPEAL OF SMALL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY DEDUC-
                                                                                                        TION.
                                                                                                (a) IN GENERAL.—Part I of subchapter L of chapter 1 is
                                                                   26 USC                  amended by striking section 806 (and by striking the item relating
                                                                   prec. 804.              to such section in the table of sections for such part).
                                                                                                (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                                                     (1) Section 453B(e) is amended—
                                                                                                           (A) by striking ‘‘(as defined in section 806(b)(3))’’ in
                                                                                                     paragraph (2)(B), and
                                                                                                           (B) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                                                     ‘‘(3) NONINSURANCE BUSINESS.—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this subsection, the
                                                                                                     term ‘noninsurance business’ means any activity which
                                                                                                     is not an insurance business.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) CERTAIN ACTIVITIES TREATED AS INSURANCE
                                                                                                     BUSINESSES.—For purposes of subparagraph (A), any




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                     activity which is not an insurance business shall be treated
                                                                                                     as an insurance business if—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00090   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2143

                                                                                      ‘‘(i) it is of a type traditionally carried on by life
                                                                                 insurance companies for investment purposes, but only
                                                                                 if the carrying on of such activity (other than in the
                                                                                 case of real estate) does not constitute the active con-
                                                                                 duct of a trade or business, or
                                                                                      ‘‘(ii) it involves the performance of administrative
                                                                                 services in connection with plans providing life insur-
                                                                                 ance, pension, or accident and health benefits.’’.
                                                                            (2) Section 465(c)(7)(D)(v)(II) is amended by striking ‘‘sec-                                26 USC 465.
                                                                       tion 806(b)(3)’’ and inserting ‘‘section 453B(e)(3)’’.
                                                                            (3) Section 801(a)(2) is amended by striking subparagraph
                                                                       (C).
                                                                            (4) Section 804 is amended by striking ‘‘means—’’ and
                                                                       all that follows and inserting ‘‘means the general deductions
                                                                       provided in section 805.’’.
                                                                            (5) Section 805(a)(4)(B), as amended by this Act, is amended
                                                                       by striking clause (i) and by redesignating clauses (ii), (iii),
                                                                       and (iv) as clauses (i), (ii), and (iii), respectively.
                                                                            (6) Section 805(b)(2)(A), as amended by this Act, is amended
                                                                       by striking clause (iii) and by redesignating clauses (iv) and
                                                                       (v) as clauses (iii) and (iv), respectively.
                                                                            (7) Section 842(c) is amended by striking paragraph (1)
                                                                       and by redesignating paragraphs (2) and (3) as paragraphs
                                                                       (1) and (2), respectively.
                                                                            (8) Section 953(b)(1), as amended by section 13511, is
                                                                       amended by striking subparagraph (A) and by redesignating
                                                                       subparagraphs (B) and (C) as subparagraphs (A) and (B),
                                                                       respectively.
                                                                       (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 453B
                                                                   shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.                                       note.
                                                                   SEC. 13513. ADJUSTMENT FOR CHANGE IN COMPUTING RESERVES.
                                                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (1) of section 807(f) is amended
                                                                   to read as follows:
                                                                             ‘‘(1) TREATMENT AS CHANGE IN METHOD OF ACCOUNTING.—
                                                                        If the basis for determining any item referred to in subsection
                                                                        (c) as of the close of any taxable year differs from the basis
                                                                        for such determination as of the close of the preceding taxable
                                                                        year, then so much of the difference between—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) the amount of the item at the close of the taxable
                                                                             year, computed on the new basis, and
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) the amount of the item at the close of the taxable
                                                                             year, computed on the old basis,
                                                                        as is attributable to contracts issued before the taxable year
                                                                        shall be taken into account under section 481 as adjustments
                                                                        attributable to a change in method of accounting initiated by
                                                                        the taxpayer and made with the consent of the Secretary.’’.
                                                                        (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                          26 USC 807 note.
                                                                   shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                   SEC. 13514. REPEAL OF SPECIAL RULE FOR DISTRIBUTIONS TO SHARE-
                                                                                 HOLDERS FROM PRE-1984 POLICYHOLDERS SURPLUS
                                                                                 ACCOUNT.
                                                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Subpart D of part I of subchapter L is
                                                                   amended by striking section 815 (and by striking the item relating                                    26 USC
                                                                   to such section in the table of sections for such subpart).                                           prec. 811.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                        (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section 801 is amended by
                                                                   striking subsection (c).




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00091   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2144                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                   26 USC 801 note.             (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                   26 USC 801 note.             (d) PHASED INCLUSION OF REMAINING BALANCE OF POLICY-
                                                                                           HOLDERS SURPLUS ACCOUNTS.—In the case of any stock life insur-
                                                                                           ance company which has a balance (determined as of the close
                                                                                           of such company’s last taxable year beginning before January 1,
                                                                                           2018) in an existing policyholders surplus account (as defined in
                                                                                           section 815 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as in effect
                                                                                           before its repeal), the tax imposed by section 801 of such Code
                                                                                           for the first 8 taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017,
                                                                                           shall be the amount which would be imposed by such section
                                                                                           for such year on the sum of—
                                                                                                     (1) life insurance company taxable income for such year
                                                                                                (within the meaning of such section 801 but not less than
                                                                                                zero), plus
                                                                                                     (2) 1⁄8 of such balance.
                                                                                           SEC. 13515. MODIFICATION OF PRORATION RULES FOR PROPERTY AND
                                                                                                         CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANIES.
                                                                                               (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 832(b)(5)(B) is amended—
                                                                                                    (1) by striking ‘‘15 percent’’ and inserting ‘‘the applicable
                                                                                               percentage’’, and
                                                                                                    (2) by inserting at the end the following new sentence:
                                                                                               ‘‘For purposes of this subparagraph, the applicable percentage
                                                                                               is 5.25 percent divided by the highest rate in effect under
                                                                                               section 11(b).’’.
                                                                   26 USC 832 note.            (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 13516. REPEAL OF SPECIAL ESTIMATED TAX PAYMENTS.
                                                                                                (a) IN GENERAL.—Part III of subchapter L of chapter 1 is
                                                                   26 USC                  amended by striking section 847 (and by striking the item relating
                                                                   prec. 841.              to such section in the table of sections for such part).
                                                                   26 USC 847 note.             (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 13517. COMPUTATION OF LIFE INSURANCE TAX RESERVES.
                                                                                                  (a) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                                                       (1) APPROPRIATE RATE OF INTEREST.—The second sentence
                                                                                                  of section 807(c) is amended to read as follows: ‘‘For purposes
                                                                                                  of paragraph (3), the appropriate rate of interest is the highest
                                                                                                  rate or rates permitted to be used to discount the obligations
                                                                                                  by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners as
                                                                                                  of the date the reserve is determined.’’.
                                                                                                       (2) METHOD OF COMPUTING RESERVES.—Section 807(d) is
                                                                                                  amended—
                                                                                                             (A) by striking paragraphs (1), (2), (4), and (5),
                                                                                                             (B) by redesignating paragraph (6) as paragraph (4),
                                                                                                             (C) by inserting before paragraph (3) the following
                                                                                                       new paragraphs:
                                                                                                       ‘‘(1) DETERMINATION OF RESERVE.—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this part (other
                                                                                                       than section 816), the amount of the life insurance reserves
                                                                                                       for any contract (other than a contract to which subpara-
                                                                                                       graph (B) applies) shall be the greater of—
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) the net surrender value of such contract, or




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) 92.81 percent of the reserve determined under
                                                                                                             paragraph (2).




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00092   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2145

                                                                                     ‘‘(B) VARIABLE CONTRACTS.—For purposes of this part
                                                                               (other than section 816), the amount of the life insurance
                                                                               reserves for a variable contract shall be equal to the sum
                                                                               of—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) the greater of—
                                                                                                 ‘‘(I) the net surrender value of such contract,
                                                                                          or
                                                                                                 ‘‘(II) the portion of the reserve that is sepa-
                                                                                          rately accounted for under section 817, plus
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) 92.81 percent of the excess (if any) of the
                                                                                     reserve determined under paragraph (2) over the
                                                                                     amount in clause (i).
                                                                                     ‘‘(C) STATUTORY CAP.—In no event shall the reserves
                                                                               determined under subparagraphs (A) or (B) for any contract
                                                                               as of any time exceed the amount which would be taken
                                                                               into account with respect to such contract as of such time
                                                                               in determining statutory reserves (as defined in paragraph
                                                                               (4)).
                                                                                     ‘‘(D) NO DOUBLE COUNTING.—In no event shall any
                                                                               amount or item be taken into account more than once
                                                                               in determining any reserve under this subchapter.
                                                                               ‘‘(2) AMOUNT OF RESERVE.—The amount of the reserve
                                                                          determined under this paragraph with respect to any contract
                                                                          shall be determined by using the tax reserve method applicable
                                                                          to such contract.’’.
                                                                                     (D) by striking ‘‘(other than a qualified long-term care
                                                                               insurance contract, as defined in section 7702B(b)), a 2-
                                                                               year full preliminary term method’’ in paragraph (3)(A)(iii)
                                                                               and inserting ‘‘, the reserve method prescribed by the
                                                                               National Association of Insurance Commissioners which
                                                                               covers such contract as of the date the reserve is deter-
                                                                               mined’’,
                                                                                     (E) by striking ‘‘(as of the date of issuance)’’ in para-
                                                                               graph (3)(A)(iv)(I) and inserting ‘‘(as of the date the reserve
                                                                               is determined)’’,
                                                                                     (F) by striking ‘‘as of the date of the issuance of’’
                                                                               in paragraph (3)(A)(iv)(II) and inserting ‘‘as of the date
                                                                               the reserve is determined for’’,
                                                                                     (G) by striking ‘‘in effect on the date of the issuance
                                                                               of the contract’’ in paragraph (3)(B)(i) and inserting
                                                                               ‘‘applicable to the contract and in effect as of the date
                                                                               the reserve is determined’’, and
                                                                                     (H) by striking ‘‘in effect on the date of the issuance
                                                                               of the contract’’ in paragraph (3)(B)(ii) and inserting
                                                                               ‘‘applicable to the contract and in effect as of the date
                                                                               the reserve is determined’’.
                                                                               (3) SPECIAL RULES.—Section 807(e) is amended—                                             26 USC 807.
                                                                                     (A) by striking paragraphs (2) and (5),
                                                                                     (B) by redesignating paragraphs (3), (4), (6), and (7)
                                                                               as paragraphs (2), (3), (4), and (5), respectively,
                                                                                     (C) by amending paragraph (2) (as so redesignated)
                                                                               to read as follows:
                                                                               ‘‘(2) QUALIFIED SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS.—
                                                                                     ‘‘(A) QUALIFIED SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS TREATED




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                               SEPARATELY.—For purposes of this part, the amount of
                                                                               the life insurance reserve for any qualified supplemental




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00093   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2146                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                       benefit shall be computed separately as though such benefit
                                                                                                       were under a separate contract.
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) QUALIFIED SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFIT.—For purposes
                                                                                                       of this paragraph, the term ‘qualified supplemental benefit’
                                                                                                       means any supplemental benefit described in subparagraph
                                                                                                       (C) if—
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) there is a separately identified premium or
                                                                                                            charge for such benefit, and
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) any net surrender value under the contract
                                                                                                            attributable to any other benefit is not available to
                                                                                                            fund such benefit.
                                                                                                            ‘‘(C) SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS.—For purposes of this
                                                                                                       paragraph, the supplemental benefits described in this
                                                                                                       subparagraph are any—
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) guaranteed insurability,
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) accidental death or disability benefit,
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(iii) convertibility,
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(iv) disability waiver benefit, or
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(v) other benefit prescribed by regulations,
                                                                                                       which is supplemental to a contract for which there is
                                                                                                       a reserve described in subsection (c).’’, and
                                                                                                            (D) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                                                       ‘‘(6) REPORTING RULES.—The Secretary shall require
                                                                                                  reporting (at such time and in such manner as the Secretary
                                                                                                  shall prescribe) with respect to the opening balance and closing
                                                                                                  balance of reserves and with respect to the method of computing
                                                                                                  reserves for purposes of determining income.’’.
                                                                                                       (4) DEFINITION OF LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACT.—Section
                                                                   26 USC 7702.                   7702 is amended—
                                                                                                            (A) by striking clause (i) of subsection (c)(3)(B) and
                                                                                                       inserting the following:
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) reasonable mortality charges which meet the
                                                                                                            requirements prescribed in regulations to be promul-
                                                                                                            gated by the Secretary or that do not exceed the mor-
                                                                                                            tality charges specified in the prevailing commis-
                                                                                                            sioners’ standard tables as defined in subsection
                                                                                                            (f)(10),’’ and
                                                                                                            (B) by adding at the end of subsection (f) the following
                                                                                                       new paragraph:
                                                                                                       ‘‘(10) PREVAILING COMMISSIONERS’ STANDARD TABLES.—For
                                                                                                  purposes of subsection (c)(3)(B)(i), the term ‘prevailing commis-
                                                                                                  sioners’ standard tables’ means the most recent commissioners’
                                                                                                  standard tables prescribed by the National Association of Insur-
                                                                                                  ance Commissioners which are permitted to be used in com-
                                                                                                  puting reserves for that type of contract under the insurance
                                                                                                  laws of at least 26 States when the contract was issued. If
                                                                                                  the prevailing commissioners’ standard tables as of the begin-
                                                                                                  ning of any calendar year (hereinafter in this paragraph
                                                                                                  referred to as the ‘year of change’) are different from the pre-
                                                                                                  vailing commissioners’ standard tables as of the beginning of
                                                                                                  the preceding calendar year, the issuer may use the prevailing
                                                                                                  commissioners’ standard tables as of the beginning of the pre-
                                                                                                  ceding calendar year with respect to any contract issued after
                                                                                                  the change and before the close of the 3-year period beginning




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                  on the first day of the year of change.’’.
                                                                                                  (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00094   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2147

                                                                              (1) Section 808 is amended by adding at the end the fol-                                   26 USC 808.
                                                                        lowing new subsection:
                                                                        ‘‘(g) PREVAILING STATE ASSUMED INTEREST RATE.—For purposes
                                                                   of this subchapter—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘prevailing State assumed
                                                                        interest rate’ means, with respect to any contract, the highest
                                                                        assumed interest rate permitted to be used in computing life
                                                                        insurance reserves for insurance contracts or annuity contracts
                                                                        (as the case may be) under the insurance laws of at least
                                                                        26 States. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the effect
                                                                        of nonforfeiture laws of a State on interest rates for reserves
                                                                        shall not be taken into account.
                                                                              ‘‘(2) WHEN RATE DETERMINED.—The prevailing State
                                                                        assumed interest rate with respect to any contract shall be
                                                                        determined as of the beginning of the calendar year in which
                                                                        the contract was issued.’’.
                                                                              (2) Paragraph (1) of section 811(d) is amended by striking
                                                                        ‘‘the greater of the prevailing State assumed interest rate or
                                                                        applicable Federal interest rate in effect under section 807’’
                                                                        and inserting ‘‘the interest rate in effect under section 808(g)’’.
                                                                              (3) Subparagraph (A) of section 846(f)(6) is amended by
                                                                        striking ‘‘except that’’ and all that follows and inserting ‘‘except
                                                                        that the limitation of subsection (a)(3) shall apply, and’’.
                                                                              (4) Section 848(e)(1)(B)(iii) is amended by striking
                                                                        ‘‘807(e)(4)’’ and inserting ‘‘807(e)(3)’’.
                                                                              (5) Subparagraph (B) of section 954(i)(5) is amended by
                                                                        striking ‘‘shall be substituted for the prevailing State assumed
                                                                        interest rate,’’ and inserting ‘‘shall apply,’’.
                                                                        (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—                                                                             26 USC 807 note.
                                                                              (1) IN GENERAL.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                        shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                              (2) TRANSITION RULE.—For the first taxable year beginning
                                                                        after December 31, 2017, the reserve with respect to any con-
                                                                        tract (as determined under section 807(d) of the Internal Rev-
                                                                        enue Code of 1986) at the end of the preceding taxable year
                                                                        shall be determined as if the amendments made by this section
                                                                        had applied to such reserve in such preceding taxable year.
                                                                              (3) TRANSITION RELIEF.—
                                                                                    (A) IN GENERAL.—If—
                                                                                         (i) the reserve determined under section 807(d)
                                                                                    of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (determined after
                                                                                    application of paragraph (2)) with respect to any con-
                                                                                    tract as of the close of the year preceding the first
                                                                                    taxable year beginning after December 31, 2017, differs
                                                                                    from
                                                                                         (ii) the reserve which would have been determined
                                                                                    with respect to such contract as of the close of such
                                                                                    taxable year under such section determined without
                                                                                    regard to paragraph (2),
                                                                              then the difference between the amount of the reserve
                                                                              described in clause (i) and the amount of the reserve
                                                                              described in clause (ii) shall be taken into account under
                                                                              the method provided in subparagraph (B).




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                    (B) METHOD.—The method provided in this subpara-
                                                                              graph is as follows:




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00095   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2148                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                                   (i) If the amount determined under subparagraph
                                                                                                              (A)(i) exceeds the amount determined under subpara-
                                                                                                              graph (A)(ii), 1/8 of such excess shall be taken into
                                                                                                              account, for each of the 8 succeeding taxable years,
                                                                                                              as a deduction under section 805(a)(2) or 832(c)(4) of
                                                                                                              such Code, as applicable.
                                                                                                                   (ii) If the amount determined under subparagraph
                                                                                                              (A)(ii) exceeds the amount determined under subpara-
                                                                                                              graph (A)(i), 1/8 of such excess shall be included in
                                                                                                              gross income, for each of the 8 succeeding taxable
                                                                                                              years, under section 803(a)(2) or 832(b)(1)(C) of such
                                                                                                              Code, as applicable.
                                                                                           SEC. 13518. MODIFICATION OF RULES FOR LIFE INSURANCE PRORA-
                                                                                                        TION FOR PURPOSES OF DETERMINING THE DIVIDENDS
                                                                                                        RECEIVED DEDUCTION.
                                                                   26 USC 812.                    (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 812 is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                           ‘‘SEC. 812. DEFINITION OF COMPANY’S SHARE AND POLICYHOLDER’S
                                                                                                        SHARE.
                                                                                               ‘‘(a) COMPANY’S SHARE.—For purposes of section 805(a)(4), the
                                                                                           term ‘company’s share’ means, with respect to any taxable year
                                                                                           beginning after December 31, 2017, 70 percent.
                                                                                               ‘‘(b) POLICYHOLDER’S SHARE.—For purposes of section 807, the
                                                                                           term ‘policyholder’s share’ means, with respect to any taxable year
                                                                                           beginning after December 31, 2017, 30 percent.’’.
                                                                                               (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section 817A(e)(2) is amended
                                                                                           by striking ‘‘, 807(d)(2)(B), and 812’’ and inserting ‘‘and 807(d)(2)(B)’’.
                                                                   26 USC 812 note.            (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 13519. CAPITALIZATION OF CERTAIN POLICY ACQUISITION
                                                                                                       EXPENSES.
                                                                                               (a) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                                                    (1) Section 848(a)(2) is amended by striking ‘‘120-month’’
                                                                                               and inserting ‘‘180-month’’.
                                                                                                    (2) Section 848(c)(1) is amended by striking ‘‘1.75 percent’’
                                                                                               and inserting ‘‘2.09 percent’’.
                                                                                                    (3) Section 848(c)(2) is amended by striking ‘‘2.05 percent’’
                                                                                               and inserting ‘‘2.45 percent’’.
                                                                                                    (4) Section 848(c)(3) is amended by striking ‘‘7.7 percent’’
                                                                                               and inserting ‘‘9.2 percent’’.
                                                                                               (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—Section 848(b)(1) is amended
                                                                                           by striking ‘‘120-month’’ and inserting ‘‘180-month’’.
                                                                   26 USC 848 note.            (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—
                                                                                                    (1) IN GENERAL.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                               shall apply to net premiums for taxable years beginning after
                                                                                               December 31, 2017.
                                                                                                    (2) TRANSITION RULE.—Specified policy acquisition expenses
                                                                                               first required to be capitalized in a taxable year beginning
                                                                                               before January 1, 2018, will continue to be allowed as a deduc-
                                                                                               tion ratably over the 120-month period beginning with the
                                                                                               first month in the second half of such taxable year.
                                                                                           SEC. 13520. TAX REPORTING FOR LIFE SETTLEMENT TRANSACTIONS.
                                                                                                (a) IN GENERAL.—Subpart B of part III of subchapter A of




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                           chapter 61, as amended by section 13306, is amended by adding
                                                                                           at the end the following new section:




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00096   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2149
                                                                   ‘‘SEC. 6050Y. RETURNS RELATING TO CERTAIN LIFE INSURANCE CON-                                         26 USC 6050Y.
                                                                                  TRACT TRANSACTIONS.
                                                                       ‘‘(a) REQUIREMENT OF REPORTING OF CERTAIN PAYMENTS.—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Every person who acquires a life insur-
                                                                       ance contract or any interest in a life insurance contract in
                                                                       a reportable policy sale during any taxable year shall make
                                                                       a return for such taxable year (at such time and in such
                                                                       manner as the Secretary shall prescribe) setting forth—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) the name, address, and TIN of such person,
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) the name, address, and TIN of each recipient
                                                                             of payment in the reportable policy sale,
                                                                                   ‘‘(C) the date of such sale,
                                                                                   ‘‘(D) the name of the issuer of the life insurance con-
                                                                             tract sold and the policy number of such contract, and
                                                                                   ‘‘(E) the amount of each payment.
                                                                             ‘‘(2) STATEMENT TO BE FURNISHED TO PERSONS WITH
                                                                       RESPECT TO WHOM INFORMATION IS REQUIRED.—Every person
                                                                       required to make a return under this subsection shall furnish
                                                                       to each person whose name is required to be set forth in
                                                                       such return a written statement showing—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) the name, address, and phone number of the
                                                                             information contact of the person required to make such
                                                                             return, and
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) the information required to be shown on such
                                                                             return with respect to such person, except that in the
                                                                             case of an issuer of a life insurance contract, such statement
                                                                             is not required to include the information specified in para-
                                                                             graph (1)(E).
                                                                       ‘‘(b) REQUIREMENT OF REPORTING OF SELLER’S BASIS IN LIFE
                                                                   INSURANCE CONTRACTS.—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Upon receipt of the statement required
                                                                       under subsection (a)(2) or upon notice of a transfer of a life
                                                                       insurance contract to a foreign person, each issuer of a life
                                                                       insurance contract shall make a return (at such time and
                                                                       in such manner as the Secretary shall prescribe) setting forth—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) the name, address, and TIN of the seller who
                                                                             transfers any interest in such contract in such sale,
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) the investment in the contract (as defined in sec-
                                                                             tion 72(e)(6)) with respect to such seller, and
                                                                                   ‘‘(C) the policy number of such contract.
                                                                             ‘‘(2) STATEMENT TO BE FURNISHED TO PERSONS WITH
                                                                       RESPECT TO WHOM INFORMATION IS REQUIRED.—Every person
                                                                       required to make a return under this subsection shall furnish
                                                                       to each person whose name is required to be set forth in
                                                                       such return a written statement showing—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) the name, address, and phone number of the
                                                                             information contact of the person required to make such
                                                                             return, and
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) the information required to be shown on such
                                                                             return with respect to each seller whose name is required
                                                                             to be set forth in such return.
                                                                       ‘‘(c) REQUIREMENT OF REPORTING WITH RESPECT TO REPORT-
                                                                   ABLE DEATH BENEFITS.—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Every person who makes a payment
                                                                       of reportable death benefits during any taxable year shall make




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                       a return for such taxable year (at such time and in such
                                                                       manner as the Secretary shall prescribe) setting forth—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00097   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2150                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) the name, address, and TIN of the person making
                                                                                                     such payment,
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) the name, address, and TIN of each recipient
                                                                                                     of such payment,
                                                                                                           ‘‘(C) the date of each such payment,
                                                                                                           ‘‘(D) the gross amount of each such payment, and
                                                                                                           ‘‘(E) such person’s estimate of the investment in the
                                                                                                     contract (as defined in section 72(e)(6)) with respect to
                                                                                                     the buyer.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(2) STATEMENT TO BE FURNISHED TO PERSONS WITH
                                                                                               RESPECT TO WHOM INFORMATION IS REQUIRED.—Every person
                                                                                               required to make a return under this subsection shall furnish
                                                                                               to each person whose name is required to be set forth in
                                                                                               such return a written statement showing—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) the name, address, and phone number of the
                                                                                                     information contact of the person required to make such
                                                                                                     return, and
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) the information required to be shown on such
                                                                                                     return with respect to each recipient of payment whose
                                                                                                     name is required to be set forth in such return.
                                                                                               ‘‘(d) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this section:
                                                                                                     ‘‘(1) PAYMENT.—The term ‘payment’ means, with respect
                                                                                               to any reportable policy sale, the amount of cash and the
                                                                                               fair market value of any consideration transferred in the sale.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(2) REPORTABLE POLICY SALE.—The term ‘reportable policy
                                                                                               sale’ has the meaning given such term in section 101(a)(3)(B).
                                                                                                     ‘‘(3) ISSUER.—The term ‘issuer’ means any life insurance
                                                                                               company that bears the risk with respect to a life insurance
                                                                                               contract on the date any return or statement is required to
                                                                                               be made under this section.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(4) REPORTABLE DEATH BENEFITS.—The term ‘reportable
                                                                                               death benefits’ means amounts paid by reason of the death
                                                                                               of the insured under a life insurance contract that has been
                                                                                               transferred in a reportable policy sale.’’.
                                                                                               (b) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—The table of sections for subpart
                                                                                           B of part III of subchapter A of chapter 61, as amended by section
                                                                   26 USC                  13306, is amended by inserting after the item relating to section
                                                                   prec. 6041.             6050X the following new item:
                                                                                           ‘‘Sec. 6050Y. Returns relating to certain life insurance contract transactions.’’.
                                                                                                  (c) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                   26 USC 6724.                        (1) Subsection (d) of section 6724 is amended—
                                                                                                            (A) by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end of clause (xxiv) of para-
                                                                                                       graph (1)(B), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end of clause (xxv)
                                                                                                       of such paragraph and inserting ‘‘or’’, and by inserting
                                                                                                       after such clause (xxv) the following new clause:
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(xxvi) section 6050Y (relating to returns relating
                                                                                                            to certain life insurance contract transactions), and’’,
                                                                                                            and
                                                                                                            (B) by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end of subparagraph (HH)
                                                                                                       of paragraph (2), by striking the period at the end of
                                                                                                       subparagraph (II) of such paragraph and inserting ‘‘, or’’,
                                                                                                       and by inserting after such subparagraph (II) the following
                                                                                                       new subparagraph:
                                                                                                            ‘‘(JJ) subsection (a)(2), (b)(2), or (c)(2) of section 6050Y




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                       (relating to returns relating to certain life insurance con-
                                                                                                       tract transactions).’’.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00098   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2151

                                                                             (2) Section 6047 is amended—                                                                26 USC 6047.
                                                                                  (A) by redesignating subsection (g) as subsection (h),
                                                                                  (B) by inserting after subsection (f) the following new
                                                                             subsection:
                                                                       ‘‘(g) INFORMATION RELATING TO LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACT
                                                                   TRANSACTIONS.—This section shall not apply to any information
                                                                   which is required to be reported under section 6050Y.’’, and
                                                                                  (C) by adding at the end of subsection (h), as so redesig-
                                                                             nated, the following new paragraph:
                                                                             ‘‘(4) For provisions requiring reporting of information
                                                                       relating to certain life insurance contract transactions, see sec-
                                                                       tion 6050Y.’’.
                                                                       (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 6047
                                                                   shall apply to—                                                                                       note.
                                                                             (1) reportable policy sales (as defined in section 6050Y(d)(2)
                                                                       of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as added by subsection
                                                                       (a)) after December 31, 2017, and
                                                                             (2) reportable death benefits (as defined in section
                                                                       6050Y(d)(4) of such Code (as added by subsection (a)) paid
                                                                       after December 31, 2017.
                                                                   SEC. 13521. CLARIFICATION OF TAX BASIS OF LIFE INSURANCE CON-
                                                                                TRACTS.
                                                                        (a) CLARIFICATION WITH RESPECT TO ADJUSTMENTS.—Para-
                                                                   graph (1) of section 1016(a) is amended by striking subparagraph
                                                                   (A) and all that follows and inserting the following:
                                                                                 ‘‘(A) for—
                                                                                       ‘‘(i) taxes or other carrying charges described in
                                                                                 section 266; or
                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) expenditures described in section 173 (relating
                                                                                 to circulation expenditures),
                                                                            for which deductions have been taken by the taxpayer
                                                                            in determining taxable income for the taxable year or prior
                                                                            taxable years; or
                                                                                 ‘‘(B) for mortality, expense, or other reasonable charges
                                                                            incurred under an annuity or life insurance contract;’’.
                                                                        (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section                                           26 USC 1016
                                                                   shall apply to transactions entered into after August 25, 2009.                                       note.

                                                                   SEC. 13522. EXCEPTION TO TRANSFER FOR VALUABLE CONSIDER-
                                                                                ATION RULES.
                                                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (a) of section 101 is amended
                                                                   by inserting after paragraph (2) the following new paragraph:
                                                                            ‘‘(3) EXCEPTION TO VALUABLE CONSIDERATION RULES FOR
                                                                        COMMERCIAL TRANSFERS.—
                                                                                  ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The second sentence of paragraph
                                                                            (2) shall not apply in the case of a transfer of a life
                                                                            insurance contract, or any interest therein, which is a
                                                                            reportable policy sale.
                                                                                  ‘‘(B) REPORTABLE POLICY SALE.—For purposes of this
                                                                            paragraph, the term ‘reportable policy sale’ means the
                                                                            acquisition of an interest in a life insurance contract,
                                                                            directly or indirectly, if the acquirer has no substantial
                                                                            family, business, or financial relationship with the insured
                                                                            apart from the acquirer’s interest in such life insurance




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                            contract. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term
                                                                            ‘indirectly’ applies to the acquisition of an interest in a




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00099   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2152                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                     partnership, trust, or other entity that holds an interest
                                                                                                     in the life insurance contract.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 101.                  (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Paragraph (1) of section 101(a)
                                                                                           is amended by striking ‘‘paragraph (2)’’ and inserting ‘‘paragraphs
                                                                                           (2) and (3)’’.
                                                                   26 USC 101 note.             (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to transfers after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 13523. MODIFICATION OF DISCOUNTING RULES FOR PROPERTY
                                                                                                        AND CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANIES.
                                                                                                (a) MODIFICATION OF RATE OF INTEREST USED TO DISCOUNT
                                                                                           UNPAID LOSSES.—Paragraph (2) of section 846(c) is amended to
                                                                                           read as follows:
                                                                                                     ‘‘(2) DETERMINATION OF ANNUAL RATE.—The annual rate
                                                                                                determined by the Secretary under this paragraph for any
                                                                                                calendar year shall be a rate determined on the basis of the
                                                                                                corporate bond yield curve (as defined in section 430(h)(2)(D)(i),
                                                                                                determined by substituting ‘60-month period’ for ‘24-month
                                                                                                period’ therein).’’.
                                                                                                (b) MODIFICATION OF COMPUTATIONAL RULES FOR LOSS PAY-
                                                                                           MENT PATTERNS.—Section 846(d)(3) is amended by striking subpara-
                                                                                           graphs (B) through (G) and inserting the following new subpara-
                                                                                           graph:
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) TREATMENT OF CERTAIN LOSSES.—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(i) 3-YEAR LOSS PAYMENT PATTERN.—In the case
                                                                                                           of any line of business not described in subparagraph
                                                                                                           (A)(ii), losses paid after the 1st year following the
                                                                                                           accident year shall be treated as paid equally in the
                                                                                                           2nd and 3rd year following the accident year.
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) 10-YEAR LOSS PAYMENT PATTERN.—
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(I) IN GENERAL.—The period taken into
                                                                                                                 account under subparagraph (A)(ii) shall be
                                                                                                                 extended to the extent required under subclause
                                                                                                                 (II).
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(II) COMPUTATION OF EXTENSION.—The
                                                                                                                 amount of losses which would have been treated
                                                                                                                 as paid in the 10th year after the accident year
                                                                                                                 shall be treated as paid in such 10th year and
                                                                                                                 each subsequent year in an amount equal to the
                                                                                                                 amount of the average of the losses treated as
                                                                                                                 paid in the 7th, 8th, and 9th years after the
                                                                                                                 accident year (or, if lesser, the portion of the
                                                                                                                 unpaid losses not theretofore taken into account).
                                                                                                                 To the extent such unpaid losses have not been
                                                                                                                 treated as paid before the 24th year after the
                                                                                                                 accident year, they shall be treated as paid in
                                                                                                                 such 24th year.’’.
                                                                                                (c) REPEAL OF HISTORICAL PAYMENT PATTERN ELECTION.—Sec-
                                                                                           tion 846, as amended by this Act, is amended by striking subsection
                                                                                           (e) and by redesignating subsections (f) and (g) as subsections
                                                                                           (e) and (f), respectively.
                                                                   26 USC 846 note.             (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                   26 USC 846 note.             (e) TRANSITIONAL RULE.—For the first taxable year beginning
                                                                                           after December 31, 2017—




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                     (1) the unpaid losses and the expenses unpaid (as defined
                                                                                                in paragraphs (5)(B) and (6) of section 832(b) of the Internal




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00100   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2153

                                                                       Revenue Code of 1986) at the end of the preceding taxable
                                                                       year, and
                                                                            (2) the unpaid losses as defined in sections 807(c)(2) and
                                                                       805(a)(1) of such Code at the end of the preceding taxable
                                                                       year,
                                                                   shall be determined as if the amendments made by this section
                                                                   had applied to such unpaid losses and expenses unpaid in the
                                                                   preceding taxable year and by using the interest rate and loss
                                                                   payment patterns applicable to accident years ending with calendar
                                                                   year 2018, and any adjustment shall be taken into account ratably
                                                                   in such first taxable year and the 7 succeeding taxable years.
                                                                   For subsequent taxable years, such amendments shall be applied
                                                                   with respect to such unpaid losses and expenses unpaid by using
                                                                   the interest rate and loss payment patterns applicable to accident
                                                                   years ending with calendar year 2018.

                                                                        Subpart C—Banks and Financial Instruments
                                                                   SEC. 13531. LIMITATION ON DEDUCTION FOR FDIC PREMIUMS.
                                                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 162, as amended by sections 13307,                                       26 USC 162.
                                                                   is amended by redesignating subsection (r) as subsection (s) and
                                                                   by inserting after subsection (q) the following new subsection:
                                                                        ‘‘(r) DISALLOWANCE OF FDIC PREMIUMS PAID BY CERTAIN LARGE
                                                                   FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS.—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—No deduction shall be allowed for the
                                                                        applicable percentage of any FDIC premium paid or incurred
                                                                        by the taxpayer.
                                                                              ‘‘(2) EXCEPTION FOR SMALL INSTITUTIONS.—Paragraph (1)
                                                                        shall not apply to any taxpayer for any taxable year if the
                                                                        total consolidated assets of such taxpayer (determined as of
                                                                        the close of such taxable year) do not exceed $10,000,000,000.
                                                                              ‘‘(3) APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE.—For purposes of this sub-
                                                                        section, the term ‘applicable percentage’ means, with respect
                                                                        to any taxpayer for any taxable year, the ratio (expressed
                                                                        as a percentage but not greater than 100 percent) which—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) the excess of—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) the total consolidated assets of such taxpayer
                                                                                    (determined as of the close of such taxable year), over
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) $10,000,000,000, bears to
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) $40,000,000,000.
                                                                              ‘‘(4) FDIC PREMIUMS.—For purposes of this subsection, the
                                                                        term ‘FDIC premium’ means any assessment imposed under
                                                                        section 7(b) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C.
                                                                        1817(b)).
                                                                              ‘‘(5) TOTAL CONSOLIDATED ASSETS.—For purposes of this
                                                                        subsection, the term ‘total consolidated assets’ has the meaning
                                                                        given such term under section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Wall
                                                                        Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (12 U.S.C. 5365).
                                                                              ‘‘(6) AGGREGATION RULE.—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Members of an expanded affiliated
                                                                              group shall be treated as a single taxpayer for purposes
                                                                              of applying this subsection.
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) EXPANDED AFFILIATED GROUP.—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this paragraph,




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                    the term ‘expanded affiliated group’ means an affiliated
                                                                                    group as defined in section 1504(a), determined—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00101   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2154                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                                  ‘‘(I) by substituting ‘more than 50 percent’ for
                                                                                                            ‘at least 80 percent’ each place it appears, and
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(II) without regard to paragraphs (2) and (3)
                                                                                                            of section 1504(b).
                                                                                                            ‘‘(ii) CONTROL OF NON-CORPORATE ENTITIES.—A
                                                                                                       partnership or any other entity (other than a corpora-
                                                                                                       tion) shall be treated as a member of an expanded
                                                                                                       affiliated group if such entity is controlled (within the
                                                                                                       meaning of section 954(d)(3)) by members of such group
                                                                                                       (including any entity treated as a member of such
                                                                                                       group by reason of this clause).’’.
                                                                   26 USC 162 note.            (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 13532. REPEAL OF ADVANCE REFUNDING BONDS.
                                                                   26 USC 149.                  (a) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (1) of section 149(d) is amended
                                                                                           by striking ‘‘as part of an issue described in paragraph (2), (3),
                                                                                           or (4).’’ and inserting ‘‘to advance refund another bond.’’.
                                                                                                (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                                                      (1) Section 149(d) is amended by striking paragraphs (2),
                                                                                                (3), (4), and (6) and by redesignating paragraphs (5) and (7)
                                                                                                as paragraphs (2) and (3).
                                                                                                      (2) Section 148(f)(4)(C) is amended by striking clause (xiv)
                                                                                                and by redesignating clauses (xv) to (xvii) as clauses (xiv)
                                                                                                to (xvi).
                                                                   26 USC 148 note.             (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to advance refunding bonds issued after December 31,
                                                                                           2017.

                                                                                                                  Subpart D—S Corporations
                                                                                           SEC. 13541. EXPANSION OF QUALIFYING BENEFICIARIES OF AN
                                                                                                       ELECTING SMALL BUSINESS TRUST.
                                                                                                (a) NO LOOK-THROUGH FOR ELIGIBILITY PURPOSES.—Section
                                                                                           1361(c)(2)(B)(v) is amended by adding at the end the following
                                                                                           new sentence: ‘‘This clause shall not apply for purposes of subsection
                                                                                           (b)(1)(C).’’.
                                                                   26 USC 1361                  (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section
                                                                   note.                   shall take effect on January 1, 2018.
                                                                                           SEC. 13542. CHARITABLE CONTRIBUTION DEDUCTION FOR ELECTING
                                                                                                        SMALL BUSINESS TRUSTS.
                                                                                               (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 641(c)(2) is amended by inserting
                                                                                           after subparagraph (D) the following new subparagraph:
                                                                                                         ‘‘(E)(i) Section 642(c) shall not apply.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) For purposes of section 170(b)(1)(G), adjusted gross
                                                                                                    income shall be computed in the same manner as in the
                                                                                                    case of an individual, except that the deductions for costs
                                                                                                    which are paid or incurred in connection with the adminis-
                                                                                                    tration of the trust and which would not have been incurred
                                                                                                    if the property were not held in such trust shall be treated
                                                                                                    as allowable in arriving at adjusted gross income.’’.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                   26 USC 641 note.             (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00102   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2155
                                                                   SEC. 13543. MODIFICATION OF TREATMENT OF S CORPORATION
                                                                               CONVERSIONS TO C CORPORATIONS.
                                                                      (a) ADJUSTMENTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO CONVERSION FROM S COR-
                                                                   PORATION TO C CORPORATION.—Section 481 is amended by adding                                           26 USC 481.
                                                                   at the end the following new subsection:
                                                                        ‘‘(d) ADJUSTMENTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO CONVERSION FROM S COR-
                                                                   PORATION TO C CORPORATION.—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In the case of an eligible terminated
                                                                        S corporation, any adjustment required by subsection (a)(2)
                                                                        which is attributable to such corporation’s revocation described
                                                                        in paragraph (2)(A)(ii) shall be taken into account ratably
                                                                        during the 6-taxable year period beginning with the year of
                                                                        change.
                                                                              ‘‘(2) ELIGIBLE TERMINATED S CORPORATION.—For purposes
                                                                        of this subsection, the term ‘eligible terminated S corporation’
                                                                        means any C corporation—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) which—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) was an S corporation on the day before the
                                                                                    date of the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act,
                                                                                    and
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) during the 2-year period beginning on the
                                                                                    date of such enactment makes a revocation of its elec-
                                                                                    tion under section 1362(a), and
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) the owners of the stock of which, determined on
                                                                              the date such revocation is made, are the same owners
                                                                              (and in identical proportions) as on the date of such enact-
                                                                              ment.’’.
                                                                        (b) CASH DISTRIBUTIONS FOLLOWING POST-TERMINATION TRANSI-
                                                                   TION PERIOD FROM S CORPORATION STATUS.—Section 1371 is
                                                                   amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:
                                                                        ‘‘(f) CASH DISTRIBUTIONS FOLLOWING POST-TERMINATION
                                                                   TRANSITION PERIOD.—In the case of a distribution of money by
                                                                   an eligible terminated S corporation (as defined in section 481(d))
                                                                   after the post-termination transition period, the accumulated adjust-
                                                                   ments account shall be allocated to such distribution, and the
                                                                   distribution shall be chargeable to accumulated earnings and
                                                                   profits, in the same ratio as the amount of such accumulated
                                                                   adjustments account bears to the amount of such accumulated
                                                                   earnings and profits.’’.
                                                                                            PART VII—EMPLOYMENT
                                                                                             Subpart A—Compensation
                                                                   SEC. 13601. MODIFICATION OF LIMITATION ON EXCESSIVE EMPLOYEE
                                                                                REMUNERATION.
                                                                      (a) REPEAL OF PERFORMANCE-BASED COMPENSATION AND
                                                                   COMMISSION EXCEPTIONS FOR LIMITATION ON EXCESSIVE EMPLOYEE
                                                                   REMUNERATION.—
                                                                           (1) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (4) of section 162(m) is
                                                                      amended by striking subparagraphs (B) and (C) and by redesig-
                                                                      nating subparagraphs (D), (E), (F), and (G) as subparagraphs
                                                                      (B), (C), (D), and (E), respectively.
                                                                           (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                                 (A) Paragraphs (5)(E) and (6)(D) of section 162(m) are




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                           each amended by striking ‘‘subparagraphs (B), (C), and
                                                                           (D)’’ and inserting ‘‘subparagraph (B)’’.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00103   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2156                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                            (B) Paragraphs (5)(G) and (6)(G) of section 162(m) are
                                                                                                      each amended by striking ‘‘(F) and (G)’’ and inserting ‘‘(D)
                                                                                                      and (E)’’.
                                                                                                (b) MODIFICATION OF DEFINITION OF COVERED EMPLOYEES.—
                                                                   26 USC 162.             Paragraph (3) of section 162(m) is amended—
                                                                                                      (1) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘as of the close of
                                                                                                the taxable year, such employee is the chief executive officer
                                                                                                of the taxpayer or is’’ and inserting ‘‘such employee is the
                                                                                                principal executive officer or principal financial officer of the
                                                                                                taxpayer at any time during the taxable year, or was’’,
                                                                                                      (2) in subparagraph (B)—
                                                                                                            (A) by striking ‘‘4’’ and inserting ‘‘3’’, and
                                                                                                            (B) by striking ‘‘(other than the chief executive officer)’’
                                                                                                      and inserting ‘‘(other than any individual described in
                                                                                                      subparagraph (A))’’, and
                                                                                                      (3) by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end of subparagraph (A), by
                                                                                                striking the period at the end of subparagraph (B) and inserting
                                                                                                ‘‘, or’’, and by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                            ‘‘(C) was a covered employee of the taxpayer (or any
                                                                                                      predecessor) for any preceding taxable year beginning after
                                                                                                      December 31, 2016.’’.
                                                                                                (c) EXPANSION OF APPLICABLE EMPLOYER.—
                                                                                                      (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 162(m)(2) is amended to read
                                                                                                as follows:
                                                                                                      ‘‘(2) PUBLICLY HELD CORPORATION.—For purposes of this
                                                                                                subsection, the term ‘publicly held corporation’ means any cor-
                                                                                                poration which is an issuer (as defined in section 3 of the
                                                                                                Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c))—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) the securities of which are required to be reg-
                                                                                                      istered under section 12 of such Act (15 U.S.C. 78l), or
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) that is required to file reports under section 15(d)
                                                                                                      of such Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)).’’.
                                                                                                      (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section 162(m)(3), as
                                                                                                amended by subsection (b), is amended by adding at the end
                                                                                                the following flush sentence:
                                                                                                      ‘‘Such term shall include any employee who would be
                                                                                                described in subparagraph (B) if the reporting described in
                                                                                                such subparagraph were required as so described.’’.
                                                                                                (d) SPECIAL RULE FOR REMUNERATION PAID TO BENEFICIARIES,
                                                                                           ETC.—Paragraph (4) of section 162(m), as amended by subsection
                                                                                           (a), is amended by adding at the end the following new subpara-
                                                                                           graph:
                                                                                                            ‘‘(F) SPECIAL RULE FOR REMUNERATION PAID TO BENE-
                                                                                                      FICIARIES, ETC.—Remuneration shall not fail to be
                                                                                                      applicable employee remuneration merely because it is
                                                                                                      includible in the income of, or paid to, a person other
                                                                                                      than the covered employee, including after the death of
                                                                                                      the covered employee.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 162 note.             (e) EFFECTIVE DATE.—
                                                                                                      (1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in paragraph (2), the
                                                                                                amendments made by this section shall apply to taxable years
                                                                                                beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                                      (2) EXCEPTION FOR BINDING CONTRACTS.—The amendments
                                                                                                made by this section shall not apply to remuneration which
                                                                                                is provided pursuant to a written binding contract which was




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                in effect on November 2, 2017, and which was not modified
                                                                                                in any material respect on or after such date.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00104   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2157
                                                                   SEC. 13602. EXCISE TAX ON EXCESS TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATION
                                                                               EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Subchapter D of chapter 42 is amended by
                                                                   adding at the end the following new section:
                                                                   ‘‘SEC. 4960. TAX ON EXCESS TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATION EXECUTIVE                                          26 USC 4960
                                                                                 COMPENSATION.                                                                           note.

                                                                        ‘‘(a) TAX IMPOSED.—There is hereby imposed a tax equal to
                                                                   the product of the rate of tax under section 11 and the sum of—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) so much of the remuneration paid (other than any
                                                                        excess parachute payment) by an applicable tax-exempt
                                                                        organization for the taxable year with respect to employment
                                                                        of any covered employee in excess of $1,000,000, plus
                                                                              ‘‘(2) any excess parachute payment paid by such an
                                                                        organization to any covered employee.
                                                                   For purposes of the preceding sentence, remuneration shall be
                                                                   treated as paid when there is no substantial risk of forfeiture
                                                                   (within the meaning of section 457(f)(3)(B)) of the rights to such
                                                                   remuneration.
                                                                        ‘‘(b) LIABILITY FOR TAX.—The employer shall be liable for the
                                                                   tax imposed under subsection (a).
                                                                        ‘‘(c) DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES.—For purposes of this
                                                                   section—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) APPLICABLE TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATION.—The term
                                                                        ‘applicable tax-exempt organization’ means any organization
                                                                        which for the taxable year—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) is exempt from taxation under section 501(a),
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) is a farmers’ cooperative organization described
                                                                              in section 521(b)(1),
                                                                                    ‘‘(C) has income excluded from taxation under section
                                                                              115(1), or
                                                                                    ‘‘(D) is a political organization described in section
                                                                              527(e)(1).
                                                                              ‘‘(2) COVERED EMPLOYEE.—For purposes of this section, the
                                                                        term ‘covered employee’ means any employee (including any
                                                                        former employee) of an applicable tax-exempt organization if
                                                                        the employee—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) is one of the 5 highest compensated employees
                                                                              of the organization for the taxable year, or
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) was a covered employee of the organization (or
                                                                              any predecessor) for any preceding taxable year beginning
                                                                              after December 31, 2016.
                                                                              ‘‘(3) REMUNERATION.—For purposes of this section:
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘remuneration’ means
                                                                              wages (as defined in section 3401(a)), except that such
                                                                              term shall not include any designated Roth contribution
                                                                              (as defined in section 402A(c)) and shall include amounts
                                                                              required to be included in gross income under section 457(f).
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) EXCEPTION FOR REMUNERATION FOR MEDICAL SERV-
                                                                              ICES.—The term ‘remuneration’ shall not include the por-
                                                                              tion of any remuneration paid to a licensed medical profes-
                                                                              sional (including a veterinarian) which is for the perform-
                                                                              ance of medical or veterinary services by such professional.
                                                                              ‘‘(4) REMUNERATION FROM RELATED ORGANIZATIONS.—




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Remuneration of a covered employee
                                                                              by an applicable tax-exempt organization shall include any




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00105   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2158                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                      remuneration paid with respect to employment of such
                                                                                                      employee by any related person or governmental entity.
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) RELATED ORGANIZATIONS.—A person or govern-
                                                                                                      mental entity shall be treated as related to an applicable
                                                                                                      tax-exempt organization if such person or governmental
                                                                                                      entity—
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) controls, or is controlled by, the organization,
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) is controlled by one or more persons which
                                                                                                            control the organization,
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(iii) is a supported organization (as defined in
                                                                                                            section 509(f)(3)) during the taxable year with respect
                                                                                                            to the organization,
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(iv) is a supporting organization described in sec-
                                                                                                            tion 509(a)(3) during the taxable year with respect
                                                                                                            to the organization, or
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(v) in the case of an organization which is a
                                                                                                            voluntary employees’ beneficiary association described
                                                                                                            in section 501(c)(9), establishes, maintains, or makes
                                                                                                            contributions to such voluntary employees’ beneficiary
                                                                                                            association.
                                                                                                            ‘‘(C) LIABILITY FOR TAX.—In any case in which remu-
                                                                                                      neration from more than one employer is taken into account
                                                                                                      under this paragraph in determining the tax imposed by
                                                                                                      subsection (a), each such employer shall be liable for such
                                                                                                      tax in an amount which bears the same ratio to the total
                                                                                                      tax determined under subsection (a) with respect to such
                                                                                                      remuneration as—
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) the amount of remuneration paid by such
                                                                                                            employer with respect to such employee, bears to
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) the amount of remuneration paid by all such
                                                                                                            employers to such employee.
                                                                                                      ‘‘(5) EXCESS PARACHUTE PAYMENT.—For purposes of deter-
                                                                                                  mining the tax imposed by subsection (a)(2)—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘excess parachute pay-
                                                                                                      ment’ means an amount equal to the excess of any para-
                                                                                                      chute payment over the portion of the base amount allo-
                                                                                                      cated to such payment.
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) PARACHUTE PAYMENT.—The term ‘parachute pay-
                                                                                                      ment’ means any payment in the nature of compensation
                                                                                                      to (or for the benefit of) a covered employee if—
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) such payment is contingent on such employee’s
                                                                                                            separation from employment with the employer, and
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) the aggregate present value of the payments
                                                                                                            in the nature of compensation to (or for the benefit
                                                                                                            of) such individual which are contingent on such sepa-
                                                                                                            ration equals or exceeds an amount equal to 3 times
                                                                                                            the base amount.
                                                                                                            ‘‘(C) EXCEPTION.—Such term does not include any pay-
                                                                                                      ment—
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) described in section 280G(b)(6) (relating to
                                                                                                            exemption for payments under qualified plans),
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) made under or to an annuity contract
                                                                                                            described in section 403(b) or a plan described in sec-
                                                                                                            tion 457(b),




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(iii) to a licensed medical professional (including
                                                                                                            a veterinarian) to the extent that such payment is




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00106   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2159

                                                                                   for the performance of medical or veterinary services
                                                                                   by such professional, or
                                                                                        ‘‘(iv) to an individual who is not a highly com-
                                                                                   pensated employee as defined in section 414(q).
                                                                                   ‘‘(D) BASE AMOUNT.—Rules similar to the rules of
                                                                             280G(b)(3) shall apply for purposes of determining the base
                                                                             amount.
                                                                                   ‘‘(E) PROPERTY TRANSFERS; PRESENT VALUE.—Rules
                                                                             similar to the rules of paragraphs (3) and (4) of section
                                                                             280G(d) shall apply.
                                                                             ‘‘(6) COORDINATION WITH DEDUCTION LIMITATION.—Remu-
                                                                       neration the deduction for which is not allowed by reason
                                                                       of section 162(m) shall not be taken into account for purposes
                                                                       of this section.
                                                                       ‘‘(d) REGULATIONS.—The Secretary shall prescribe such regula-
                                                                   tions as may be necessary to prevent avoidance of the tax under
                                                                   this section, including regulations to prevent avoidance of such
                                                                   tax through the performance of services other than as an employee
                                                                   or by providing compensation through a pass-through or other
                                                                   entity to avoid such tax.’’.
                                                                       (b) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—The table of sections for subchapter
                                                                   D of chapter 42 is amended by adding at the end the following                                         26 USC
                                                                   new item:                                                                                             prec. 4958.

                                                                   ‘‘Sec. 4960. Tax on excess tax-exempt organization executive compensation.’’.
                                                                       (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 4960
                                                                   shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.                                       note.

                                                                   SEC. 13603. TREATMENT OF QUALIFIED EQUITY GRANTS.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 83 is amended by adding at the                                            26 USC 83.
                                                                   end the following new subsection:
                                                                       ‘‘(i) QUALIFIED EQUITY GRANTS.—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this subtitle—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) TIMING OF INCLUSION.—If qualified stock is trans-
                                                                             ferred to a qualified employee who makes an election with
                                                                             respect to such stock under this subsection, subsection
                                                                             (a) shall be applied by including the amount determined
                                                                             under such subsection with respect to such stock in income
                                                                             of the employee in the taxable year determined under
                                                                             subparagraph (B) in lieu of the taxable year described
                                                                             in subsection (a).
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) TAXABLE YEAR DETERMINED.—The taxable year
                                                                             determined under this subparagraph is the taxable year
                                                                             of the employee which includes the earliest of—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) the first date such qualified stock becomes
                                                                                   transferable (including, solely for purposes of this
                                                                                   clause, becoming transferable to the employer),
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) the date the employee first becomes an
                                                                                   excluded employee,
                                                                                         ‘‘(iii) the first date on which any stock of the cor-
                                                                                   poration which issued the qualified stock becomes
                                                                                   readily tradable on an established securities market
                                                                                   (as determined by the Secretary, but not including
                                                                                   any market unless such market is recognized as an
                                                                                   established securities market by the Secretary for pur-




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                   poses of a provision of this title other than this sub-
                                                                                   section),




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00107   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2160                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                                   ‘‘(iv) the date that is 5 years after the first date
                                                                                                             the rights of the employee in such stock are transfer-
                                                                                                             able or are not subject to a substantial risk of for-
                                                                                                             feiture, whichever occurs earlier, or
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(v) the date on which the employee revokes (at
                                                                                                             such time and in such manner as the Secretary pro-
                                                                                                             vides) the election under this subsection with respect
                                                                                                             to such stock.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(2) QUALIFIED STOCK.—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this subsection, the
                                                                                                       term ‘qualified stock’ means, with respect to any qualified
                                                                                                       employee, any stock in a corporation which is the employer
                                                                                                       of such employee, if—
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(i) such stock is received—
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(I) in connection with the exercise of an
                                                                                                                   option, or
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(II) in settlement of a restricted stock unit,
                                                                                                                   and
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) such option or restricted stock unit was
                                                                                                             granted by the corporation—
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(I) in connection with the performance of serv-
                                                                                                                   ices as an employee, and
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(II) during a calendar year in which such
                                                                                                                   corporation was an eligible corporation.
                                                                                                             ‘‘(B) LIMITATION.—The term ‘qualified stock’ shall not
                                                                                                       include any stock if the employee may sell such stock
                                                                                                       to, or otherwise receive cash in lieu of stock from, the
                                                                                                       corporation at the time that the rights of the employee
                                                                                                       in such stock first become transferable or not subject to
                                                                                                       a substantial risk of forfeiture.
                                                                                                             ‘‘(C) ELIGIBLE CORPORATION.—For purposes of subpara-
                                                                                                       graph (A)(ii)(II)—
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘eligible corporation’
                                                                                                             means, with respect to any calendar year, any corpora-
                                                                                                             tion if—
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(I) no stock of such corporation (or any prede-
                                                                                                                   cessor of such corporation) is readily tradable on
                                                                                                                   an established securities market (as determined
                                                                                                                   under paragraph (1)(B)(iii)) during any preceding
                                                                                                                   calendar year, and
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(II) such corporation has a written plan under
                                                                                                                   which, in such calendar year, not less than 80
                                                                                                                   percent of all employees who provide services to
                                                                                                                   such corporation in the United States (or any
                                                                                                                   possession of the United States) are granted stock
                                                                                                                   options, or are granted restricted stock units, with
                                                                                                                   the same rights and privileges to receive qualified
                                                                                                                   stock.
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) SAME RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES.—For purposes
                                                                                                             of clause (i)(II)—
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(I) except as provided in subclauses (II) and
                                                                                                                   (III), the determination of rights and privileges
                                                                                                                   with respect to stock shall be made in a similar
                                                                                                                   manner as under section 423(b)(5),
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(II) employees shall not fail to be treated




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                                   as having the same rights and privileges to receive
                                                                                                                   qualified stock solely because the number of shares




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00108   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2161

                                                                                          available to all employees is not equal in amount,
                                                                                          so long as the number of shares available to each
                                                                                          employee is more than a de minimis amount, and
                                                                                                 ‘‘(III) rights and privileges with respect to the
                                                                                          exercise of an option shall not be treated as the
                                                                                          same as rights and privileges with respect to the
                                                                                          settlement of a restricted stock unit.
                                                                                          ‘‘(iii) EMPLOYEE.—For purposes of clause (i)(II), the
                                                                                    term ‘employee’ shall not include any employee
                                                                                    described in section 4980E(d)(4) or any excluded
                                                                                    employee.
                                                                                          ‘‘(iv) SPECIAL RULE FOR CALENDAR YEARS BEFORE
                                                                                    2018.—In the case of any calendar year beginning before
                                                                                    January 1, 2018, clause (i)(II) shall be applied without
                                                                                    regard to whether the rights and privileges with
                                                                                    respect to the qualified stock are the same.
                                                                              ‘‘(3) QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE; EXCLUDED EMPLOYEE.—For pur-
                                                                          poses of this subsection—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘qualified employee’ means
                                                                              any individual who—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) is not an excluded employee, and
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) agrees in the election made under this sub-
                                                                                    section to meet such requirements as are determined
                                                                                    by the Secretary to be necessary to ensure that the
                                                                                    withholding requirements of the corporation under
                                                                                    chapter 24 with respect to the qualified stock are met.
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) EXCLUDED EMPLOYEE.—The term ‘excluded
                                                                              employee’ means, with respect to any corporation, any indi-
                                                                              vidual—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) who is a 1-percent owner (within the meaning
                                                                                    of section 416(i)(1)(B)(ii)) at any time during the cal-
                                                                                    endar year or who was such a 1 percent owner at
                                                                                    any time during the 10 preceding calendar years,
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) who is or has been at any prior time—
                                                                                                 ‘‘(I) the chief executive officer of such corpora-
                                                                                          tion or an individual acting in such a capacity,
                                                                                          or
                                                                                                 ‘‘(II) the chief financial officer of such corpora-
                                                                                          tion or an individual acting in such a capacity,
                                                                                          ‘‘(iii) who bears a relationship described in section
                                                                                    318(a)(1) to any individual described in subclause (I)
                                                                                    or (II) of clause (ii), or
                                                                                          ‘‘(iv) who is one of the 4 highest compensated offi-
                                                                                    cers of such corporation for the taxable year, or was
                                                                                    one of the 4 highest compensated officers of such cor-
                                                                                    poration for any of the 10 preceding taxable years,
                                                                                    determined with respect to each such taxable year
                                                                                    on the basis of the shareholder disclosure rules for
                                                                                    compensation under the Securities Exchange Act of
                                                                                    1934 (as if such rules applied to such corporation).
                                                                              ‘‘(4) ELECTION.—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) TIME FOR MAKING ELECTION.—An election with
                                                                              respect to qualified stock shall be made under this sub-
                                                                              section no later than 30 days after the first date the rights
                                                                              of the employee in such stock are transferable or are not




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                              subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, whichever occurs
                                                                              earlier, and shall be made in a manner similar to the




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00109   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2162                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                       manner in which an election is made under subsection
                                                                                                       (b).
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) LIMITATIONS.—No election may be made under
                                                                                                       this section with respect to any qualified stock if—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(i) the qualified employee has made an election
                                                                                                            under subsection (b) with respect to such qualified
                                                                                                            stock,
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) any stock of the corporation which issued the
                                                                                                            qualified stock is readily tradable on an established
                                                                                                            securities market (as determined under paragraph
                                                                                                            (1)(B)(iii)) at any time before the election is made,
                                                                                                            or
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(iii) such corporation purchased any of its out-
                                                                                                            standing stock in the calendar year preceding the cal-
                                                                                                            endar year which includes the first date the rights
                                                                                                            of the employee in such stock are transferable or are
                                                                                                            not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, unless—
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(I) not less than 25 percent of the total dollar
                                                                                                                 amount of the stock so purchased is deferral stock,
                                                                                                                 and
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(II) the determination of which individuals
                                                                                                                 from whom deferral stock is purchased is made
                                                                                                                 on a reasonable basis.
                                                                                                            ‘‘(C) DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES RELATED TO
                                                                                                       LIMITATION ON STOCK REDEMPTIONS.—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(i) DEFERRAL STOCK.—For purposes of this para-
                                                                                                            graph, the term ‘deferral stock’ means stock with
                                                                                                            respect to which an election is in effect under this
                                                                                                            subsection.
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) DEFERRAL STOCK WITH RESPECT TO ANY INDI-
                                                                                                              VIDUAL NOT TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT IF INDIVIDUAL HOLDS
                                                                                                              DEFERRAL STOCK WITH LONGER DEFERRAL PERIOD.—
                                                                                                             Stock purchased by a corporation from any individual
                                                                                                             shall not be treated as deferral stock for purposes
                                                                                                             of subparagraph (B)(iii) if such individual (immediately
                                                                                                             after such purchase) holds any deferral stock with
                                                                                                             respect to which an election has been in effect under
                                                                                                             this subsection for a longer period than the election
                                                                                                             with respect to the stock so purchased.
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(iii) PURCHASE OF ALL OUTSTANDING DEFERRAL
                                                                                                             STOCK.—The requirements of subclauses (I) and (II)
                                                                                                             of subparagraph (B)(iii) shall be treated as met if the
                                                                                                             stock so purchased includes all of the corporation’s
                                                                                                             outstanding deferral stock.
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(iv) REPORTING.—Any corporation which has out-
                                                                                                             standing deferral stock as of the beginning of any
                                                                                                             calendar year and which purchases any of its out-
                                                                                                             standing stock during such calendar year shall include
                                                                                                             on its return of tax for the taxable year in which,
                                                                                                             or with which, such calendar year ends the total dollar
                                                                                                             amount of its outstanding stock so purchased during
                                                                                                             such calendar year and such other information as the
                                                                                                             Secretary requires for purposes of administering this
                                                                                                             paragraph.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(5) CONTROLLED GROUPS.—For purposes of this subsection,




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                  all persons treated as a single employer under section 414(b)
                                                                                                  shall be treated as 1 corporation.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00110   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2163

                                                                             ‘‘(6) NOTICE REQUIREMENT.—Any corporation which trans-
                                                                       fers qualified stock to a qualified employee shall, at the time
                                                                       that (or a reasonable period before) an amount attributable
                                                                       to such stock would (but for this subsection) first be includible
                                                                       in the gross income of such employee—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) certify to such employee that such stock is quali-
                                                                             fied stock, and
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) notify such employee—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) that the employee may be eligible to elect
                                                                                   to defer income on such stock under this subsection,
                                                                                   and
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) that, if the employee makes such an election—
                                                                                                ‘‘(I) the amount of income recognized at the
                                                                                         end of the deferral period will be based on the
                                                                                         value of the stock at the time at which the rights
                                                                                         of the employee in such stock first become transfer-
                                                                                         able or not subject to substantial risk of forfeiture,
                                                                                         notwithstanding whether the value of the stock
                                                                                         has declined during the deferral period,
                                                                                                ‘‘(II) the amount of such income recognized
                                                                                         at the end of the deferral period will be subject
                                                                                         to withholding under section 3401(i) at the rate
                                                                                         determined under section 3402(t), and
                                                                                                ‘‘(III) the responsibilities of the employee (as
                                                                                         determined by the Secretary under paragraph
                                                                                         (3)(A)(ii)) with respect to such withholding.
                                                                             ‘‘(7) RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.—This section (other than
                                                                       this subsection), including any election under subsection (b),
                                                                       shall not apply to restricted stock units.’’.
                                                                       (b) WITHHOLDING.—
                                                                             (1) TIME OF WITHHOLDING.—Section 3401 is amended by                                         26 USC 3401.
                                                                       adding at the end the following new subsection:
                                                                       ‘‘(i) QUALIFIED STOCK FOR WHICH AN ELECTION IS IN EFFECT
                                                                   UNDER SECTION 83(I).—For purposes of subsection (a), qualified
                                                                   stock (as defined in section 83(i)) with respect to which an election
                                                                   is made under section 83(i) shall be treated as wages—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) received on the earliest date described in section
                                                                       83(i)(1)(B), and
                                                                             ‘‘(2) in an amount equal to the amount included in income
                                                                       under section 83 for the taxable year which includes such
                                                                       date.’’.
                                                                             (2) AMOUNT OF WITHHOLDING.—Section 3402 is amended
                                                                       by adding at the end the following new subsection:
                                                                       ‘‘(t) RATE OF WITHHOLDING FOR CERTAIN STOCK.—In the case
                                                                   of any qualified stock (as defined in section 83(i)(2)) with respect
                                                                   to which an election is made under section 83(i)—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) the rate of tax under subsection (a) shall not be less
                                                                       than the maximum rate of tax in effect under section 1, and
                                                                             ‘‘(2) such stock shall be treated for purposes of section
                                                                       3501(b) in the same manner as a non-cash fringe benefit.’’.
                                                                       (c) COORDINATION WITH OTHER DEFERRED COMPENSATION
                                                                   RULES.—
                                                                             (1) ELECTION TO APPLY DEFERRAL TO STATUTORY OPTIONS.—
                                                                                   (A) INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS.—Section 422(b) is




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                             amended by adding at the end the following: ‘‘Such term
                                                                             shall not include any option if an election is made under




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00111   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2164                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                      section 83(i) with respect to the stock received in connection
                                                                                                      with the exercise of such option.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 423.                              (B) EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLANS.—Section 423
                                                                                                      is amended—
                                                                                                                 (i) in subsection (b)(5), by striking ‘‘and’’ before
                                                                                                            ‘‘the plan’’ and by inserting ‘‘, and the rules of section
                                                                                                            83(i) shall apply in determining which employees have
                                                                                                            a right to make an election under such section’’ before
                                                                                                            the semicolon at the end, and
                                                                                                                 (ii) by adding at the end the following new sub-
                                                                                                            section:
                                                                                                ‘‘(d) COORDINATION WITH QUALIFIED EQUITY GRANTS.—An
                                                                                           option for which an election is made under section 83(i) with respect
                                                                                           to the stock received in connection with its exercise shall not be
                                                                                           considered as granted pursuant an employee stock purchase plan.’’.
                                                                                                      (2) EXCLUSION FROM DEFINITION OF NONQUALIFIED
                                                                                                DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN.—Subsection (d) of section 409A
                                                                                                is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                                                      ‘‘(7) TREATMENT OF QUALIFIED STOCK.—An arrangement
                                                                                                under which an employee may receive qualified stock (as
                                                                                                defined in section 83(i)(2)) shall not be treated as a nonqualified
                                                                                                deferred compensation plan with respect to such employee
                                                                                                solely because of such employee’s election, or ability to make
                                                                                                an election, to defer recognition of income under section 83(i).’’.
                                                                                                (d) INFORMATION REPORTING.—Section 6051(a) is amended by
                                                                                           striking ‘‘and’’ at the end of paragraph (14)(B), by striking the
                                                                                           period at the end of paragraph (15) and inserting a comma, and
                                                                                           by inserting after paragraph (15) the following new paragraphs:
                                                                                                      ‘‘(16) the amount includible in gross income under subpara-
                                                                                                graph (A) of section 83(i)(1) with respect to an event described
                                                                                                in subparagraph (B) of such section which occurs in such cal-
                                                                                                endar year, and
                                                                                                      ‘‘(17) the aggregate amount of income which is being
                                                                                                deferred pursuant to elections under section 83(i), determined
                                                                                                as of the close of the calendar year.’’.
                                                                                                (e) PENALTY FOR FAILURE OF EMPLOYER TO PROVIDE NOTICE
                                                                                           OF TAX CONSEQUENCES.—Section 6652 is amended by adding at
                                                                                           the end the following new subsection:
                                                                                                ‘‘(p) FAILURE TO PROVIDE NOTICE UNDER SECTION 83(I).—In
                                                                                           the case of each failure to provide a notice as required by section
                                                                                           83(i)(6), at the time prescribed therefor, unless it is shown that
                                                                                           such failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect,
                                                                                           there shall be paid, on notice and demand of the Secretary and
                                                                                           in the same manner as tax, by the person failing to provide such
                                                                                           notice, an amount equal to $100 for each such failure, but the
                                                                                           total amount imposed on such person for all such failures during
                                                                                           any calendar year shall not exceed $50,000.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 83 note.              (f) EFFECTIVE DATES.—
                                                                                                      (1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in paragraph (2), the
                                                                                                amendments made by this section shall apply to stock attrib-
                                                                                                utable to options exercised, or restricted stock units settled,
                                                                                                after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                                      (2) REQUIREMENT TO PROVIDE NOTICE.—The amendments
                                                                                                made by subsection (e) shall apply to failures after December
                                                                                                31, 2017.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                   26 USC 83 note.              (g) TRANSITION RULE.—Until such time as the Secretary (or
                                                                                           the Secretary’s delegate) issues regulations or other guidance for




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00112   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2165

                                                                   purposes of implementing the requirements of paragraph (2)(C)(i)(II)
                                                                   of section 83(i) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as added
                                                                   by this section), or the requirements of paragraph (6) of such
                                                                   section, a corporation shall be treated as being in compliance with
                                                                   such requirements (respectively) if such corporation complies with
                                                                   a reasonable good faith interpretation of such requirements.
                                                                   SEC. 13604. INCREASE IN EXCISE TAX RATE FOR STOCK COMPENSA-
                                                                                 TION OF INSIDERS IN EXPATRIATED CORPORATIONS.
                                                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 4985(a)(1) is amended by striking                                        26 USC 4985.
                                                                   ‘‘section 1(h)(1)(C)’’ and inserting ‘‘section 1(h)(1)(D)’’.
                                                                        (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section                                           26 USC 4985
                                                                   shall apply to corporations first becoming expatriated corporations                                   note.
                                                                   (as defined in section 4985 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986)
                                                                   after the date of enactment of this Act.
                                                                                         Subpart B—Retirement Plans
                                                                   SEC. 13611. REPEAL OF SPECIAL RULE PERMITTING RECHARACTER-
                                                                                IZATION OF ROTH CONVERSIONS.
                                                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 408A(d)(6)(B) is amended by adding
                                                                   at the end the following new clause:
                                                                                     ‘‘(iii) CONVERSIONS.—Subparagraph (A) shall not
                                                                                apply in the case of a qualified rollover contribution
                                                                                to which subsection (d)(3) applies (including by reason
                                                                                of subparagraph (C) thereof).’’.
                                                                        (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                          26 USC 408A
                                                                   shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.                                       note.
                                                                   SEC. 13612. MODIFICATION OF RULES APPLICABLE TO LENGTH OF
                                                                                SERVICE AWARD PLANS.
                                                                        (a) MAXIMUM DEFERRAL AMOUNT.—Clause (ii) of section
                                                                   457(e)(11)(B) is amended by striking ‘‘$3,000’’ and inserting
                                                                   ‘‘$6,000’’.
                                                                        (b) COST OF LIVING ADJUSTMENT.—Subparagraph (B) of section
                                                                   457(e)(11) is amended by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                     ‘‘(iii) COST OF LIVING ADJUSTMENT.—In the case
                                                                                 of taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017,
                                                                                 the Secretary shall adjust the $6,000 amount under
                                                                                 clause (ii) at the same time and in the same manner
                                                                                 as under section 415(d), except that the base period
                                                                                 shall be the calendar quarter beginning July 1, 2016,
                                                                                 and any increase under this paragraph that is not
                                                                                 a multiple of $500 shall be rounded to the next lowest
                                                                                 multiple of $500.’’.
                                                                        (c) APPLICATION OF LIMITATION ON ACCRUALS.—Subparagraph
                                                                   (B) of section 457(e)(11), as amended by subsection (b), is amended
                                                                   by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                     ‘‘(iv) SPECIAL RULE FOR APPLICATION OF LIMITATION
                                                                                 ON ACCRUALS FOR CERTAIN PLANS.—In the case of a
                                                                                 plan described in subparagraph (A)(ii) which is a
                                                                                 defined benefit plan (as defined in section 414(j)), the
                                                                                 limitation under clause (ii) shall apply to the actuarial
                                                                                 present value of the aggregate amount of length of
                                                                                 service awards accruing with respect to any year of
                                                                                 service. Such actuarial present value with respect to




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                 any year shall be calculated using reasonable actuarial
                                                                                 assumptions and methods, assuming payment will be




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00113   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2166                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                       made under the most valuable form of payment under
                                                                                                       the plan with payment commencing at the later of
                                                                                                       the earliest age at which unreduced benefits are pay-
                                                                                                       able under the plan or the participant’s age at the
                                                                                                       time of the calculation.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 457 note.            (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 13613. EXTENDED ROLLOVER PERIOD FOR PLAN LOAN OFFSET
                                                                                                        AMOUNTS.
                                                                   26 USC 402.                 (a) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (3) of section 402(c) is amended
                                                                                           by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
                                                                                                         ‘‘(C) ROLLOVER OF CERTAIN PLAN LOAN OFFSET
                                                                                                    AMOUNTS.—
                                                                                                              ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a qualified plan
                                                                                                         loan offset amount, paragraph (1) shall not apply to
                                                                                                         any transfer of such amount made after the due date
                                                                                                         (including extensions) for filing the return of tax for
                                                                                                         the taxable year in which such amount is treated as
                                                                                                         distributed from a qualified employer plan.
                                                                                                              ‘‘(ii) QUALIFIED PLAN LOAN OFFSET AMOUNT.—For
                                                                                                         purposes of this subparagraph, the term ‘qualified plan
                                                                                                         loan offset amount’ means a plan loan offset amount
                                                                                                         which is treated as distributed from a qualified
                                                                                                         employer plan to a participant or beneficiary solely
                                                                                                         by reason of—
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(I) the termination of the qualified employer
                                                                                                              plan, or
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(II) the failure to meet the repayment terms
                                                                                                              of the loan from such plan because of the severance
                                                                                                              from employment of the participant.
                                                                                                              ‘‘(iii) PLAN LOAN OFFSET AMOUNT.—For purposes
                                                                                                         of clause (ii), the term ‘plan loan offset amount’ means
                                                                                                         the amount by which the participant’s accrued benefit
                                                                                                         under the plan is reduced in order to repay a loan
                                                                                                         from the plan.
                                                                                                              ‘‘(iv) LIMITATION.—This subparagraph shall not
                                                                                                         apply to any plan loan offset amount unless such plan
                                                                                                         loan offset amount relates to a loan to which section
                                                                                                         72(p)(1) does not apply by reason of section 72(p)(2).
                                                                                                              ‘‘(v) QUALIFIED EMPLOYER PLAN.—For purposes of
                                                                                                         this subsection, the term ‘qualified employer plan’ has
                                                                                                         the meaning given such term by section 72(p)(4).’’.
                                                                                               (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—Section 402(c)(3) is amended—
                                                                                                    (1) by striking ‘‘TRANSFER MUST BE MADE WITHIN 60 DAYS
                                                                                               OF RECEIPT’’ in the heading and inserting ‘‘TIME LIMIT ON TRANS-
                                                                                               FERS’’, and
                                                                                                    (2) by striking ‘‘subparagraph (B)’’ in subparagraph (A)
                                                                                               and inserting ‘‘subparagraphs (B) and (C)’’.
                                                                   26 USC 402 note.            (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to plan loan offset amounts which are treated as distrib-
                                                                                           uted in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS



                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00114   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2167

                                                                              PART VIII—EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS
                                                                   SEC. 13701. EXCISE TAX BASED ON INVESTMENT INCOME OF PRIVATE
                                                                                 COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Chapter 42 is amended by adding at the
                                                                   end the following new subchapter:

                                                                    ‘‘Subchapter H—Excise Tax Based on Investment Income of                                              26 USC
                                                                                 Private Colleges and Universities                                                       prec. 4968.
                                                                   ‘‘Sec. 4968. Excise tax based on investment income of private colleges and univer-
                                                                                sities.

                                                                   ‘‘SEC. 4968. EXCISE TAX BASED ON INVESTMENT INCOME OF PRIVATE                                         26 USC 4968.
                                                                                 COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES.
                                                                        ‘‘(a) TAX IMPOSED.—There is hereby imposed on each applicable
                                                                   educational institution for the taxable year a tax equal to 1.4
                                                                   percent of the net investment income of such institution for the
                                                                   taxable year.
                                                                        ‘‘(b) APPLICABLE EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTION.—For purposes of
                                                                   this subchapter—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘applicable educational institu-
                                                                        tion’ means an eligible educational institution (as defined in
                                                                        section 25A(f)(2))—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) which had at least 500 students during the pre-
                                                                              ceding taxable year,
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) more than 50 percent of the students of which
                                                                              are located in the United States,
                                                                                    ‘‘(C) which is not described in the first sentence of
                                                                              section 511(a)(2)(B) (relating to State colleges and univer-
                                                                              sities), and
                                                                                    ‘‘(D) the aggregate fair market value of the assets
                                                                              of which at the end of the preceding taxable year (other
                                                                              than those assets which are used directly in carrying out
                                                                              the institution’s exempt purpose) is at least $500,000 per
                                                                              student of the institution.
                                                                              ‘‘(2) STUDENTS.—For purposes of paragraph (1), the number
                                                                        of students of an institution (including for purposes of deter-
                                                                        mining the number of students at a particular location) shall
                                                                        be based on the daily average number of full-time students
                                                                        attending such institution (with part-time students taken into
                                                                        account on a full-time student equivalent basis).
                                                                        ‘‘(c) NET INVESTMENT INCOME.—For purposes of this section,
                                                                   net investment income shall be determined under rules similar
                                                                   to the rules of section 4940(c).
                                                                        ‘‘(d) ASSETS AND NET INVESTMENT INCOME OF RELATED
                                                                   ORGANIZATIONS.—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of subsections (b)(1)(C) and
                                                                        (c), assets and net investment income of any related organiza-
                                                                        tion with respect to an educational institution shall be treated
                                                                        as assets and net investment income, respectively, of the edu-
                                                                        cational institution, except that—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) no such amount shall be taken into account with
                                                                              respect to more than 1 educational institution, and
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) unless such organization is controlled by such




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                              institution or is described in section 509(a)(3) with respect
                                                                              to such institution for the taxable year, assets and net




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00115   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2168                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                    investment income which are not intended or available
                                                                                                    for the use or benefit of the educational institution shall
                                                                                                    not be taken into account.
                                                                                                    ‘‘(2) RELATED ORGANIZATION.—For purposes of this sub-
                                                                                               section, the term ‘related organization’ means, with respect
                                                                                               to an educational institution, any organization which—
                                                                                                          ‘‘(A) controls, or is controlled by, such institution,
                                                                                                          ‘‘(B) is controlled by 1 or more persons which also
                                                                                                    control such institution, or
                                                                                                          ‘‘(C) is a supported organization (as defined in section
                                                                                                    509(f)(3)), or an organization described in section 509(a)(3),
                                                                                                    during the taxable year with respect to such institution.’’.
                                                                                               (b) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—The table of subchapters for
                                                                   26 USC                  chapter 42 is amended by adding at the end the following new
                                                                   prec. 4940.             item:
                                                                                             ‘‘SUBCHAPTER H—EXCISE TAX BASED ON INVESTMENT INCOME OF PRIVATE COLLEGES
                                                                                                                         AND UNIVERSITIES’’.

                                                                   26 USC 4968                 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                   note.                   shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 13702. UNRELATED BUSINESS TAXABLE INCOME SEPARATELY
                                                                                                        COMPUTED FOR EACH TRADE OR BUSINESS ACTIVITY.
                                                                   26 USC 512.                 (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (a) of section 512 is amended
                                                                                           by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                                                    ‘‘(6) SPECIAL RULE FOR ORGANIZATION WITH MORE THAN
                                                                                               1 UNRELATED TRADE OR BUSINESS.—In the case of any organiza-
                                                                                               tion with more than 1 unrelated trade or business—
                                                                                                          ‘‘(A) unrelated business taxable income, including for
                                                                                                    purposes of determining any net operating loss deduction,
                                                                                                    shall be computed separately with respect to each such
                                                                                                    trade or business and without regard to subsection (b)(12),
                                                                                                          ‘‘(B) the unrelated business taxable income of such
                                                                                                    organization shall be the sum of the unrelated business
                                                                                                    taxable income so computed with respect to each such
                                                                                                    trade or business, less a specific deduction under subsection
                                                                                                    (b)(12), and
                                                                                                          ‘‘(C) for purposes of subparagraph (B), unrelated busi-
                                                                                                    ness taxable income with respect to any such trade or
                                                                                                    business shall not be less than zero.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 512 note.            (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—
                                                                                                    (1) IN GENERAL.—Except to the extent provided in para-
                                                                                               graph (2), the amendment made by this section shall apply
                                                                                               to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                                    (2) CARRYOVERS OF NET OPERATING LOSSES.—If any net
                                                                                               operating loss arising in a taxable year beginning before
                                                                                               January 1, 2018, is carried over to a taxable year beginning
                                                                                               on or after such date—
                                                                                                          (A) subparagraph (A) of section 512(a)(6) of the Internal
                                                                                                    Revenue Code of 1986, as added by this Act, shall not
                                                                                                    apply to such net operating loss, and
                                                                                                          (B) the unrelated business taxable income of the
                                                                                                    organization, after the application of subparagraph (B) of




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                    such section, shall be reduced by the amount of such net
                                                                                                    operating loss.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00116   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2169
                                                                   SEC. 13703. UNRELATED BUSINESS TAXABLE INCOME INCREASED BY
                                                                                AMOUNT OF CERTAIN FRINGE BENEFIT EXPENSES FOR
                                                                                WHICH DEDUCTION IS DISALLOWED.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 512(a), as amended by this Act, is                                        26 USC 512.
                                                                   further amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                            ‘‘(7) INCREASE IN UNRELATED BUSINESS TAXABLE INCOME
                                                                       BY DISALLOWED FRINGE.—Unrelated business taxable income
                                                                       of an organization shall be increased by any amount for which
                                                                       a deduction is not allowable under this chapter by reason
                                                                       of section 274 and which is paid or incurred by such organiza-
                                                                       tion for any qualified transportation fringe (as defined in section
                                                                       132(f)), any parking facility used in connection with qualified
                                                                       parking (as defined in section 132(f)(5)(C)), or any on-premises
                                                                       athletic facility (as defined in section 132(j)(4)(B)). The pre-
                                                                       ceding sentence shall not apply to the extent the amount paid
                                                                       or incurred is directly connected with an unrelated trade or
                                                                       business which is regularly carried on by the organization.
                                                                       The Secretary shall issue such regulations or other guidance
                                                                       as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes
                                                                       of this paragraph, including regulations or other guidance pro-
                                                                       viding for the appropriate allocation of depreciation and other
                                                                       costs with respect to facilities used for parking or for on-
                                                                       premises athletic facilities.’’.
                                                                       (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section                                            26 USC 512 note.
                                                                   shall apply to amounts paid or incurred after December 31, 2017.
                                                                   SEC. 13704. REPEAL OF DEDUCTION FOR AMOUNTS PAID IN EXCHANGE
                                                                                 FOR COLLEGE ATHLETIC EVENT SEATING RIGHTS.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 170(l) is amended—
                                                                            (1) by striking paragraph (1) and inserting the following:
                                                                            ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—No deduction shall be allowed under
                                                                       this section for any amount described in paragraph (2).’’, and
                                                                            (2) in paragraph (2)(B), by striking ‘‘such amount would
                                                                       be allowable as a deduction under this section but for the
                                                                       fact that’’.
                                                                       (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 170 note.
                                                                   shall apply to contributions made in taxable years beginning after
                                                                   December 31, 2017.
                                                                   SEC. 13705. REPEAL OF SUBSTANTIATION EXCEPTION IN CASE OF CON-
                                                                                 TRIBUTIONS REPORTED BY DONEE.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 170(f)(8) is amended by striking
                                                                   subparagraph (D) and by redesignating subparagraph (E) as
                                                                   subparagraph (D).
                                                                       (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 170 note.
                                                                   shall apply to contributions made in taxable years beginning after
                                                                   December 31, 2016.
                                                                                       PART IX—OTHER PROVISIONS
                                                                       Subpart A—Craft Beverage Modernization and
                                                                                      Tax Reform
                                                                   SEC. 13801. PRODUCTION PERIOD FOR BEER, WINE, AND DISTILLED
                                                                                SPIRITS.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                          (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 263A(f) is amended—
                                                                               (1) by redesignating paragraph (4) as paragraph (5), and




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00117   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2170                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                     (2) by inserting after paragraph (3) the following new para-
                                                                                                graph:
                                                                                                     ‘‘(4) EXEMPTION FOR AGING PROCESS OF BEER, WINE, AND
                                                                                                DISTILLED SPIRITS.—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this subsection, the
                                                                                                     production period shall not include the aging period for—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(i) beer (as defined in section 5052(a)),
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) wine (as described in section 5041(a)), or
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(iii) distilled spirits (as defined in section
                                                                                                           5002(a)(8)), except such spirits that are unfit for use
                                                                                                           for beverage purposes.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) TERMINATION.—This paragraph shall not apply
                                                                                                     to interest costs paid or accrued after December 31, 2019.’’.
                                                                                                (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Paragraph (5)(B)(ii) of section
                                                                   26 USC 263A.            263A(f), as redesignated by this section, is amended by inserting
                                                                                           ‘‘except as provided in paragraph (4),’’ before ‘‘ending on the date’’.
                                                                   26 USC 263A                  (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                   note.                   shall apply to interest costs paid or accrued in calendar years
                                                                                           beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 13802. REDUCED RATE OF EXCISE TAX ON BEER.
                                                                                                (a) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (1) of section 5051(a) is amended
                                                                                           to read as follows:
                                                                                                     ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) IMPOSITION OF TAX.—A tax is hereby imposed on
                                                                                                     all beer brewed or produced, and removed for consumption
                                                                                                     or sale, within the United States, or imported into the
                                                                                                     United States. Except as provided in paragraph (2), the
                                                                                                     rate of such tax shall be the amount determined under
                                                                                                     this paragraph.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) RATE.—Except as provided in subparagraph (C),
                                                                                                     the rate of tax shall be $18 for per barrel.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(C) SPECIAL RULE.—In the case of beer removed after
                                                                                                     December 31, 2017, and before January 1, 2020, the rate
                                                                                                     of tax shall be—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(i) $16 on the first 6,000,000 barrels of beer—
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(I) brewed by the brewer and removed during
                                                                                                                 the calendar year for consumption or sale, or
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(II) imported by the importer into the United
                                                                                                                 States during the calendar year, and
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) $18 on any barrels of beer to which clause
                                                                                                           (i) does not apply.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(D) BARREL.—For purposes of this section, a barrel
                                                                                                     shall contain not more than 31 gallons of beer, and any
                                                                                                     tax imposed under this section shall be applied at a like
                                                                                                     rate for any other quantity or for fractional parts of a
                                                                                                     barrel.’’.
                                                                                                (b) REDUCED RATE FOR CERTAIN DOMESTIC PRODUCTION.—
                                                                                           Subparagraph (A) of section 5051(a)(2) is amended—
                                                                                                     (1) in the heading, by striking ‘‘$7 A BARREL’’, and
                                                                                                     (2) by inserting ‘‘($3.50 in the case of beer removed after
                                                                                                December 31, 2017, and before January 1, 2020)’’ after ‘‘$7’’.
                                                                                                (c) APPLICATION OF REDUCED TAX RATE FOR FOREIGN MANUFAC-
                                                                                           TURERS AND IMPORTERS.—Subsection (a) of section 5051 is
                                                                                           amended—




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                     (1) in subparagraph (C)(i)(II) of paragraph (1), as amended
                                                                                                by subsection (a), by inserting ‘‘but only if the importer is




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00118   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2171

                                                                        an electing importer under paragraph (4) and the barrels have
                                                                        been assigned to the importer pursuant to such paragraph’’
                                                                        after ‘‘during the calendar year’’, and
                                                                             (2) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                             ‘‘(4) REDUCED TAX RATE FOR FOREIGN MANUFACTURERS AND
                                                                        IMPORTERS.—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any barrels of beer
                                                                            which have been brewed or produced outside of the United
                                                                            States and imported into the United States, the rate of
                                                                            tax applicable under clause (i) of paragraph (1)(C) (referred
                                                                            to in this paragraph as the ‘reduced tax rate’) may be
                                                                            assigned by the brewer (provided that the brewer makes
                                                                            an election described in subparagraph (B)(ii)) to any
                                                                            electing importer of such barrels pursuant to the require-
                                                                            ments established by the Secretary under subparagraph
                                                                            (B).
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) ASSIGNMENT.—The Secretary shall, through such
                                                                            rules, regulations, and procedures as are determined appro-
                                                                            priate, establish procedures for assignment of the reduced
                                                                            tax rate provided under this paragraph, which shall
                                                                            include—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) a limitation to ensure that the number of bar-
                                                                                   rels of beer for which the reduced tax rate has been
                                                                                   assigned by a brewer—
                                                                                                ‘‘(I) to any importer does not exceed the
                                                                                         number of barrels of beer brewed or produced by
                                                                                         such brewer during the calendar year which were
                                                                                         imported into the United States by such importer,
                                                                                         and
                                                                                                ‘‘(II) to all importers does not exceed the
                                                                                         6,000,000 barrels to which the reduced tax rate
                                                                                         applies,
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) procedures that allow the election of a brewer
                                                                                   to assign and an importer to receive the reduced tax
                                                                                   rate provided under this paragraph,
                                                                                         ‘‘(iii) requirements that the brewer provide any
                                                                                   information as the Secretary determines necessary and
                                                                                   appropriate for purposes of carrying out this para-
                                                                                   graph, and
                                                                                         ‘‘(iv) procedures that allow for revocation of eligi-
                                                                                   bility of the brewer and the importer for the reduced
                                                                                   tax rate provided under this paragraph in the case
                                                                                   of any erroneous or fraudulent information provided
                                                                                   under clause (iii) which the Secretary deems to be
                                                                                   material to qualifying for such reduced rate.
                                                                                   ‘‘(C) CONTROLLED GROUP.—For purposes of this section,
                                                                             any importer making an election described in subparagraph
                                                                             (B)(ii) shall be deemed to be a member of the controlled
                                                                             group of the brewer, as described under paragraph (5).’’.
                                                                        (d) CONTROLLED GROUP AND SINGLE TAXPAYER RULES.—Sub-
                                                                   section (a) of section 5051, as amended by this section, is amended—                                  26 USC 5051.
                                                                             (1) in paragraph (2)—
                                                                                   (A) by striking subparagraph (B), and
                                                                                   (B) by redesignating subparagraph (C) as subpara-
                                                                             graph (B), and




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                             (2) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                             ‘‘(5) CONTROLLED GROUP AND SINGLE TAXPAYER RULES.—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00119   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2172                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                         ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in subparagraph
                                                                                                    (B), in the case of a controlled group, the 6,000,000 barrel
                                                                                                    quantity specified in paragraph (1)(C)(i) and the 2,000,000
                                                                                                    barrel quantity specified in paragraph (2)(A) shall be
                                                                                                    applied to the controlled group, and the 6,000,000 barrel
                                                                                                    quantity specified in paragraph (1)(C)(i) and the 60,000
                                                                                                    barrel quantity specified in paragraph (2)(A) shall be appor-
                                                                                                    tioned among the brewers who are members of such group
                                                                                                    in such manner as the Secretary or their delegate shall
                                                                                                    by regulations prescribe. For purposes of the preceding
                                                                                                    sentence, the term ‘controlled group’ has the meaning
                                                                                                    assigned to it by subsection (a) of section 1563, except
                                                                                                    that for such purposes the phrase ‘more than 50 percent’
                                                                                                    shall be substituted for the phrase ‘at least 80 percent’
                                                                                                    in each place it appears in such subsection. Under regula-
                                                                                                    tions prescribed by the Secretary, principles similar to the
                                                                                                    principles of the preceding two sentences shall be applied
                                                                                                    to a group of brewers under common control where one
                                                                                                    or more of the brewers is not a corporation.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(B) FOREIGN MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS.—For
                                                                                                    purposes of paragraph (4), in the case of a controlled group,
                                                                                                    the 6,000,000 barrel quantity specified in paragraph
                                                                                                    (1)(C)(i) shall be applied to the controlled group and appor-
                                                                                                    tioned among the members of such group in such manner
                                                                                                    as the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe. For pur-
                                                                                                    poses of the preceding sentence, the term ‘controlled group’
                                                                                                    has the meaning given such term under subparagraph
                                                                                                    (A). Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, prin-
                                                                                                    ciples similar to the principles of the preceding two sen-
                                                                                                    tences shall be applied to a group of brewers under common
                                                                                                    control where one or more of the brewers is not a corpora-
                                                                                                    tion.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(C) SINGLE TAXPAYER.—Pursuant to rules issued by
                                                                                                    the Secretary, two or more entities (whether or not under
                                                                                                    common control) that produce beer marketed under a
                                                                                                    similar brand, license, franchise, or other arrangement
                                                                                                    shall be treated as a single taxpayer for purposes of the
                                                                                                    application of this subsection.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 5051                 (e) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                   note.                   shall apply to beer removed after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 13803. TRANSFER OF BEER BETWEEN BONDED FACILITIES.
                                                                   26 USC 5414.                   (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 5414 is amended—
                                                                                                        (1) by striking ‘‘Beer may be removed’’ and inserting ‘‘(a)
                                                                                                  IN GENERAL.—Beer may be removed’’, and
                                                                                                        (2) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                  ‘‘(b) TRANSFER OF BEER BETWEEN BONDED FACILITIES.—
                                                                                                        ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Beer may be removed from one bonded
                                                                                                  brewery to another bonded brewery, without payment of tax,
                                                                                                  and may be mingled with beer at the receiving brewery, subject
                                                                                                  to such conditions, including payment of the tax, and in such
                                                                                                  containers, as the Secretary by regulations shall prescribe,
                                                                                                  which shall include—
                                                                                                              ‘‘(A) any removal from one brewery to another brewery
                                                                                                        belonging to the same brewer,




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                              ‘‘(B) any removal from a brewery owned by one corpora-
                                                                                                        tion to a brewery owned by another corporation when—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00120   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2173

                                                                                         ‘‘(i) one such corporation owns the controlling
                                                                                   interest in the other such corporation, or
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) the controlling interest in each such corpora-
                                                                                   tion is owned by the same person or persons, and
                                                                                   ‘‘(C) any removal from one brewery to another brewery
                                                                             when—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) the proprietors of transferring and receiving
                                                                                   premises are independent of each other and neither
                                                                                   has a proprietary interest, directly or indirectly, in
                                                                                   the business of the other, and
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) the transferor has divested itself of all interest
                                                                                   in the beer so transferred and the transferee has
                                                                                   accepted responsibility for payment of the tax.
                                                                             ‘‘(2) TRANSFER OF LIABILITY FOR TAX.—For purposes of para-
                                                                        graph (1)(C), such relief from liability shall be effective from
                                                                        the time of removal from the transferor’s bonded premises,
                                                                        or from the time of divestment of interest, whichever is later.
                                                                             ‘‘(3) TERMINATION.—This subsection shall not apply to any
                                                                        calendar quarter beginning after December 31, 2019.’’.
                                                                        (b) REMOVAL FROM BREWERY BY PIPELINE.—Section 5412 is                                            26 USC 5412.
                                                                   amended by inserting ‘‘pursuant to section 5414 or’’ before ‘‘by
                                                                   pipeline’’.
                                                                        (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                          26 USC 5412
                                                                   shall apply to any calendar quarters beginning after December                                         note.
                                                                   31, 2017.
                                                                   SEC. 13804. REDUCED RATE OF EXCISE TAX ON CERTAIN WINE.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 5041(c) is amended by adding at
                                                                   the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                            ‘‘(8) SPECIAL RULE FOR 2018 AND 2019.—
                                                                                  ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of wine removed after
                                                                            December 31, 2017, and before January 1, 2020, paragraphs
                                                                            (1) and (2) shall not apply and there shall be allowed
                                                                            as a credit against any tax imposed by this title (other
                                                                            than chapters 2, 21, and 22) an amount equal to the
                                                                            sum of—
                                                                                       ‘‘(i) $1 per wine gallon on the first 30,000 wine
                                                                                  gallons of wine, plus
                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) 90 cents per wine gallon on the first 100,000
                                                                                  wine gallons of wine to which clause (i) does not apply,
                                                                                  plus
                                                                                       ‘‘(iii) 53.5 cents per wine gallon on the first 620,000
                                                                                  wine gallons of wine to which clauses (i) and (ii) do
                                                                                  not apply,
                                                                            which are produced by the producer and removed during
                                                                            the calendar year for consumption or sale, or which are
                                                                            imported by the importer into the United States during
                                                                            the calendar year.
                                                                                  ‘‘(B) ADJUSTMENT OF CREDIT FOR HARD CIDER.—In the
                                                                            case of wine described in subsection (b)(6), subparagraph
                                                                            (A) of this paragraph shall be applied—
                                                                                       ‘‘(i) in clause (i) of such subparagraph, by sub-
                                                                                  stituting ‘6.2 cents’ for ‘$1’,
                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) in clause (ii) of such subparagraph, by sub-
                                                                                  stituting ‘5.6 cents’ for ‘90 cents’, and




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                       ‘‘(iii) in clause (iii) of such subparagraph, by sub-
                                                                                  stituting ‘3.3 cents’ for ‘53.5 cents’.’’,




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00121   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2174                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                (b) CONTROLLED GROUP AND SINGLE TAXPAYER RULES.—Para-
                                                                   26 USC 5041.            graph (4) of section 5041(c) is amended by striking ‘‘section
                                                                                           5051(a)(2)(B)’’ and inserting ‘‘section 5051(a)(5)’’.
                                                                                                (c) ALLOWANCE OF CREDIT FOR FOREIGN MANUFACTURERS AND
                                                                                           IMPORTERS.—Subsection (c) of section 5041, as amended by sub-
                                                                                           section (a), is amended—
                                                                                                     (1) in subparagraph (A) of paragraph (8), by inserting ‘‘but
                                                                                                only if the importer is an electing importer under paragraph
                                                                                                (9) and the wine gallons of wine have been assigned to the
                                                                                                importer pursuant to such paragraph’’ after ‘‘into the United
                                                                                                States during the calendar year’’, and
                                                                                                     (2) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                                                     ‘‘(9) ALLOWANCE OF CREDIT FOR FOREIGN MANUFACTURERS
                                                                                                AND IMPORTERS.—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any wine gallons
                                                                                                     of wine which have been produced outside of the United
                                                                                                     States and imported into the United States, the credit
                                                                                                     allowable under paragraph (8) (referred to in this para-
                                                                                                     graph as the ‘tax credit’) may be assigned by the person
                                                                                                     who produced such wine (referred to in this paragraph
                                                                                                     as the ‘foreign producer’), provided that such person makes
                                                                                                     an election described in subparagraph (B)(ii), to any
                                                                                                     electing importer of such wine gallons pursuant to the
                                                                                                     requirements established by the Secretary under subpara-
                                                                                                     graph (B).
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) ASSIGNMENT.—The Secretary shall, through such
                                                                                                     rules, regulations, and procedures as are determined appro-
                                                                                                     priate, establish procedures for assignment of the tax credit
                                                                                                     provided under this paragraph, which shall include—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(i) a limitation to ensure that the number of wine
                                                                                                           gallons of wine for which the tax credit has been
                                                                                                           assigned by a foreign producer—
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(I) to any importer does not exceed the
                                                                                                                 number of wine gallons of wine produced by such
                                                                                                                 foreign producer during the calendar year which
                                                                                                                 were imported into the United States by such
                                                                                                                 importer, and
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(II) to all importers does not exceed the
                                                                                                                 750,000 wine gallons of wine to which the tax
                                                                                                                 credit applies,
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) procedures that allow the election of a foreign
                                                                                                           producer to assign and an importer to receive the tax
                                                                                                           credit provided under this paragraph,
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(iii) requirements that the foreign producer pro-
                                                                                                           vide any information as the Secretary determines nec-
                                                                                                           essary and appropriate for purposes of carrying out
                                                                                                           this paragraph, and
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(iv) procedures that allow for revocation of eligi-
                                                                                                           bility of the foreign producer and the importer for
                                                                                                           the tax credit provided under this paragraph in the
                                                                                                           case of any erroneous or fraudulent information pro-
                                                                                                           vided under clause (iii) which the Secretary deems
                                                                                                           to be material to qualifying for such credit.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(C) CONTROLLED GROUP.—For purposes of this section,




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                     any importer making an election described in subparagraph
                                                                                                     (B)(ii) shall be deemed to be a member of the controlled




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00122   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2175

                                                                            group of the foreign producer, as described under paragraph
                                                                            (4).’’.
                                                                       (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 5401
                                                                   shall apply to wine removed after December 31, 2017.                                                  note.

                                                                   SEC. 13805. ADJUSTMENT OF ALCOHOL CONTENT LEVEL FOR APPLICA-
                                                                                 TION OF EXCISE TAX RATES.
                                                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 5041(b)                                        26 USC 5041.
                                                                   are each amended by inserting ‘‘(16 percent in the case of wine
                                                                   removed after December 31, 2017, and before January 1, 2020’’
                                                                   after ‘‘14 percent’’.
                                                                        (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                          26 USC 5401
                                                                   shall apply to wine removed after December 31, 2017.                                                  note.

                                                                   SEC. 13806. DEFINITION OF MEAD AND LOW ALCOHOL BY VOLUME
                                                                                WINE.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 5041 is amended—
                                                                             (1) in subsection (a), by striking ‘‘Still wines’’ and inserting
                                                                       ‘‘Subject to subsection (h), still wines’’, and
                                                                             (2) by adding at the end the following new subsection:
                                                                       ‘‘(h) MEAD AND LOW ALCOHOL BY VOLUME WINE.—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of subsections (a) and
                                                                       (b)(1), mead and low alcohol by volume wine shall be deemed
                                                                       to be still wines containing not more than 16 percent of alcohol
                                                                       by volume.
                                                                             ‘‘(2) DEFINITIONS.—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) MEAD.—For purposes of this section, the term
                                                                             ‘mead’ means a wine—
                                                                                        ‘‘(i) containing not more than 0.64 gram of carbon
                                                                                   dioxide per hundred milliliters of wine, except that
                                                                                   the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe such toler-
                                                                                   ances to this limitation as may be reasonably necessary
                                                                                   in good commercial practice,
                                                                                        ‘‘(ii) which is derived solely from honey and water,
                                                                                        ‘‘(iii) which contains no fruit product or fruit fla-
                                                                                   voring, and
                                                                                        ‘‘(iv) which contains less than 8.5 percent alcohol
                                                                                   by volume.
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) LOW ALCOHOL BY VOLUME WINE.—For purposes
                                                                             of this section, the term ‘low alcohol by volume wine’ means
                                                                             a wine—
                                                                                        ‘‘(i) containing not more than 0.64 gram of carbon
                                                                                   dioxide per hundred milliliters of wine, except that
                                                                                   the Secretary shall by regulations prescribe such toler-
                                                                                   ances to this limitation as may be reasonably necessary
                                                                                   in good commercial practice,
                                                                                        ‘‘(ii) which is derived—
                                                                                               ‘‘(I) primarily from grapes, or
                                                                                               ‘‘(II) from grape juice concentrate and water,
                                                                                        ‘‘(iii) which contains no fruit product or fruit fla-
                                                                                   voring other than grape, and
                                                                                        ‘‘(iv) which contains less than 8.5 percent alcohol
                                                                                   by volume.
                                                                             ‘‘(3) TERMINATION.—This subsection shall not apply to wine
                                                                       removed after December 31, 2019.’’.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                       (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 5401
                                                                   shall apply to wine removed after December 31, 2017.                                                  note.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00123   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2176                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017
                                                                                           SEC. 13807. REDUCED RATE OF EXCISE TAX ON CERTAIN DISTILLED
                                                                                                        SPIRITS.
                                                                   26 USC 5001.                 (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 5001 is amended by redesignating
                                                                                           subsection (c) as subsection (d) and by inserting after subsection
                                                                                           (b) the following new subsection:
                                                                                                ‘‘(c) REDUCED RATE FOR 2018 AND 2019.—
                                                                                                      ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a distilled spirits oper-
                                                                                                ation, the otherwise applicable tax rate under subsection (a)(1)
                                                                                                shall be—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) $2.70 per proof gallon on the first 100,000 proof
                                                                                                      gallons of distilled spirits, and
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) $13.34 per proof gallon on the first 22,130,000
                                                                                                      of proof gallons of distilled spirits to which subparagraph
                                                                                                      (A) does not apply,
                                                                                                which have been distilled or processed by such operation and
                                                                                                removed during the calendar year for consumption or sale,
                                                                                                or which have been imported by the importer into the United
                                                                                                States during the calendar year.
                                                                                                      ‘‘(2) CONTROLLED GROUPS.—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a controlled group,
                                                                                                      the proof gallon quantities specified under subparagraphs
                                                                                                      (A) and (B) of paragraph (1) shall be applied to such group
                                                                                                      and apportioned among the members of such group in
                                                                                                      such manner as the Secretary or their delegate shall by
                                                                                                      regulations prescribe.
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) DEFINITION.—For purposes of subparagraph (A),
                                                                                                      the term ‘controlled group’ shall have the meaning given
                                                                                                      such term by subsection (a) of section 1563, except that
                                                                                                      ‘more than 50 percent’ shall be substituted for ‘at least
                                                                                                      80 percent’ each place it appears in such subsection.
                                                                                                            ‘‘(C) RULES FOR NON-CORPORATIONS.—Under regula-
                                                                                                      tions prescribed by the Secretary, principles similar to the
                                                                                                      principles of subparagraphs (A) and (B) shall be applied
                                                                                                      to a group under common control where one or more of
                                                                                                      the persons is not a corporation.
                                                                                                            ‘‘(D) SINGLE TAXPAYER.—Pursuant to rules issued by
                                                                                                      the Secretary, two or more entities (whether or not under
                                                                                                      common control) that produce distilled spirits marketed
                                                                                                      under a similar brand, license, franchise, or other arrange-
                                                                                                      ment shall be treated as a single taxpayer for purposes
                                                                                                      of the application of this subsection.
                                                                                                      ‘‘(3) TERMINATION.—This subsection shall not apply to dis-
                                                                                                tilled spirits removed after December 31, 2019.’’.
                                                                                                (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section 7652(f)(2) is amended
                                                                                           by striking ‘‘section 5001(a)(1)’’ and inserting ‘‘subsection (a)(1) of
                                                                                           section 5001, determined as if subsection (c)(1) of such section
                                                                                           did not apply’’.
                                                                                                (c) APPLICATION OF REDUCED TAX RATE FOR FOREIGN MANUFAC-
                                                                                           TURERS AND IMPORTERS.—Subsection (c) of section 5001, as added
                                                                                           by subsection (a), is amended—
                                                                                                      (1) in paragraph (1), by inserting ‘‘but only if the importer
                                                                                                is an electing importer under paragraph (3) and the proof
                                                                                                gallons of distilled spirits have been assigned to the importer
                                                                                                pursuant to such paragraph’’ after ‘‘into the United States
                                                                                                during the calendar year’’, and




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                      (2) by redesignating paragraph (3) as paragraph (4) and
                                                                                                by inserting after paragraph (2) the following new paragraph:




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00124   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2177

                                                                              ‘‘(3) REDUCED TAX RATE FOR FOREIGN MANUFACTURERS AND
                                                                          IMPORTERS.—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any proof gallons
                                                                           of distilled spirits which have been produced outside of
                                                                           the United States and imported into the United States,
                                                                           the rate of tax applicable under paragraph (1) (referred
                                                                           to in this paragraph as the ‘reduced tax rate’) may be
                                                                           assigned by the distilled spirits operation (provided that
                                                                           such operation makes an election described in subpara-
                                                                           graph (B)(ii)) to any electing importer of such proof gallons
                                                                           pursuant to the requirements established by the Secretary
                                                                           under subparagraph (B).
                                                                                ‘‘(B) ASSIGNMENT.—The Secretary shall, through such
                                                                           rules, regulations, and procedures as are determined appro-
                                                                           priate, establish procedures for assignment of the reduced
                                                                           tax rate provided under this paragraph, which shall
                                                                           include—
                                                                                      ‘‘(i) a limitation to ensure that the number of proof
                                                                                gallons of distilled spirits for which the reduced tax
                                                                                rate has been assigned by a distilled spirits operation—
                                                                                             ‘‘(I) to any importer does not exceed the
                                                                                      number of proof gallons produced by such oper-
                                                                                      ation during the calendar year which were
                                                                                      imported into the United States by such importer,
                                                                                      and
                                                                                             ‘‘(II) to all importers does not exceed the
                                                                                      22,230,000 proof gallons of distilled spirits to which
                                                                                      the reduced tax rate applies,
                                                                                      ‘‘(ii) procedures that allow the election of a distilled
                                                                                spirits operation to assign and an importer to receive
                                                                                the reduced tax rate provided under this paragraph,
                                                                                      ‘‘(iii) requirements that the distilled spirits oper-
                                                                                ation provide any information as the Secretary deter-
                                                                                mines necessary and appropriate for purposes of car-
                                                                                rying out this paragraph, and
                                                                                      ‘‘(iv) procedures that allow for revocation of eligi-
                                                                                bility of the distilled spirits operation and the importer
                                                                                for the reduced tax rate provided under this paragraph
                                                                                in the case of any erroneous or fraudulent information
                                                                                provided under clause (iii) which the Secretary deems
                                                                                to be material to qualifying for such reduced rate.
                                                                                ‘‘(C) CONTROLLED GROUP.—
                                                                                      ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this section, any
                                                                                importer making an election described in subparagraph
                                                                                (B)(ii) shall be deemed to be a member of the controlled
                                                                                group of the distilled spirits operation, as described
                                                                                under paragraph (2).
                                                                                      ‘‘(ii) APPORTIONMENT.—For purposes of this para-
                                                                                graph, in the case of a controlled group, rules similar
                                                                                to section 5051(a)(5)(B) shall apply.’’.
                                                                       (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 5001
                                                                   shall apply to distilled spirits removed after December 31, 2017.                                     note.

                                                                   SEC. 13808. BULK DISTILLED SPIRITS.
                                                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 5212 is amended by adding at the                                         26 USC 5212.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                   end the following sentence: ‘‘In the case of distilled spirits trans-
                                                                   ferred in bond after December 31, 2017, and before January 1,




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00125   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2178                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                           2020, this section shall be applied without regard to whether dis-
                                                                                           tilled spirits are bulk distilled spirits.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 5212                  (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                   note.                   shall apply distilled spirits transferred in bond after December
                                                                                           31, 2017.

                                                                                                        Subpart B—Miscellaneous Provisions
                                                                                           SEC. 13821. MODIFICATION OF TAX TREATMENT OF ALASKA NATIVE
                                                                                                        CORPORATIONS AND SETTLEMENT TRUSTS.
                                                                                              (a) EXCLUSION FOR ANCSA PAYMENTS ASSIGNED TO ALASKA
                                                                                           NATIVE SETTLEMENT TRUSTS.—
                                                                                                   (1) IN GENERAL.—Part III of subchapter B of chapter 1
                                                                                              is amended by inserting before section 140 the following new
                                                                                              section:
                                                                   26 USC 139G.            ‘‘SEC. 139G. ASSIGNMENTS TO ALASKA NATIVE SETTLEMENT TRUSTS.
                                                                                                ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a Native Corporation, gross
                                                                                           income shall not include the value of any payments that would
                                                                                           otherwise be made, or treated as being made, to such Native Cor-
                                                                                           poration pursuant to, or as required by, any provision of the Alaska
                                                                                           Native Claims Settlement Act (43 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.), including
                                                                                           any payment that would otherwise be made to a Village Corporation
                                                                                           pursuant to section 7(j) of the Alaska Native Claims Settlement
                                                                                           Act (43 U.S.C. 1606(j)), provided that any such payments—
                                                                                                      ‘‘(1) are assigned in writing to a Settlement Trust, and
                                                                                                      ‘‘(2) were not received by such Native Corporation prior
                                                                                                to the assignment described in paragraph (1).
                                                                                                ‘‘(b) INCLUSION IN GROSS INCOME.—In the case of a Settlement
                                                                                           Trust which has been assigned payments described in subsection
                                                                                           (a), gross income shall include such payments when received by
                                                                                           such Settlement Trust pursuant to the assignment and shall have
                                                                                           the same character as if such payments were received by the
                                                                                           Native Corporation.
                                                                                                ‘‘(c) AMOUNT AND SCOPE OF ASSIGNMENT.—The amount and
                                                                                           scope of any assignment under subsection (a) shall be described
                                                                                           with reasonable particularity and may either be in a percentage
                                                                                           of one or more such payments or in a fixed dollar amount.
                                                                                                ‘‘(d) DURATION OF ASSIGNMENT; REVOCABILITY.—Any assign-
                                                                                           ment under subsection (a) shall specify—
                                                                                                      ‘‘(1) a duration either in perpetuity or for a period of
                                                                                                time, and
                                                                                                      ‘‘(2) whether such assignment is revocable.
                                                                                                ‘‘(e) PROHIBITION ON DEDUCTION.—Notwithstanding section 247,
                                                                                           no deduction shall be allowed to a Native Corporation for purposes
                                                                                           of any amounts described in subsection (a).
                                                                                                ‘‘(f) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this section, the terms
                                                                                           ‘Native Corporation’ and ‘Settlement Trust’ have the same meaning
                                                                                           given such terms under section 646(h).’’.
                                                                                                      (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—The table of sections for
                                                                   26 USC                       part III of subchapter B of chapter 1 is amended by inserting
                                                                   prec. 101.                   before the item relating to section 140 the following new item:
                                                                                           ‘‘Sec. 139G. Assignments to Alaska Native Settlement Trusts.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 139G                         (3) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this sub-




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                   note.                          section shall apply to taxable years beginning after December
                                                                                                  31, 2016.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00126   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2179

                                                                      (b) DEDUCTION OF CONTRIBUTIONS TO ALASKA NATIVE SETTLE-
                                                                   MENT TRUSTS.—
                                                                          (1) IN GENERAL.—Part VIII of subchapter B of chapter
                                                                          1 is amended by inserting before section 248 the following
                                                                          new section:
                                                                   ‘‘SEC. 247. CONTRIBUTIONS TO ALASKA NATIVE SETTLEMENT TRUSTS.                                         26 USC 247.
                                                                       ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a Native Corporation, there
                                                                   shall be allowed a deduction for any contributions made by such
                                                                   Native Corporation to a Settlement Trust (regardless of whether
                                                                   an election under section 646 is in effect for such Settlement Trust)
                                                                   for which the Native Corporation has made an annual election
                                                                   under subsection (e).
                                                                       ‘‘(b) AMOUNT OF DEDUCTION.—The amount of the deduction
                                                                   under subsection (a) shall be equal to—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) in the case of a cash contribution (regardless of the
                                                                       method of payment, including currency, coins, money order,
                                                                       or check), the amount of such contribution, or
                                                                             ‘‘(2) in the case of a contribution not described in paragraph
                                                                       (1), the lesser of—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) the Native Corporation’s adjusted basis in the
                                                                             property contributed, or
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) the fair market value of the property contributed.
                                                                       ‘‘(c) LIMITATION AND CARRYOVER.—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Subject to paragraph (2), the deduction
                                                                       allowed under subsection (a) for any taxable year shall not
                                                                       exceed the taxable income (as determined without regard to
                                                                       such deduction) of the Native Corporation for the taxable year
                                                                       in which the contribution was made.
                                                                             ‘‘(2) CARRYOVER.—If the aggregate amount of contributions
                                                                       described in subsection (a) for any taxable year exceeds the
                                                                       limitation under paragraph (1), such excess shall be treated
                                                                       as a contribution described in subsection (a) in each of the
                                                                       15 succeeding years in order of time.
                                                                       ‘‘(d) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this section, the terms
                                                                   ‘Native Corporation’ and ‘Settlement Trust’ have the same meaning
                                                                   given such terms under section 646(h).
                                                                       ‘‘(e) MANNER OF MAKING ELECTION.—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—For each taxable year, a Native Corpora-
                                                                       tion may elect to have this section apply for such taxable
                                                                       year on the income tax return or an amendment or supplement
                                                                       to the return of the Native Corporation, with such election
                                                                       to have effect solely for such taxable year.
                                                                             ‘‘(2) REVOCATION.—Any election made by a Native Corpora-
                                                                       tion pursuant to this subsection may be revoked pursuant
                                                                       to a timely filed amendment or supplement to the income
                                                                       tax return of such Native Corporation.
                                                                       ‘‘(f) ADDITIONAL RULES.—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) EARNINGS AND PROFITS.—Notwithstanding section
                                                                       646(d)(2), in the case of a Native Corporation which claims
                                                                       a deduction under this section for any taxable year, the earnings
                                                                       and profits of such Native Corporation for such taxable year
                                                                       shall be reduced by the amount of such deduction.
                                                                             ‘‘(2) GAIN OR LOSS.—No gain or loss shall be recognized




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                       by the Native Corporation with respect to a contribution of
                                                                       property for which a deduction is allowed under this section.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00127   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2180                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                    ‘‘(3) INCOME.—Subject to subsection (g), a Settlement Trust
                                                                                              shall include in income the amount of any deduction allowed
                                                                                              under this section in the taxable year in which the Settlement
                                                                                              Trust actually receives such contribution.
                                                                                                    ‘‘(4) PERIOD.—The holding period under section 1223 of
                                                                                              the Settlement Trust shall include the period the property
                                                                                              was held by the Native Corporation.
                                                                                                    ‘‘(5) BASIS.—The basis that a Settlement Trust has for
                                                                                              which a deduction is allowed under this section shall be equal
                                                                                              to the lesser of—
                                                                                                          ‘‘(A) the adjusted basis of the Native Corporation in
                                                                                                    such property immediately before such contribution, or
                                                                                                          ‘‘(B) the fair market value of the property immediately
                                                                                                    before such contribution.
                                                                                                    ‘‘(6) PROHIBITION.—No deduction shall be allowed under
                                                                                              this section with respect to any contributions made to a Settle-
                                                                                              ment Trust which are in violation of subsection (a)(2) or (c)(2)
                                                                                              of section 39 of the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (43
                                                                                              U.S.C. 1629e).
                                                                                              ‘‘(g) ELECTION BY SETTLEMENT TRUST TO DEFER INCOME REC-
                                                                                           OGNITION.—
                                                                                                    ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a contribution which con-
                                                                                              sists of property other than cash, a Settlement Trust may
                                                                                              elect to defer recognition of any income related to such property
                                                                                              until the sale or exchange of such property, in whole or in
                                                                                              part, by the Settlement Trust.
                                                                                                    ‘‘(2) TREATMENT.—In the case of property described in para-
                                                                                              graph (1), any income or gain realized on the sale or exchange
                                                                                              of such property shall be treated as—
                                                                                                          ‘‘(A) for such amount of the income or gain as is equal
                                                                                                    to or less than the amount of income which would be
                                                                                                    included in income at the time of contribution under sub-
                                                                                                    section (f)(3) but for the taxpayer’s election under this
                                                                                                    subsection, ordinary income, and
                                                                                                          ‘‘(B) for any amounts of the income or gain which
                                                                                                    are in excess of the amount of income which would be
                                                                                                    included in income at the time of contribution under sub-
                                                                                                    section (f)(3) but for the taxpayer’s election under this
                                                                                                    subsection, having the same character as if this subsection
                                                                                                    did not apply.
                                                                                                    ‘‘(3) ELECTION.—
                                                                                                          ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—For each taxable year, a Settlement
                                                                                                    Trust may elect to apply this subsection for any property
                                                                                                    described in paragraph (1) which was contributed during
                                                                                                    such year. Any property to which the election applies shall
                                                                                                    be identified and described with reasonable particularity
                                                                                                    on the income tax return or an amendment or supplement
                                                                                                    to the return of the Settlement Trust, with such election
                                                                                                    to have effect solely for such taxable year.
                                                                                                          ‘‘(B) REVOCATION.—Any election made by a Settlement
                                                                                                    Trust pursuant to this subsection may be revoked pursuant
                                                                                                    to a timely filed amendment or supplement to the income
                                                                                                    tax return of such Settlement Trust.
                                                                                                          ‘‘(C) CERTAIN DISPOSITIONS.—
                                                                                                                ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any property for




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                          which an election is in effect under this subsection
                                                                                                          and which is disposed of within the first taxable year




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00128   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2181

                                                                                   subsequent to the taxable year in which such property
                                                                                   was contributed to the Settlement Trust—
                                                                                               ‘‘(I) this section shall be applied as if the elec-
                                                                                        tion under this subsection had not been made,
                                                                                               ‘‘(II) any income or gain which would have
                                                                                        been included in the year of contribution under
                                                                                        subsection (f)(3) but for the taxpayer’s election
                                                                                        under this subsection shall be included in income
                                                                                        for the taxable year of such contribution, and
                                                                                               ‘‘(III) the Settlement Trust shall pay any
                                                                                        increase in tax resulting from such inclusion,
                                                                                        including any applicable interest, and increased
                                                                                        by 10 percent of the amount of such increase with
                                                                                        interest.
                                                                                        ‘‘(ii)      ASSESSMENT.—Notwithstanding            section
                                                                                   6501(a), any amount described in subclause (III) of
                                                                                   clause (i) may be assessed, or a proceeding in court
                                                                                   with respect to such amount may be initiated without
                                                                                   assessment, within 4 years after the date on which
                                                                                   the return making the election under this subsection
                                                                                   for such property was filed.’’.
                                                                              (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—The table of sections for
                                                                          part VIII of subchapter B of chapter 1 is amended by inserting                                 26 USC
                                                                          before the item relating to section 248 the following new item:                                prec. 241.

                                                                   ‘‘Sec. 247. Contributions to Alaska Native Settlement Trusts.’’.
                                                                             (3) EFFECTIVE DATE.—                                                                        26 USC 247 note.
                                                                                   (A) IN GENERAL.—The amendments made by this sub-
                                                                             section shall apply to taxable years for which the period
                                                                             of limitation on refund or credit under section 6511 of
                                                                             the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 has not expired.
                                                                                   (B) ONE-YEAR WAIVER OF STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS.—
                                                                             If the period of limitation on a credit or refund resulting
                                                                             from the amendments made by paragraph (1) expires before
                                                                             the end of the 1-year period beginning on the date of
                                                                             the enactment of this Act, refund or credit of such overpay-
                                                                             ment (to the extent attributable to such amendments) may,
                                                                             nevertheless, be made or allowed if claim therefor is filed
                                                                             before the close of such 1-year period.
                                                                       (c) INFORMATION REPORTING FOR DEDUCTIBLE CONTRIBUTIONS
                                                                   TO ALASKA NATIVE SETTLEMENT TRUSTS.—
                                                                             (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 6039H is amended—                                                   26 USC 6039H.
                                                                                   (A) in the heading, by striking ‘‘SPONSORING’’, and
                                                                                   (B) by adding at the end the following new subsection:
                                                                       ‘‘(e) DEDUCTIBLE CONTRIBUTIONS BY NATIVE CORPORATIONS TO
                                                                   ALASKA NATIVE SETTLEMENT TRUSTS.—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Any Native Corporation (as defined in
                                                                       subsection (m) of section 3 of the Alaska Native Claims Settle-
                                                                       ment Act (43 U.S.C. 1602(m))) which has made a contribution
                                                                       to a Settlement Trust (as defined in subsection (t) of such
                                                                       section) to which an election under subsection (e) of section
                                                                       247 applies shall provide such Settlement Trust with a state-
                                                                       ment regarding such election not later than January 31 of
                                                                       the calendar year subsequent to the calendar year in which
                                                                       the contribution was made.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                             ‘‘(2) CONTENT OF STATEMENT.—The statement described in
                                                                       paragraph (1) shall include—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00129   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2182                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) the total amount of contributions to which the
                                                                                                      election under subsection (e) of section 247 applies,
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) for each contribution, whether such contribution
                                                                                                      was in cash,
                                                                                                           ‘‘(C) for each contribution which consists of property
                                                                                                      other than cash, the date that such property was acquired
                                                                                                      by the Native Corporation and the adjusted basis and
                                                                                                      fair market value of such property on the date such prop-
                                                                                                      erty was contributed to the Settlement Trust,
                                                                                                           ‘‘(D) the date on which each contribution was made
                                                                                                      to the Settlement Trust, and
                                                                                                           ‘‘(E) such information as the Secretary determines to
                                                                                                      be necessary or appropriate for the identification of each
                                                                                                      contribution and the accurate inclusion of income relating
                                                                                                      to such contributions by the Settlement Trust.’’.
                                                                                                      (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—The item relating to section
                                                                                                  6039H in the table of sections for subpart A of part III of
                                                                   26 USC                         subchapter A of chapter 61 is amended to read as follows:
                                                                   prec. 6031.
                                                                                           ‘‘Sec. 6039H. Information With Respect to Alaska Native Settlement Trusts and
                                                                                                       Native Corporations.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 6039H                        (3) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this sub-
                                                                   note.                          section shall apply to taxable years beginning after December
                                                                                                  31, 2016.
                                                                                           SEC. 13822. AMOUNTS PAID FOR AIRCRAFT MANAGEMENT SERVICES.
                                                                   26 USC 4261.                (a) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (e) of section 4261 is amended
                                                                                           by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                                                    ‘‘(5) AMOUNTS PAID FOR AIRCRAFT MANAGEMENT SERVICES.—
                                                                                                          ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—No tax shall be imposed by this
                                                                                                    section or section 4271 on any amounts paid by an aircraft
                                                                                                    owner for aircraft management services related to—
                                                                                                                ‘‘(i) maintenance and support of the aircraft
                                                                                                          owner’s aircraft, or
                                                                                                                ‘‘(ii) flights on the aircraft owner’s aircraft.
                                                                                                          ‘‘(B) AIRCRAFT MANAGEMENT SERVICES.—For purposes
                                                                                                    of subparagraph (A), the term ‘aircraft management serv-
                                                                                                    ices’ includes—
                                                                                                                ‘‘(i) assisting an aircraft owner with administrative
                                                                                                          and support services, such as scheduling, flight plan-
                                                                                                          ning, and weather forecasting,
                                                                                                                ‘‘(ii) obtaining insurance,
                                                                                                                ‘‘(iii) maintenance, storage and fueling of aircraft,
                                                                                                                ‘‘(iv) hiring, training, and provision of pilots and
                                                                                                          crew,
                                                                                                                ‘‘(v) establishing and complying with safety stand-
                                                                                                          ards, and
                                                                                                                ‘‘(vi) such other services as are necessary to sup-
                                                                                                          port flights operated by an aircraft owner.
                                                                                                          ‘‘(C) LESSEE TREATED AS AIRCRAFT OWNER.—
                                                                                                                ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this paragraph,
                                                                                                          the term ‘aircraft owner’ includes a person who leases
                                                                                                          the aircraft other than under a disqualified lease.
                                                                                                                ‘‘(ii) DISQUALIFIED LEASE.—For purposes of clause
                                                                                                          (i), the term ‘disqualified lease’ means a lease from




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                          a person providing aircraft management services with
                                                                                                          respect to such aircraft (or a related person (within




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00130   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2183

                                                                                  the meaning of section 465(b)(3)(C)) to the person pro-
                                                                                  viding such services), if such lease is for a term of
                                                                                  31 days or less.
                                                                                  ‘‘(D) PRO RATA ALLOCATION.—In the case of amounts
                                                                             paid to any person which (but for this subsection) are
                                                                             subject to the tax imposed by subsection (a), a portion
                                                                             of which consists of amounts described in subparagraph
                                                                             (A), this paragraph shall apply on a pro rata basis only
                                                                             to the portion which consists of amounts described in such
                                                                             subparagraph.’’.
                                                                        (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section                                           26 USC 4261
                                                                   shall apply to amounts paid after the date of the enactment of                                        note.
                                                                   this Act.
                                                                   SEC. 13823. OPPORTUNITY ZONES.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Chapter 1 is amended by adding at the
                                                                   end the following:

                                                                                          ‘‘Subchapter Z—Opportunity Zones                                               26 USC
                                                                                                                                                                         prec. 1400Z–1.
                                                                   ‘‘Sec. 1400Z–1. Designation.
                                                                   ‘‘Sec. 1400Z–2. Special rules for capital gains invested in opportunity zones.

                                                                   ‘‘SEC. 1400Z–1. DESIGNATION.                                                                          26 USC 1400Z–1.
                                                                        ‘‘(a) QUALIFIED OPPORTUNITY ZONE DEFINED.—For the purposes
                                                                   of this subchapter, the term ‘qualified opportunity zone’ means
                                                                   a population census tract that is a low-income community that
                                                                   is designated as a qualified opportunity zone.
                                                                        ‘‘(b) DESIGNATION.—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of subsection (a), a popu-
                                                                        lation census tract that is a low-income community is des-
                                                                        ignated as a qualified opportunity zone if—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) not later than the end of the determination period,
                                                                              the chief executive officer of the State in which the tract
                                                                              is located—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) nominates the tract for designation as a quali-
                                                                                    fied opportunity zone, and
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) notifies the Secretary in writing of such
                                                                                    nomination, and
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) the Secretary certifies such nomination and des-
                                                                              ignates such tract as a qualified opportunity zone before
                                                                              the end of the consideration period.
                                                                              ‘‘(2) EXTENSION OF PERIODS.—A chief executive officer of
                                                                        a State may request that the Secretary extend either the deter-
                                                                        mination or consideration period, or both (determined without
                                                                        regard to this subparagraph), for an additional 30 days.
                                                                        ‘‘(c) OTHER DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this subsection—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) LOW-INCOME COMMUNITIES.—The term ‘low-income
                                                                        community’ has the same meaning as when used in section
                                                                        45D(e).
                                                                              ‘‘(2) DEFINITION OF PERIODS.—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) CONSIDERATION PERIOD.—The term ‘consideration
                                                                              period’ means the 30-day period beginning on the date
                                                                              on which the Secretary receives notice under subsection
                                                                              (b)(1)(A)(ii), as extended under subsection (b)(2).




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) DETERMINATION PERIOD.—The term ‘determination
                                                                              period’ means the 90-day period beginning on the date




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00131   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2184                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                     of the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, as extended
                                                                                                     under subsection (b)(2).
                                                                                                     ‘‘(3) STATE.—For purposes of this section, the term ‘State’
                                                                                               includes any possession of the United States.
                                                                                               ‘‘(d) NUMBER OF DESIGNATIONS.—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided by paragraph (2),
                                                                                               the number of population census tracts in a State that may
                                                                                               be designated as qualified opportunity zones under this section
                                                                                               may not exceed 25 percent of the number of low-income commu-
                                                                                               nities in the State.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(2) EXCEPTION.—If the number of low-income communities
                                                                                               in a State is less than 100, then a total of 25 of such tracts
                                                                                               may be designated as qualified opportunity zones.
                                                                                               ‘‘(e) DESIGNATION OF TRACTS CONTIGUOUS WITH LOW-INCOME
                                                                                           COMMUNITIES.—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—A population census tract that is not
                                                                                               a low-income community may be designated as a qualified
                                                                                               opportunity zone under this section if—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) the tract is contiguous with the low-income
                                                                                                     community that is designated as a qualified opportunity
                                                                                                     zone, and
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) the median family income of the tract does not
                                                                                                     exceed 125 percent of the median family income of the
                                                                                                     low-income community with which the tract is contiguous.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(2) LIMITATION.—Not more than 5 percent of the popu-
                                                                                               lation census tracts designated in a State as a qualified oppor-
                                                                                               tunity zone may be designated under paragraph (1).
                                                                                               ‘‘(f) PERIOD FOR WHICH DESIGNATION IS IN EFFECT.—A designa-
                                                                                           tion as a qualified opportunity zone shall remain in effect for
                                                                                           the period beginning on the date of the designation and ending
                                                                                           at the close of the 10th calendar year beginning on or after such
                                                                                           date of designation.
                                                                   26 USC 1400Z–2.         ‘‘SEC. 1400Z–2. SPECIAL RULES FOR CAPITAL GAINS INVESTED IN
                                                                                                          OPPORTUNITY ZONES.
                                                                                               ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(1) TREATMENT OF GAINS.—In the case of gain from the
                                                                                               sale to, or exchange with, an unrelated person of any property
                                                                                               held by the taxpayer, at the election of the taxpayer—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) gross income for the taxable year shall not include
                                                                                                     so much of such gain as does not exceed the aggregate
                                                                                                     amount invested by the taxpayer in a qualified opportunity
                                                                                                     fund during the 180-day period beginning on the date of
                                                                                                     such sale or exchange,
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) the amount of gain excluded by subparagraph
                                                                                                     (A) shall be included in gross income as provided by sub-
                                                                                                     section (b), and
                                                                                                           ‘‘(C) subsection (c) shall apply.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(2) ELECTION.—No election may be made under paragraph
                                                                                               (1)—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) with respect to a sale or exchange if an election
                                                                                                     previously made with respect to such sale or exchange
                                                                                                     is in effect, or
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) with respect to any sale or exchange after
                                                                                                     December 31, 2026.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                               ‘‘(b) DEFERRAL OF GAIN INVESTED IN OPPORTUNITY ZONE PROP-
                                                                                           ERTY.—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00132   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2185

                                                                             ‘‘(1) YEAR OF INCLUSION.—Gain to which subsection
                                                                       (a)(1)(B) applies shall be included in income in the taxable
                                                                       year which includes the earlier of—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) the date on which such investment is sold or
                                                                             exchanged, or
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) December 31, 2026.
                                                                             ‘‘(2) AMOUNT INCLUDIBLE.—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The amount of gain included in
                                                                             gross income under subsection (a)(1)(A) shall be the excess
                                                                             of—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) the lesser of the amount of gain excluded under
                                                                                   paragraph (1) or the fair market value of the invest-
                                                                                   ment as determined as of the date described in para-
                                                                                   graph (1), over
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) the taxpayer’s basis in the investment.
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) DETERMINATION OF BASIS.—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—Except as otherwise provided
                                                                                   in this clause or subsection (c), the taxpayer’s basis
                                                                                   in the investment shall be zero.
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) INCREASE FOR GAIN RECOGNIZED UNDER SUB-
                                                                                   SECTION (a)(1)(B).—The basis in the investment shall
                                                                                   be increased by the amount of gain recognized by rea-
                                                                                   son of subsection (a)(1)(B) with respect to such prop-
                                                                                   erty.
                                                                                         ‘‘(iii) INVESTMENTS HELD FOR 5 YEARS.—In the case
                                                                                   of any investment held for at least 5 years, the basis
                                                                                   of such investment shall be increased by an amount
                                                                                   equal to 10 percent of the amount of gain deferred
                                                                                   by reason of subsection (a)(1)(A).
                                                                                         ‘‘(iv) INVESTMENTS HELD FOR 7 YEARS.—In the case
                                                                                   of any investment held by the taxpayer for at least
                                                                                   7 years, in addition to any adjustment made under
                                                                                   clause (iii), the basis of such property shall be increased
                                                                                   by an amount equal to 5 percent of the amount of
                                                                                   gain deferred by reason of subsection (a)(1)(A).
                                                                       ‘‘(c) SPECIAL RULE FOR INVESTMENTS HELD FOR AT LEAST 10
                                                                   YEARS.—In the case of any investment held by the taxpayer for
                                                                   at least 10 years and with respect to which the taxpayer makes
                                                                   an election under this clause, the basis of such property shall
                                                                   be equal to the fair market value of such investment on the date
                                                                   that the investment is sold or exchanged.
                                                                       ‘‘(d) QUALIFIED OPPORTUNITY FUND.—For purposes of this sec-
                                                                   tion—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘qualified opportunity fund’
                                                                       means any investment vehicle which is organized as a corpora-
                                                                       tion or a partnership for the purpose of investing in qualified
                                                                       opportunity zone property (other than another qualified oppor-
                                                                       tunity fund) that holds at least 90 percent of its assets in
                                                                       qualified opportunity zone property, determined by the average
                                                                       of the percentage of qualified opportunity zone property held
                                                                       in the fund as measured—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) on the last day of the first 6-month period of
                                                                             the taxable year of the fund, and
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) on the last day of the taxable year of the fund.
                                                                             ‘‘(2) QUALIFIED OPPORTUNITY ZONE PROPERTY.—




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘qualified opportunity zone
                                                                             property’ means property which is—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00133   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2186                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                                 ‘‘(i) qualified opportunity zone stock,
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) qualified opportunity zone partnership
                                                                                                           interest, or
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(iii) qualified opportunity zone business property.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) QUALIFIED OPPORTUNITY ZONE STOCK.—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in clause
                                                                                                           (ii), the term ‘qualified opportunity zone stock’ means
                                                                                                           any stock in a domestic corporation if—
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(I) such stock is acquired by the qualified
                                                                                                                 opportunity fund after December 31, 2017, at its
                                                                                                                 original issue (directly or through an underwriter)
                                                                                                                 from the corporation solely in exchange for cash,
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(II) as of the time such stock was issued,
                                                                                                                 such corporation was a qualified opportunity zone
                                                                                                                 business (or, in the case of a new corporation,
                                                                                                                 such corporation was being organized for purposes
                                                                                                                 of being a qualified opportunity zone business),
                                                                                                                 and
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(III) during substantially all of the qualified
                                                                                                                 opportunity fund’s holding period for such stock,
                                                                                                                 such corporation qualified as a qualified oppor-
                                                                                                                 tunity zone business.
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) REDEMPTIONS.—A rule similar to the rule of
                                                                                                           section 1202(c)(3) shall apply for purposes of this para-
                                                                                                           graph.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(C) QUALIFIED OPPORTUNITY ZONE PARTNERSHIP
                                                                                                       INTEREST.—The term ‘qualified opportunity zone partner-
                                                                                                       ship interest’ means any capital or profits interest in a
                                                                                                       domestic partnership if—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(i) such interest is acquired by the qualified oppor-
                                                                                                           tunity fund after December 31, 2017, from the partner-
                                                                                                           ship solely in exchange for cash,
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) as of the time such interest was acquired,
                                                                                                           such partnership was a qualified opportunity zone busi-
                                                                                                           ness (or, in the case of a new partnership, such partner-
                                                                                                           ship was being organized for purposes of being a quali-
                                                                                                           fied opportunity zone business), and
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(iii) during substantially all of the qualified oppor-
                                                                                                           tunity fund’s holding period for such interest, such
                                                                                                           partnership qualified as a qualified opportunity zone
                                                                                                           business.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(D) QUALIFIED OPPORTUNITY ZONE BUSINESS PROP-
                                                                                                       ERTY.—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘qualified opportunity
                                                                                                           zone business property’ means tangible property used
                                                                                                           in a trade or business of the qualified opportunity
                                                                                                           fund if—
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(I) such property was acquired by the quali-
                                                                                                                 fied opportunity fund by purchase (as defined in
                                                                                                                 section 179(d)(2)) after December 31, 2017,
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(II) the original use of such property in the
                                                                                                                 qualified opportunity zone commences with the
                                                                                                                 qualified opportunity fund or the qualified oppor-




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                                 tunity fund substantially improves the property,
                                                                                                                 and




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00134   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2187

                                                                                                   ‘‘(III) during substantially all of the qualified
                                                                                            opportunity fund’s holding period for such prop-
                                                                                            erty, substantially all of the use of such property
                                                                                            was in a qualified opportunity zone.
                                                                                            ‘‘(ii) SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT.—For purposes of
                                                                                      subparagraph (A)(ii), property shall be treated as
                                                                                      substantially improved by the qualified opportunity
                                                                                      fund only if, during any 30-month period beginning
                                                                                      after the date of acquisition of such property, additions
                                                                                      to basis with respect to such property in the hands
                                                                                      of the qualified opportunity fund exceed an amount
                                                                                      equal to the adjusted basis of such property at the
                                                                                      beginning of such 30-month period in the hands of
                                                                                      the qualified opportunity fund.
                                                                                            ‘‘(iii) RELATED PARTY.—For purposes of subpara-
                                                                                      graph (A)(i), the related person rule of section 179(d)(2)
                                                                                      shall be applied pursuant to paragraph (8) of this
                                                                                      subsection in lieu of the application of such rule in
                                                                                      section 179(d)(2)(A).
                                                                                ‘‘(3) QUALIFIED OPPORTUNITY ZONE BUSINESS.—
                                                                                      ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘qualified opportunity zone
                                                                                business’ means a trade or business—
                                                                                            ‘‘(i) in which substantially all of the tangible prop-
                                                                                      erty owned or leased by the taxpayer is qualified oppor-
                                                                                      tunity zone business property (determined by sub-
                                                                                      stituting ‘qualified opportunity zone business’ for
                                                                                      ‘qualified opportunity fund’ each place it appears in
                                                                                      paragraph (2)(D)),
                                                                                            ‘‘(ii) which satisfies the requirements of paragraphs
                                                                                      (2), (4), and (8) of section 1397C(b), and
                                                                                            ‘‘(iii) which is not described in section 144(c)(6)(B).
                                                                                      ‘‘(B) SPECIAL RULE.—For purposes of subparagraph (A),
                                                                                tangible property that ceases to be a qualified opportunity
                                                                                zone business property shall continue to be treated as
                                                                                a qualified opportunity zone business property for the lesser
                                                                                of—
                                                                                            ‘‘(i) 5 years after the date on which such tangible
                                                                                      property ceases to be so qualified, or
                                                                                            ‘‘(ii) the date on which such tangible property is
                                                                                      no longer held by the qualified opportunity zone busi-
                                                                                      ness.
                                                                          ‘‘(e) APPLICABLE RULES.—
                                                                                ‘‘(1) TREATMENT OF INVESTMENTS WITH MIXED FUNDS.—In
                                                                          the case of any investment in a qualified opportunity fund
                                                                          only a portion of which consists of investments of gain to
                                                                          which an election under subsection (a) is in effect—
                                                                                      ‘‘(A) such investment shall be treated as 2 separate
                                                                                investments, consisting of—
                                                                                            ‘‘(i) one investment that only includes amounts
                                                                                      to which the election under subsection (a) applies, and
                                                                                            ‘‘(ii) a separate investment consisting of other
                                                                                      amounts, and
                                                                                      ‘‘(B) subsections (a), (b), and (c) shall only apply to
                                                                                the investment described in subparagraph (A)(i).




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                ‘‘(2) RELATED PERSONS.—For purposes of this section, per-
                                                                          sons are related to each other if such persons are described




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00135   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2188                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                in section 267(b) or 707(b)(1), determined by substituting ‘20
                                                                                                percent’ for ‘50 percent’ each place it occurs in such sections.
                                                                                                      ‘‘(3) DECEDENTS.—In the case of a decedent, amounts recog-
                                                                                                nized under this section shall, if not properly includible in
                                                                                                the gross income of the decedent, be includible in gross income
                                                                                                as provided by section 691.
                                                                                                      ‘‘(4) REGULATIONS.—The Secretary shall prescribe such
                                                                                                regulations as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out
                                                                                                the purposes of this section, including—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) rules for the certification of qualified opportunity
                                                                                                      funds for the purposes of this section,
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) rules to ensure a qualified opportunity fund has
                                                                                                      a reasonable period of time to reinvest the return of capital
                                                                                                      from investments in qualified opportunity zone stock and
                                                                                                      qualified opportunity zone partnership interests, and to
                                                                                                      reinvest proceeds received from the sale or disposition of
                                                                                                      qualified opportunity zone property, and
                                                                                                            ‘‘(C) rules to prevent abuse.
                                                                                                ‘‘(f) FAILURE OF QUALIFIED OPPORTUNITY FUND TO MAINTAIN
                                                                                           INVESTMENT STANDARD.—
                                                                                                      ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—If a qualified opportunity fund fails to
                                                                                                meet the 90-percent requirement of subsection (c)(1), the quali-
                                                                                                fied opportunity fund shall pay a penalty for each month it
                                                                                                fails to meet the requirement in an amount equal to the product
                                                                                                of—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) the excess of—
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) the amount equal to 90 percent of its aggregate
                                                                                                            assets, over
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) the aggregate amount of qualified opportunity
                                                                                                            zone property held by the fund, multiplied by
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) the underpayment rate established under section
                                                                                                      6621(a)(2) for such month.
                                                                                                      ‘‘(2) SPECIAL RULE FOR PARTNERSHIPS.—In the case that
                                                                                                the qualified opportunity fund is a partnership, the penalty
                                                                                                imposed by paragraph (1) shall be taken into account propor-
                                                                                                tionately as part of the distributive share of each partner
                                                                                                of the partnership.
                                                                                                      ‘‘(3) REASONABLE CAUSE EXCEPTION.—No penalty shall be
                                                                                                imposed under this subsection with respect to any failure if
                                                                                                it is shown that such failure is due to reasonable cause.’’.
                                                                                                (b) BASIS ADJUSTMENTS.—Section 1016(a) is amended by
                                                                                           striking ‘‘and’’ at the end of paragraph (36), by striking the period
                                                                                           at the end of paragraph (37) and inserting ‘‘, and’’, and by inserting
                                                                                           after paragraph (37) the following:
                                                                                                      ‘‘(38) to the extent provided in subsections (b)(2) and (c)
                                                                                                of section 1400Z–2.’’.
                                                                                                (c) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—The table of subchapters for
                                                                   26 USC prec. 1.         chapter 1 is amended by adding at the end the following new
                                                                                           item:
                                                                                                                        ‘‘SUBCHAPTER Z. OPPORTUNITY ZONES’’.

                                                                   26 USC 1016                 (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                   note.                   shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS



                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00136   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2189

                                                                      Subtitle D—International Tax Provisions
                                                                               PART I—OUTBOUND TRANSACTIONS
                                                                      Subpart A—Establishment of Participation
                                                                   Exemption System for Taxation of Foreign Income
                                                                   SEC. 14101. DEDUCTION FOR FOREIGN-SOURCE PORTION OF DIVI-
                                                                                DENDS RECEIVED BY DOMESTIC CORPORATIONS FROM
                                                                                SPECIFIED 10-PERCENT OWNED FOREIGN CORPORA-
                                                                                TIONS.
                                                                      (a) IN GENERAL.—Part VIII of subchapter B of chapter 1 is
                                                                   amended by inserting after section 245 the following new section:
                                                                   ‘‘SEC. 245A. DEDUCTION FOR FOREIGN SOURCE-PORTION OF DIVI-                                            26 USC 245A.
                                                                                DENDS RECEIVED BY DOMESTIC CORPORATIONS FROM
                                                                                SPECIFIED 10-PERCENT OWNED FOREIGN CORPORA-
                                                                                TIONS.
                                                                       ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any dividend received from
                                                                   a specified 10-percent owned foreign corporation by a domestic
                                                                   corporation which is a United States shareholder with respect to
                                                                   such foreign corporation, there shall be allowed as a deduction
                                                                   an amount equal to the foreign-source portion of such dividend.
                                                                       ‘‘(b) SPECIFIED 10-PERCENT OWNED FOREIGN CORPORATION.—
                                                                   For purposes of this section—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘specified 10-percent owned
                                                                       foreign corporation’ means any foreign corporation with respect
                                                                       to which any domestic corporation is a United States share-
                                                                       holder with respect to such corporation.
                                                                             ‘‘(2) EXCLUSION OF PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPA-
                                                                       NIES.—Such term shall not include any corporation which is
                                                                       a passive foreign investment company (as defined in section
                                                                       1297) with respect to the shareholder and which is not a
                                                                       controlled foreign corporation.
                                                                       ‘‘(c) FOREIGN-SOURCE PORTION.—For purposes of this section—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The foreign-source portion of any divi-
                                                                       dend from a specified 10-percent owned foreign corporation
                                                                       is an amount which bears the same ratio to such dividend
                                                                       as—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) the undistributed foreign earnings of the specified
                                                                             10-percent owned foreign corporation, bears to
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) the total undistributed earnings of such foreign
                                                                             corporation.
                                                                             ‘‘(2) UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS.—The term ‘undistributed
                                                                       earnings’ means the amount of the earnings and profits of
                                                                       the specified 10-percent owned foreign corporation (computed
                                                                       in accordance with sections 964(a) and 986)—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) as of the close of the taxable year of the specified
                                                                             10-percent owned foreign corporation in which the dividend
                                                                             is distributed, and
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) without diminution by reason of dividends distrib-
                                                                             uted during such taxable year.
                                                                             ‘‘(3) UNDISTRIBUTED FOREIGN EARNINGS.—The term ‘undis-




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                       tributed foreign earnings’ means the portion of the undistrib-
                                                                       uted earnings which is attributable to neither—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00137   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2190                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) income described in subparagraph (A) of section
                                                                                                      245(a)(5), nor
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) dividends described in subparagraph (B) of such
                                                                                                      section (determined without regard to section 245(a)(12)).
                                                                                                ‘‘(d) DISALLOWANCE OF FOREIGN TAX CREDIT, ETC.—
                                                                                                      ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—No credit shall be allowed under section
                                                                                                901 for any taxes paid or accrued (or treated as paid or accrued)
                                                                                                with respect to any dividend for which a deduction is allowed
                                                                                                under this section.
                                                                                                      ‘‘(2) DENIAL OF DEDUCTION.—No deduction shall be allowed
                                                                                                under this chapter for any tax for which credit is not allowable
                                                                                                under section 901 by reason of paragraph (1) (determined by
                                                                                                treating the taxpayer as having elected the benefits of subpart
                                                                                                A of part III of subchapter N).
                                                                                                ‘‘(e) SPECIAL RULES FOR HYBRID DIVIDENDS.—
                                                                                                      ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (a) shall not apply to any
                                                                                                dividend received by a United States shareholder from a con-
                                                                                                trolled foreign corporation if the dividend is a hybrid dividend.
                                                                                                      ‘‘(2) HYBRID DIVIDENDS OF TIERED CORPORATIONS.—If a con-
                                                                                                trolled foreign corporation with respect to which a domestic
                                                                                                corporation is a United States shareholder receives a hybrid
                                                                                                dividend from any other controlled foreign corporation with
                                                                                                respect to which such domestic corporation is also a United
                                                                                                States shareholder, then, notwithstanding any other provision
                                                                                                of this title—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) the hybrid dividend shall be treated for purposes
                                                                                                      of section 951(a)(1)(A) as subpart F income of the receiving
                                                                                                      controlled foreign corporation for the taxable year of the
                                                                                                      controlled foreign corporation in which the dividend was
                                                                                                      received, and
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) the United States shareholder shall include in
                                                                                                      gross income an amount equal to the shareholder’s pro
                                                                                                      rata share (determined in the same manner as under sec-
                                                                                                      tion 951(a)(2)) of the subpart F income described in
                                                                                                      subparagraph (A).
                                                                                                      ‘‘(3) DENIAL OF FOREIGN TAX CREDIT, ETC.—The rules of
                                                                                                subsection (d) shall apply to any hybrid dividend received by,
                                                                                                or any amount included under paragraph (2) in the gross income
                                                                                                of, a United States shareholder.
                                                                                                      ‘‘(4) HYBRID DIVIDEND.—The term ‘hybrid dividend’ means
                                                                                                an amount received from a controlled foreign corporation—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) for which a deduction would be allowed under
                                                                                                      subsection (a) but for this subsection, and
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) for which the controlled foreign corporation
                                                                                                      received a deduction (or other tax benefit) with respect
                                                                                                      to any income, war profits, or excess profits taxes imposed
                                                                                                      by any foreign country or possession of the United States.
                                                                                                ‘‘(f) SPECIAL RULE FOR PURGING DISTRIBUTIONS OF PASSIVE
                                                                                           FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANIES.—Any amount which is treated
                                                                                           as a dividend under section 1291(d)(2)(B) shall not be treated as
                                                                                           a dividend for purposes of this section.
                                                                                                ‘‘(g) REGULATIONS.—The Secretary shall prescribe such regula-
                                                                                           tions or other guidance as may be necessary or appropriate to
                                                                                           carry out the provisions of this section, including regulations for
                                                                                           the treatment of United States shareholders owning stock of a




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                           specified 10 percent owned foreign corporation through a partner-
                                                                                           ship.’’.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00138   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2191

                                                                        (b) APPLICATION OF HOLDING PERIOD REQUIREMENT.—Sub-
                                                                   section (c) of section 246 is amended—                                                                26 USC 246.
                                                                             (1) by striking ‘‘or 245’’ in paragraph (1) and inserting
                                                                        ‘‘245, or 245A’’, and
                                                                             (2) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                             ‘‘(5) SPECIAL RULES FOR FOREIGN SOURCE PORTION OF DIVI-
                                                                        DENDS RECEIVED FROM SPECIFIED 10-PERCENT OWNED FOREIGN
                                                                        CORPORATIONS.—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) 1-YEAR HOLDING PERIOD REQUIREMENT.—For pur-
                                                                             poses of section 245A—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) paragraph (1)(A) shall be applied—
                                                                                                ‘‘(I) by substituting ‘365 days’ for ‘45 days’
                                                                                         each place it appears, and
                                                                                                ‘‘(II) by substituting ‘731-day period’ for ‘91-
                                                                                         day period’, and
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) paragraph (2) shall not apply.
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) STATUS MUST BE MAINTAINED DURING HOLDING
                                                                             PERIOD.—For purposes of applying paragraph (1) with
                                                                             respect to section 245A, the taxpayer shall be treated as
                                                                             holding the stock referred to in paragraph (1) for any
                                                                             period only if—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) the specified 10-percent owned foreign corpora-
                                                                                   tion referred to in section 245A(a) is a specified 10-
                                                                                   percent owned foreign corporation at all times during
                                                                                   such period, and
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) the taxpayer is a United States shareholder
                                                                                   with respect to such specified 10-percent owned foreign
                                                                                   corporation at all times during such period.’’.
                                                                        (c) APPLICATION OF RULES GENERALLY APPLICABLE TO DEDUC-
                                                                   TIONS FOR DIVIDENDS RECEIVED.—
                                                                             (1) TREATMENT OF DIVIDENDS FROM CERTAIN CORPORA-
                                                                        TIONS.—Paragraph (1) of section 246(a) is amended by striking
                                                                        ‘‘and 245’’ and inserting ‘‘245, and 245A’’.
                                                                             (2) COORDINATION WITH SECTION 1059.—Subparagraph (B)
                                                                        of section 1059(b)(2) is amended by striking ‘‘or 245’’ and
                                                                        inserting ‘‘245, or 245A’’.
                                                                        (d) COORDINATION WITH FOREIGN TAX CREDIT LIMITATION.—
                                                                   Subsection (b) of section 904 is amended by adding at the end
                                                                   the following new paragraph:
                                                                             ‘‘(5) TREATMENT OF DIVIDENDS FOR WHICH DEDUCTION IS
                                                                        ALLOWED UNDER SECTION 245A.—For purposes of subsection (a),
                                                                        in the case of a domestic corporation which is a United States
                                                                        shareholder with respect to a specified 10-percent owned foreign
                                                                        corporation, such shareholder’s taxable income from sources
                                                                        without the United States (and entire taxable income) shall
                                                                        be determined without regard to—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) the foreign-source portion of any dividend received
                                                                             from such foreign corporation, and
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) any deductions properly allocable or apportioned
                                                                             to—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) income (other than amounts includible under
                                                                                   section 951(a)(1) or 951A(a)) with respect to stock of
                                                                                   such specified 10-percent owned foreign corporation,
                                                                                   or
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) such stock to the extent income with respect




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                   to such stock is other than amounts includible under
                                                                                   section 951(a)(1) or 951A(a).




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00139   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2192                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                  Any term which is used in section 245A and in this paragraph
                                                                                                  shall have the same meaning for purposes of this paragraph
                                                                                                  as when used in such section.’’.
                                                                                                  (e) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                   26 USC 951.                          (1) Subsection (b) of section 951 is amended by striking
                                                                                                  ‘‘subpart’’ and inserting ‘‘title’’.
                                                                                                        (2) Subsection (a) of section 957 is amended by striking
                                                                                                  ‘‘subpart’’ in the matter preceding paragraph (1) and inserting
                                                                                                  ‘‘title’’.
                                                                                                        (3) The table of sections for part VIII of subchapter B
                                                                   26 USC 241 prec.               of chapter 1 is amended by inserting after the item relating
                                                                                                  to section 245 the following new item:
                                                                                           ‘‘Sec. 245A. Deduction for foreign source-portion of dividends received by domestic
                                                                                                       corporations from certain 10-percent owned foreign corporations.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 245A                 (f) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                   note.                   shall apply to distributions made after (and, in the case of the
                                                                                           amendments made by subsection (d), deductions with respect to
                                                                                           taxable years ending after) December 31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 14102. SPECIAL RULES RELATING TO SALES OR TRANSFERS
                                                                                                        INVOLVING SPECIFIED 10-PERCENT OWNED FOREIGN
                                                                                                        CORPORATIONS.
                                                                                                (a) SALES BY UNITED STATES PERSONS OF STOCK.—
                                                                                                      (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 1248 is amended by redesignating
                                                                                                subsection (j) as subsection (k) and by inserting after subsection
                                                                                                (i) the following new subsection:
                                                                                                ‘‘(j) COORDINATION WITH DIVIDENDS RECEIVED DEDUCTION.—
                                                                                           In the case of the sale or exchange by a domestic corporation
                                                                                           of stock in a foreign corporation held for 1 year or more, any
                                                                                           amount received by the domestic corporation which is treated as
                                                                                           a dividend by reason of this section shall be treated as a dividend
                                                                                           for purposes of applying section 245A.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 1248                        (2) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this sub-
                                                                   note.                        section shall apply to sales or exchanges after December 31,
                                                                                                2017.
                                                                                                (b) BASIS IN SPECIFIED 10-PERCENT OWNED FOREIGN CORPORA-
                                                                                           TION REDUCED BY NONTAXED PORTION OF DIVIDEND FOR PURPOSES
                                                                                           OF DETERMINING LOSS.—
                                                                                                      (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 961 is amended by adding at
                                                                                                the end the following new subsection:
                                                                                                ‘‘(d) BASIS IN SPECIFIED 10-PERCENT OWNED FOREIGN CORPORA-
                                                                                           TION REDUCED BY NONTAXED PORTION OF DIVIDEND FOR PURPOSES
                                                                                           OF DETERMINING LOSS.—If a domestic corporation received a divi-
                                                                                           dend from a specified 10-percent owned foreign corporation (as
                                                                                           defined in section 245A) in any taxable year, solely for purposes
                                                                                           of determining loss on any disposition of stock of such foreign
                                                                                           corporation in such taxable year or any subsequent taxable year,
                                                                                           the basis of such domestic corporation in such stock shall be reduced
                                                                                           (but not below zero) by the amount of any deduction allowable
                                                                                           to such domestic corporation under section 245A with respect to
                                                                                           such stock except to the extent such basis was reduced under
                                                                                           section 1059 by reason of a dividend for which such a deduction
                                                                                           was allowable.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 961 note.                   (2) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this sub-
                                                                                                section shall apply to distributions made after December 31,




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                2017.
                                                                                                (c) SALE BY A CFC OF A LOWER TIER CFC.—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00140   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2193

                                                                           (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 964(e) is amended by adding at                                        26 USC 964.
                                                                      the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                           ‘‘(4) COORDINATION WITH DIVIDENDS RECEIVED DEDUC-
                                                                      TION.—
                                                                                ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—If, for any taxable year of a con-
                                                                           trolled foreign corporation beginning after December 31,
                                                                           2017, any amount is treated as a dividend under paragraph
                                                                           (1) by reason of a sale or exchange by the controlled foreign
                                                                           corporation of stock in another foreign corporation held
                                                                           for 1 year or more, then, notwithstanding any other provi-
                                                                           sion of this title—
                                                                                     ‘‘(i) the foreign-source portion of such dividend
                                                                                shall be treated for purposes of section 951(a)(1)(A)
                                                                                as subpart F income of the selling controlled foreign
                                                                                corporation for such taxable year,
                                                                                     ‘‘(ii) a United States shareholder with respect to
                                                                                the selling controlled foreign corporation shall include
                                                                                in gross income for the taxable year of the shareholder
                                                                                with or within which such taxable year of the controlled
                                                                                foreign corporation ends an amount equal to the share-
                                                                                holder’s pro rata share (determined in the same
                                                                                manner as under section 951(a)(2)) of the amount
                                                                                treated as subpart F income under clause (i), and
                                                                                     ‘‘(iii) the deduction under section 245A(a) shall
                                                                                be allowable to the United States shareholder with
                                                                                respect to the subpart F income included in gross
                                                                                income under clause (ii) in the same manner as if
                                                                                such subpart F income were a dividend received by
                                                                                the shareholder from the selling controlled foreign cor-
                                                                                poration.
                                                                                ‘‘(B) APPLICATION OF BASIS OR SIMILAR ADJUSTMENT.—
                                                                           For purposes of this title, in the case of a sale or exchange
                                                                           by a controlled foreign corporation of stock in another for-
                                                                           eign corporation in a taxable year of the selling controlled
                                                                           foreign corporation beginning after December 31, 2017,
                                                                           rules similar to the rules of section 961(d) shall apply.
                                                                                ‘‘(C) FOREIGN-SOURCE PORTION.—For purposes of this
                                                                           paragraph, the foreign-source portion of any amount
                                                                           treated as a dividend under paragraph (1) shall be deter-
                                                                           mined in the same manner as under section 245A(c).’’.
                                                                           (2) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this sub-                                          26 USC 964 note.
                                                                      section shall apply to sales or exchanges after December 31,
                                                                      2017.
                                                                      (d) TREATMENT OF FOREIGN BRANCH LOSSES TRANSFERRED TO
                                                                   SPECIFIED 10-PERCENT OWNED FOREIGN CORPORATIONS.—
                                                                           (1) IN GENERAL.—Part II of subchapter B of chapter 1
                                                                      is amended by adding at the end the following new section:
                                                                   ‘‘SEC. 91. CERTAIN FOREIGN BRANCH LOSSES TRANSFERRED TO                                               26 USC 91.
                                                                              SPECIFIED 10-PERCENT OWNED FOREIGN CORPORATIONS.
                                                                        ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—If a domestic corporation transfers substan-
                                                                   tially all of the assets of a foreign branch (within the meaning
                                                                   of section 367(a)(3)(C), as in effect before the date of the enactment
                                                                   of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act) to a specified 10-percent owned
                                                                   foreign corporation (as defined in section 245A) with respect to




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                   which it is a United States shareholder after such transfer, such
                                                                   domestic corporation shall include in gross income for the taxable




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00141   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2194                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                           year which includes such transfer an amount equal to the trans-
                                                                                           ferred loss amount with respect to such transfer.
                                                                                                ‘‘(b) TRANSFERRED LOSS AMOUNT.—For purposes of this section,
                                                                                           the term ‘transferred loss amount’ means, with respect to any
                                                                                           transfer of substantially all of the assets of a foreign branch, the
                                                                                           excess (if any) of—
                                                                                                      ‘‘(1) the sum of losses—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) which were incurred by the foreign branch after
                                                                                                      December 31, 2017, and before the transfer, and
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) with respect to which a deduction was allowed
                                                                                                      to the taxpayer, over
                                                                                                      ‘‘(2) the sum of—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) any taxable income of such branch for a taxable
                                                                                                      year after the taxable year in which the loss was incurred
                                                                                                      and through the close of the taxable year of the transfer,
                                                                                                      and
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) any amount which is recognized under section
                                                                                                      904(f)(3) on account of the transfer.
                                                                                                ‘‘(c) REDUCTION FOR RECOGNIZED GAINS.—The transferred loss
                                                                                           amount shall be reduced (but not below zero) by the amount of
                                                                                           gain recognized by the taxpayer on account of the transfer (other
                                                                                           than amounts taken into account under subsection (b)(2)(B)).
                                                                                                ‘‘(d) SOURCE OF INCOME.—Amounts included in gross income
                                                                                           under this section shall be treated as derived from sources within
                                                                                           the United States.
                                                                                                ‘‘(e) BASIS ADJUSTMENTS.—Consistent with such regulations or
                                                                                           other guidance as the Secretary shall prescribe, proper adjustments
                                                                                           shall be made in the adjusted basis of the taxpayer’s stock in
                                                                                           the specified 10-percent owned foreign corporation to which the
                                                                                           transfer is made, and in the transferee’s adjusted basis in the
                                                                                           property transferred, to reflect amounts included in gross income
                                                                                           under this section.’’.
                                                                                                      (2) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—The table of sections for part
                                                                   26 USC 71 prec.              II of subchapter B of chapter 1 is amended by adding at
                                                                                                the end the following new item:
                                                                                           ‘‘Sec. 91. Certain foreign branch losses transferred to specified 10-percent owned
                                                                                                       foreign corporations.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 91 note.                 (3) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this sub-
                                                                                              section shall apply to transfers after December 31, 2017.
                                                                   26 USC 91 note.                 (4) TRANSITION RULE.—The amount of gain taken into
                                                                                              account under section 91(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of
                                                                                              1986, as added by this subsection, shall be reduced by the
                                                                                              amount of gain which would be recognized under section
                                                                                              367(a)(3)(C) (determined without regard to the amendments
                                                                                              made by subsection (e)) with respect to losses incurred before
                                                                                              January 1, 2018.
                                                                                              (e) REPEAL OF ACTIVE TRADE OR BUSINESS EXCEPTION UNDER
                                                                                           SECTION 367.—
                                                                   26 USC 367.                     (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 367(a) is amended by striking
                                                                                              paragraph (3) and redesignating paragraphs (4), (5), and (6)
                                                                                              as paragraphs (3), (4), and (5), respectively.
                                                                                                   (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—Section 367(a)(4), as
                                                                                              redesignated by paragraph (1), is amended—




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                        (A) by striking ‘‘Paragraphs (2) and (3)’’ and inserting
                                                                                                   ‘‘Paragraph (2)’’, and




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00142   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2195

                                                                                    (B) by striking ‘‘PARAGRAPHS (2) AND (3)’’ in the heading
                                                                               and inserting ‘‘PARAGRAPH (2)’’.
                                                                               (3) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this sub-                                      26 USC 367 note.
                                                                          section shall apply to transfers after December 31, 2017.
                                                                   SEC. 14103. TREATMENT OF DEFERRED FOREIGN INCOME UPON
                                                                               TRANSITION TO PARTICIPATION EXEMPTION SYSTEM OF
                                                                               TAXATION.
                                                                          (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 965 is amended to read as follows:                                     26 USC 965.
                                                                   ‘‘SEC. 965. TREATMENT OF DEFERRED FOREIGN INCOME UPON
                                                                               TRANSITION TO PARTICIPATION EXEMPTION SYSTEM OF
                                                                               TAXATION.
                                                                        ‘‘(a) TREATMENT OF DEFERRED FOREIGN INCOME AS SUBPART
                                                                   F INCOME.—In the case of the last taxable year of a deferred
                                                                   foreign income corporation which begins before January 1, 2018,
                                                                   the subpart F income of such foreign corporation (as otherwise
                                                                   determined for such taxable year under section 952) shall be
                                                                   increased by the greater of—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) the accumulated post-1986 deferred foreign income
                                                                        of such corporation determined as of November 2, 2017, or
                                                                              ‘‘(2) the accumulated post-1986 deferred foreign income
                                                                        of such corporation determined as of December 31, 2017.
                                                                        ‘‘(b) REDUCTION IN AMOUNTS INCLUDED IN GROSS INCOME OF
                                                                   UNITED STATES SHAREHOLDERS OF SPECIFIED FOREIGN CORPORA-
                                                                   TIONS WITH DEFICITS IN EARNINGS AND PROFITS.—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a taxpayer which is a
                                                                        United States shareholder with respect to at least one deferred
                                                                        foreign income corporation and at least one E&P deficit foreign
                                                                        corporation, the amount which would (but for this subsection)
                                                                        be taken into account under section 951(a)(1) by reason of
                                                                        subsection (a) as such United States shareholder’s pro rata
                                                                        share of the subpart F income of each deferred foreign income
                                                                        corporation shall be reduced by the amount of such United
                                                                        States shareholder’s aggregate foreign E&P deficit which is
                                                                        allocated under paragraph (2) to such deferred foreign income
                                                                        corporation.
                                                                              ‘‘(2) ALLOCATION OF AGGREGATE FOREIGN E&P DEFICIT.—
                                                                        The aggregate foreign E&P deficit of any United States share-
                                                                        holder shall be allocated among the deferred foreign income
                                                                        corporations of such United States shareholder in an amount
                                                                        which bears the same proportion to such aggregate as—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) such United States shareholder’s pro rata share
                                                                              of the accumulated post-1986 deferred foreign income of
                                                                              each such deferred foreign income corporation, bears to
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) the aggregate of such United States shareholder’s
                                                                              pro rata share of the accumulated post-1986 deferred for-
                                                                              eign income of all deferred foreign income corporations
                                                                              of such United States shareholder.
                                                                              ‘‘(3) DEFINITIONS RELATED TO E&P DEFICITS.—For purposes
                                                                        of this subsection—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) AGGREGATE FOREIGN E&P DEFICIT.—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘aggregate foreign E&P
                                                                                    deficit’ means, with respect to any United States share-
                                                                                    holder, the lesser of—




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                 ‘‘(I) the aggregate of such shareholder’s pro
                                                                                          rata shares of the specified E&P deficits of the




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00143   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2196                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                                 E&P deficit foreign corporations of such share-
                                                                                                                 holder, or
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(II) the amount determined under paragraph
                                                                                                                 (2)(B).
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) ALLOCATION OF DEFICIT.—If the amount
                                                                                                           described in clause (i)(II) is less than the amount
                                                                                                           described in clause (i)(I), then the shareholder shall
                                                                                                           designate, in such form and manner as the Secretary
                                                                                                           determines—
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(I) the amount of the specified E&P deficit
                                                                                                                 which is to be taken into account for each E&P
                                                                                                                 deficit corporation with respect to the taxpayer,
                                                                                                                 and
                                                                                                                        ‘‘(II) in the case of an E&P deficit corporation
                                                                                                                 which has a qualified deficit (as defined in section
                                                                                                                 952), the portion (if any) of the deficit taken into
                                                                                                                 account under subclause (I) which is attributable
                                                                                                                 to a qualified deficit, including the qualified activi-
                                                                                                                 ties to which such portion is attributable.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) E&P DEFICIT FOREIGN CORPORATION.—The term
                                                                                                     ‘E&P deficit foreign corporation’ means, with respect to
                                                                                                     any taxpayer, any specified foreign corporation with respect
                                                                                                     to which such taxpayer is a United States shareholder,
                                                                                                     if, as of November 2, 2017—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(i) such specified foreign corporation has a deficit
                                                                                                           in post-1986 earnings and profits,
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) such corporation was a specified foreign cor-
                                                                                                           poration, and
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(iii) such taxpayer was a United States share-
                                                                                                           holder of such corporation.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(C) SPECIFIED E&P DEFICIT.—The term ‘specified E&P
                                                                                                     deficit’ means, with respect to any E&P deficit foreign
                                                                                                     corporation, the amount of the deficit referred to in
                                                                                                     subparagraph (B).
                                                                                                     ‘‘(4) TREATMENT OF EARNINGS AND PROFITS IN FUTURE
                                                                                                  YEARS.—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) REDUCED EARNINGS AND PROFITS TREATED AS PRE-
                                                                                                     VIOUSLY TAXED INCOME WHEN DISTRIBUTED.—For purposes
                                                                                                     of applying section 959 in any taxable year beginning with
                                                                                                     the taxable year described in subsection (a), with respect
                                                                                                     to any United States shareholder of a deferred foreign
                                                                                                     income corporation, an amount equal to such shareholder’s
                                                                                                     reduction under paragraph (1) which is allocated to such
                                                                                                     deferred foreign income corporation under this subsection
                                                                                                     shall be treated as an amount which was included in the
                                                                                                     gross income of such United States shareholder under sec-
                                                                                                     tion 951(a).
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) E&P DEFICITS.—For purposes of this title, with
                                                                                                     respect to any taxable year beginning with the taxable
                                                                                                     year described in subsection (a), a United States share-
                                                                                                     holder’s pro rata share of the earnings and profits of any
                                                                                                     E&P deficit foreign corporation under this subsection shall
                                                                                                     be increased by the amount of the specified E&P deficit
                                                                                                     of such corporation taken into account by such shareholder
                                                                                                     under paragraph (1), and, for purposes of section 952, such




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                     increase shall be attributable to the same activity to which
                                                                                                     the deficit so taken into account was attributable.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00144   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2197

                                                                             ‘‘(5) NETTING AMONG UNITED STATES SHAREHOLDERS IN
                                                                          SAME AFFILIATED GROUP.—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any affiliated group
                                                                                which includes at least one E&P net surplus shareholder
                                                                                and one E&P net deficit shareholder, the amount which
                                                                                would (but for this paragraph) be taken into account under
                                                                                section 951(a)(1) by reason of subsection (a) by each such
                                                                                E&P net surplus shareholder shall be reduced (but not
                                                                                below zero) by such shareholder’s applicable share of the
                                                                                affiliated group’s aggregate unused E&P deficit.
                                                                                     ‘‘(B) E&P NET SURPLUS SHAREHOLDER.—For purposes
                                                                                of this paragraph, the term ‘E&P net surplus shareholder’
                                                                                means any United States shareholder which would (deter-
                                                                                mined without regard to this paragraph) take into account
                                                                                an amount greater than zero under section 951(a)(1) by
                                                                                reason of subsection (a).
                                                                                     ‘‘(C) E&P NET DEFICIT SHAREHOLDER.—For purposes
                                                                                of this paragraph, the term ‘E&P net deficit shareholder’
                                                                                means any United States shareholder if—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) the aggregate foreign E&P deficit with respect
                                                                                     to such shareholder (as defined in paragraph (3)(A)
                                                                                     without regard to clause (i)(II) thereof), exceeds
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) the amount which would (but for this sub-
                                                                                     section) be taken into account by such shareholder
                                                                                     under section 951(a)(1) by reason of subsection (a).
                                                                                     ‘‘(D) AGGREGATE UNUSED E&P DEFICIT.—For purposes
                                                                                of this paragraph—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘aggregate unused
                                                                                     E&P deficit’ means, with respect to any affiliated
                                                                                     group, the lesser of—
                                                                                                 ‘‘(I) the sum of the excesses described in
                                                                                          subparagraph (C), determined with respect to each
                                                                                          E&P net deficit shareholder in such group, or
                                                                                                 ‘‘(II) the amount determined under subpara-
                                                                                          graph (E)(ii).
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) REDUCTION WITH RESPECT TO E&P NET DEFICIT
                                                                                       SHAREHOLDERS WHICH ARE NOT WHOLLY OWNED BY THE
                                                                                       AFFILIATED GROUP.—If the group ownership percentage
                                                                                    of any E&P net deficit shareholder is less than 100
                                                                                    percent, the amount of the excess described in subpara-
                                                                                    graph (C) which is taken into account under clause
                                                                                    (i)(I) with respect to such E&P net deficit shareholder
                                                                                    shall be such group ownership percentage of such
                                                                                    amount.
                                                                                    ‘‘(E) APPLICABLE SHARE.—For purposes of this para-
                                                                                graph, the term ‘applicable share’ means, with respect to
                                                                                any E&P net surplus shareholder in any affiliated group,
                                                                                the amount which bears the same proportion to such
                                                                                group’s aggregate unused E&P deficit as—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) the product of—
                                                                                                 ‘‘(I) such shareholder’s group ownership
                                                                                          percentage, multiplied by
                                                                                                 ‘‘(II) the amount which would (but for this
                                                                                          paragraph) be taken into account under section




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                          951(a)(1) by reason of subsection (a) by such share-
                                                                                          holder, bears to




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00145   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2198                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) the aggregate amount determined under
                                                                                                           clause (i) with respect to all E&P net surplus share-
                                                                                                           holders in such group.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(F) GROUP OWNERSHIP PERCENTAGE.—For purposes of
                                                                                                     this paragraph, the term ‘group ownership percentage’
                                                                                                     means, with respect to any United States shareholder in
                                                                                                     any affiliated group, the percentage of the value of the
                                                                                                     stock of such United States shareholder which is held
                                                                                                     by other includible corporations in such affiliated group.
                                                                                                     Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the group owner-
                                                                                                     ship percentage of the common parent of the affiliated
                                                                                                     group is 100 percent. Any term used in this subparagraph
                                                                                                     which is also used in section 1504 shall have the same
                                                                                                     meaning as when used in such section.
                                                                                               ‘‘(c) APPLICATION OF PARTICIPATION EXEMPTION TO INCLUDED
                                                                                           INCOME.—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a United States share-
                                                                                               holder of a deferred foreign income corporation, there shall
                                                                                               be allowed as a deduction for the taxable year in which an
                                                                                               amount is included in the gross income of such United States
                                                                                               shareholder under section 951(a)(1) by reason of this section
                                                                                               an amount equal to the sum of—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) the United States shareholder’s 8 percent rate
                                                                                                     equivalent percentage of the excess (if any) of—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(i) the amount so included as gross income, over
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) the amount of such United States share-
                                                                                                           holder’s aggregate foreign cash position, plus
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) the United States shareholder’s 15.5 percent rate
                                                                                                     equivalent percentage of so much of the amount described
                                                                                                     in subparagraph (A)(ii) as does not exceed the amount
                                                                                                     described in subparagraph (A)(i).
                                                                                                     ‘‘(2) 8 AND 15.5 PERCENT RATE EQUIVALENT PERCENTAGES.—
                                                                                               For purposes of this subsection—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) 8 PERCENT RATE EQUIVALENT PERCENTAGE.—The
                                                                                                     term ‘8 percent rate equivalent percentage’ means, with
                                                                                                     respect to any United States shareholder for any taxable
                                                                                                     year, the percentage which would result in the amount
                                                                                                     to which such percentage applies being subject to a 8
                                                                                                     percent rate of tax determined by only taking into account
                                                                                                     a deduction equal to such percentage of such amount and
                                                                                                     the highest rate of tax specified in section 11 for such
                                                                                                     taxable year. In the case of any taxable year of a United
                                                                                                     States shareholder to which section 15 applies, the highest
                                                                                                     rate of tax under section 11 before the effective date of
                                                                                                     the change in rates and the highest rate of tax under
                                                                                                     section 11 after the effective date of such change shall
                                                                                                     each be taken into account under the preceding sentence
                                                                                                     in the same proportions as the portion of such taxable
                                                                                                     year which is before and after such effective date, respec-
                                                                                                     tively.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) 15.5 PERCENT RATE EQUIVALENT PERCENTAGE.—
                                                                                                     The term ‘15.5 percent rate equivalent percentage’ means,
                                                                                                     with respect to any United States shareholder for any
                                                                                                     taxable year, the percentage determined under subpara-




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                     graph (A) applied by substituting ‘15.5 percent rate of
                                                                                                     tax’ for ‘8 percent rate of tax’.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00146   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2199

                                                                               ‘‘(3) AGGREGATE FOREIGN CASH POSITION.—For purposes of
                                                                          this subsection—
                                                                                     ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘aggregate foreign cash
                                                                               position’ means, with respect to any United States share-
                                                                               holder, the greater of—
                                                                                           ‘‘(i) the aggregate of such United States share-
                                                                                     holder’s pro rata share of the cash position of each
                                                                                     specified foreign corporation of such United States
                                                                                     shareholder determined as of the close of the last tax-
                                                                                     able year of such specified foreign corporation which
                                                                                     begins before January 1, 2018, or
                                                                                           ‘‘(ii) one half of the sum of—
                                                                                                  ‘‘(I) the aggregate described in clause (i) deter-
                                                                                           mined as of the close of the last taxable year
                                                                                           of each such specified foreign corporation which
                                                                                           ends before November 2, 2017, plus
                                                                                                  ‘‘(II) the aggregate described in clause (i) deter-
                                                                                           mined as of the close of the taxable year of each
                                                                                           such specified foreign corporation which precedes
                                                                                           the taxable year referred to in subclause (I).
                                                                                     ‘‘(B) CASH POSITION.—For purposes of this paragraph,
                                                                               the cash position of any specified foreign corporation is
                                                                               the sum of—
                                                                                           ‘‘(i) cash held by such foreign corporation,
                                                                                           ‘‘(ii) the net accounts receivable of such foreign
                                                                                     corporation, plus
                                                                                           ‘‘(iii) the fair market value of the following assets
                                                                                     held by such corporation:
                                                                                                  ‘‘(I) Personal property which is of a type that
                                                                                           is actively traded and for which there is an estab-
                                                                                           lished financial market.
                                                                                                  ‘‘(II) Commercial paper, certificates of deposit,
                                                                                           the securities of the Federal government and of
                                                                                           any State or foreign government.
                                                                                                  ‘‘(III) Any foreign currency.
                                                                                                  ‘‘(IV) Any obligation with a term of less than
                                                                                           one year.
                                                                                                  ‘‘(V) Any asset which the Secretary identifies
                                                                                           as being economically equivalent to any asset
                                                                                           described in this subparagraph.
                                                                                     ‘‘(C) NET ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE.—For purposes of this
                                                                               paragraph, the term ‘net accounts receivable’ means, with
                                                                               respect to any specified foreign corporation, the excess (if
                                                                               any) of—
                                                                                           ‘‘(i) such corporation’s accounts receivable, over
                                                                                           ‘‘(ii) such corporation’s accounts payable (deter-
                                                                                     mined consistent with the rules of section 461).
                                                                                     ‘‘(D) PREVENTION OF DOUBLE COUNTING.—Cash posi-
                                                                               tions of a specified foreign corporation described in clause
                                                                               (ii), (iii)(I), or (iii)(IV) of subparagraph (B) shall not be
                                                                               taken into account by a United States shareholder under
                                                                               subparagraph (A) to the extent that such United States
                                                                               shareholder demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Sec-
                                                                               retary that such amount is so taken into account by such




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                               United States shareholder with respect to another specified
                                                                               foreign corporation.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00147   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2200                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                           ‘‘(E) CASH POSITIONS OF CERTAIN NON-CORPORATE ENTI-
                                                                                                       TIES TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT.—An entity (other than a cor-
                                                                                                     poration) shall be treated as a specified foreign corporation
                                                                                                     of a United States shareholder for purposes of determining
                                                                                                     such United States shareholder’s aggregate foreign cash
                                                                                                     position if any interest in such entity is held by a specified
                                                                                                     foreign corporation of such United States shareholder
                                                                                                     (determined after application of this subparagraph) and
                                                                                                     such entity would be a specified foreign corporation of
                                                                                                     such United States shareholder if such entity were a foreign
                                                                                                     corporation.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(F) ANTI-ABUSE.—If the Secretary determines that a
                                                                                                     principal purpose of any transaction was to reduce the
                                                                                                     aggregate foreign cash position taken into account under
                                                                                                     this subsection, such transaction shall be disregarded for
                                                                                                     purposes of this subsection.
                                                                                               ‘‘(d) DEFERRED FOREIGN INCOME CORPORATION; ACCUMULATED
                                                                                           POST-1986 DEFERRED FOREIGN INCOME.—For purposes of this sec-
                                                                                           tion—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(1) DEFERRED FOREIGN INCOME CORPORATION.—The term
                                                                                               ‘deferred foreign income corporation’ means, with respect to
                                                                                               any United States shareholder, any specified foreign corporation
                                                                                               of such United States shareholder which has accumulated post-
                                                                                               1986 deferred foreign income (as of the date referred to in
                                                                                               paragraph (1) or (2) of subsection (a)) greater than zero.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(2) ACCUMULATED POST-1986 DEFERRED FOREIGN INCOME.—
                                                                                               The term ‘accumulated post-1986 deferred foreign income’
                                                                                               means the post-1986 earnings and profits except to the extent
                                                                                               such earnings—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) are attributable to income of the specified foreign
                                                                                                     corporation which is effectively connected with the conduct
                                                                                                     of a trade or business within the United States and subject
                                                                                                     to tax under this chapter, or
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) in the case of a controlled foreign corporation,
                                                                                                     if distributed, would be excluded from the gross income
                                                                                                     of a United States shareholder under section 959.
                                                                                               To the extent provided in regulations or other guidance pre-
                                                                                               scribed by the Secretary, in the case of any controlled foreign
                                                                                               corporation which has shareholders which are not United States
                                                                                               shareholders, accumulated post-1986 deferred foreign income
                                                                                               shall be appropriately reduced by amounts which would be
                                                                                               described in subparagraph (B) if such shareholders were United
                                                                                               States shareholders.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(3) POST-1986 EARNINGS AND PROFITS.—The term ‘post-1986
                                                                                               earnings and profits’ means the earnings and profits of the
                                                                                               foreign corporation (computed in accordance with sections
                                                                                               964(a) and 986, and by only taking into account periods when
                                                                                               the foreign corporation was a specified foreign corporation)
                                                                                               accumulated in taxable years beginning after December 31,
                                                                                               1986, and determined—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) as of the date referred to in paragraph (1) or
                                                                                                     (2) of subsection (a), whichever is applicable with respect
                                                                                                     to such foreign corporation, and
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) without diminution by reason of dividends distrib-
                                                                                                     uted during the taxable year described in subsection (a)




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                     other than dividends distributed to another specified for-
                                                                                                     eign corporation.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00148   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2201

                                                                          ‘‘(e) SPECIFIED FOREIGN CORPORATION.—
                                                                                ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this section, the term
                                                                          ‘specified foreign corporation’ means—
                                                                                      ‘‘(A) any controlled foreign corporation, and
                                                                                      ‘‘(B) any foreign corporation with respect to which one
                                                                                or more domestic corporations is a United States share-
                                                                                holder.
                                                                                ‘‘(2) APPLICATION TO CERTAIN FOREIGN CORPORATIONS.—For
                                                                          purposes of sections 951 and 961, a foreign corporation
                                                                          described in paragraph (1)(B) shall be treated as a controlled
                                                                          foreign corporation solely for purposes of taking into account
                                                                          the subpart F income of such corporation under subsection
                                                                          (a) (and for purposes of applying subsection (f)).
                                                                                ‘‘(3) EXCLUSION OF PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPA-
                                                                          NIES.—Such term shall not include any corporation which is
                                                                          a passive foreign investment company (as defined in section
                                                                          1297) with respect to the shareholder and which is not a
                                                                          controlled foreign corporation.
                                                                          ‘‘(f) DETERMINATIONS OF PRO RATA SHARE.—
                                                                                ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this section, the deter-
                                                                          mination of any United States shareholder’s pro rata share
                                                                          of any amount with respect to any specified foreign corporation
                                                                          shall be determined under rules similar to the rules of section
                                                                          951(a)(2) by treating such amount in the same manner as
                                                                          subpart F income (and by treating such specified foreign cor-
                                                                          poration as a controlled foreign corporation).
                                                                                ‘‘(2) SPECIAL RULES.—The portion which is included in the
                                                                          income of a United States shareholder under section 951(a)(1)
                                                                          by reason of subsection (a) which is equal to the deduction
                                                                          allowed under subsection (c) by reason of such inclusion—
                                                                                      ‘‘(A) shall be treated as income exempt from tax for
                                                                                purposes of sections 705(a)(1)(B) and 1367(a)(1)(A), and
                                                                                      ‘‘(B) shall not be treated as income exempt from tax
                                                                                for purposes of determining whether an adjustment shall
                                                                                be made to an accumulated adjustment account under sec-
                                                                                tion 1368(e)(1)(A).
                                                                          ‘‘(g) DISALLOWANCE OF FOREIGN TAX CREDIT, ETC.—
                                                                                ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—No credit shall be allowed under section
                                                                          901 for the applicable percentage of any taxes paid or accrued
                                                                          (or treated as paid or accrued) with respect to any amount
                                                                          for which a deduction is allowed under this section.
                                                                                ‘‘(2) APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE.—For purposes of this sub-
                                                                          section, the term ‘applicable percentage’ means the amount
                                                                          (expressed as a percentage) equal to the sum of—
                                                                                      ‘‘(A) 0.771 multiplied by the ratio of—
                                                                                            ‘‘(i) the excess to which subsection (c)(1)(A) applies,
                                                                                      divided by
                                                                                            ‘‘(ii) the sum of such excess plus the amount to
                                                                                      which subsection (c)(1)(B) applies, plus
                                                                                      ‘‘(B) 0.557 multiplied by the ratio of—
                                                                                            ‘‘(i) the amount to which subsection (c)(1)(B)
                                                                                      applies, divided by
                                                                                            ‘‘(ii) the sum described in subparagraph (A)(ii).
                                                                                ‘‘(3) DENIAL OF DEDUCTION.—No deduction shall be allowed




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                          under this chapter for any tax for which credit is not allowable
                                                                          under section 901 by reason of paragraph (1) (determined by




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00149   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2202                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                  treating the taxpayer as having elected the benefits of subpart
                                                                                                  A of part III of subchapter N).
                                                                                                        ‘‘(4) COORDINATION WITH SECTION 78.—With respect to the
                                                                                                  taxes treated as paid or accrued by a domestic corporation
                                                                                                  with respect to amounts which are includible in gross income
                                                                                                  of such domestic corporation by reason of this section, section
                                                                                                  78 shall apply only to so much of such taxes as bears the
                                                                                                  same proportion to the amount of such taxes as—
                                                                                                              ‘‘(A) the excess of—
                                                                                                                    ‘‘(i) the amounts which are includible in gross
                                                                                                              income of such domestic corporation by reason of this
                                                                                                              section, over
                                                                                                                    ‘‘(ii) the deduction allowable under subsection (c)
                                                                                                              with respect to such amounts, bears to
                                                                                                              ‘‘(B) such amounts.
                                                                                                  ‘‘(h) ELECTION TO PAY LIABILITY IN INSTALLMENTS.—
                                                                                                        ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a United States share-
                                                                                                  holder of a deferred foreign income corporation, such United
                                                                                                  States shareholder may elect to pay the net tax liability under
                                                                                                  this section in 8 installments of the following amounts:
                                                                                                              ‘‘(A) 8 percent of the net tax liability in the case of
                                                                                                        each of the first 5 of such installments,
                                                                                                              ‘‘(B) 15 percent of the net tax liability in the case
                                                                                                        of the 6th such installment,
                                                                                                              ‘‘(C) 20 percent of the net tax liability in the case
                                                                                                        of the 7th such installment, and
                                                                                                              ‘‘(D) 25 percent of the net tax liability in the case
                                                                                                        of the 8th such installment.
                                                                                                        ‘‘(2) DATE FOR PAYMENT OF INSTALLMENTS.—If an election
                                                                                                  is made under paragraph (1), the first installment shall be
                                                                                                  paid on the due date (determined without regard to any exten-
                                                                                                  sion of time for filing the return) for the return of tax for
                                                                                                  the taxable year described in subsection (a) and each succeeding
                                                                                                  installment shall be paid on the due date (as so determined)
                                                                                                  for the return of tax for the taxable year following the taxable
                                                                                                  year with respect to which the preceding installment was made.
                                                                                                        ‘‘(3) ACCELERATION OF PAYMENT.—If there is an addition
                                                                                                  to tax for failure to timely pay any installment required under
                                                                                                  this subsection, a liquidation or sale of substantially all the
                                                                                                  assets of the taxpayer (including in a title 11 or similar case),
                                                                                                  a cessation of business by the taxpayer, or any similar cir-
                                                                                                  cumstance, then the unpaid portion of all remaining install-
                                                                                                  ments shall be due on the date of such event (or in the case
                                                                                                  of a title 11 or similar case, the day before the petition is
                                                                                                  filed). The preceding sentence shall not apply to the sale of
                                                                                                  substantially all the assets of a taxpayer to a buyer if such
                                                                                                  buyer enters into an agreement with the Secretary under which
                                                                                                  such buyer is liable for the remaining installments due under
                                                                                                  this subsection in the same manner as if such buyer were
                                                                                                  the taxpayer.
                                                                                                        ‘‘(4) PRORATION OF DEFICIENCY TO INSTALLMENTS.—If an
                                                                                                  election is made under paragraph (1) to pay the net tax liability
                                                                                                  under this section in installments and a deficiency has been
                                                                                                  assessed with respect to such net tax liability, the deficiency
                                                                                                  shall be prorated to the installments payable under paragraph




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                  (1). The part of the deficiency so prorated to any installment
                                                                                                  the date for payment of which has not arrived shall be collected




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00150   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2203

                                                                          at the same time as, and as a part of, such installment. The
                                                                          part of the deficiency so prorated to any installment the date
                                                                          for payment of which has arrived shall be paid upon notice
                                                                          and demand from the Secretary. This subsection shall not apply
                                                                          if the deficiency is due to negligence, to intentional disregard
                                                                          of rules and regulations, or to fraud with intent to evade
                                                                          tax.
                                                                                 ‘‘(5) ELECTION.—Any election under paragraph (1) shall
                                                                          be made not later than the due date for the return of tax
                                                                          for the taxable year described in subsection (a) and shall be
                                                                          made in such manner as the Secretary shall provide.
                                                                                 ‘‘(6) NET TAX LIABILITY UNDER THIS SECTION.—For purposes
                                                                          of this subsection—
                                                                                       ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The net tax liability under this sec-
                                                                                 tion with respect to any United States shareholder is the
                                                                                 excess (if any) of—
                                                                                             ‘‘(i) such taxpayer’s net income tax for the taxable
                                                                                       year in which an amount is included in the gross
                                                                                       income of such United States shareholder under section
                                                                                       951(a)(1) by reason of this section, over
                                                                                             ‘‘(ii) such taxpayer’s net income tax for such tax-
                                                                                       able year determined—
                                                                                                    ‘‘(I) without regard to this section, and
                                                                                                    ‘‘(II) without regard to any income or deduction
                                                                                             properly attributable to a dividend received by
                                                                                             such United States shareholder from any deferred
                                                                                             foreign income corporation.
                                                                                       ‘‘(B) NET INCOME TAX.—The term ‘net income tax’
                                                                                 means the regular tax liability reduced by the credits
                                                                                 allowed under subparts A, B, and D of part IV of subchapter
                                                                                 A.
                                                                          ‘‘(i) SPECIAL RULES FOR S CORPORATION SHAREHOLDERS.—
                                                                                 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any S corporation which
                                                                          is a United States shareholder of a deferred foreign income
                                                                          corporation, each shareholder of such S corporation may elect
                                                                          to defer payment of such shareholder’s net tax liability under
                                                                          this section with respect to such S corporation until the share-
                                                                          holder’s taxable year which includes the triggering event with
                                                                          respect to such liability. Any net tax liability payment of which
                                                                          is deferred under the preceding sentence shall be assessed
                                                                          on the return of tax as an addition to tax in the shareholder’s
                                                                          taxable year which includes such triggering event.
                                                                                 ‘‘(2) TRIGGERING EVENT.—
                                                                                       ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any shareholder’s
                                                                                 net tax liability under this section with respect to any
                                                                                 S corporation, the triggering event with respect to such
                                                                                 liability is whichever of the following occurs first:
                                                                                             ‘‘(i) Such corporation ceases to be an S corporation
                                                                                       (determined as of the first day of the first taxable
                                                                                       year that such corporation is not an S corporation).
                                                                                             ‘‘(ii) A liquidation or sale of substantially all the
                                                                                       assets of such S corporation (including in a title 11
                                                                                       or similar case), a cessation of business by such S




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                       corporation, such S corporation ceases to exist, or any
                                                                                       similar circumstance.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00151   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2204                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                                   ‘‘(iii) A transfer of any share of stock in such
                                                                                                             S corporation by the taxpayer (including by reason
                                                                                                             of death, or otherwise).
                                                                                                             ‘‘(B) PARTIAL TRANSFERS OF STOCK.—In the case of
                                                                                                       a transfer of less than all of the taxpayer’s shares of stock
                                                                                                       in the S corporation, such transfer shall only be a triggering
                                                                                                       event with respect to so much of the taxpayer’s net tax
                                                                                                       liability under this section with respect to such S corpora-
                                                                                                       tion as is properly allocable to such stock.
                                                                                                             ‘‘(C) TRANSFER OF LIABILITY.—A transfer described in
                                                                                                       clause (iii) of subparagraph (A) shall not be treated as
                                                                                                       a triggering event if the transferee enters into an agree-
                                                                                                       ment with the Secretary under which such transferee is
                                                                                                       liable for net tax liability with respect to such stock in
                                                                                                       the same manner as if such transferee were the taxpayer.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(3) NET TAX LIABILITY.—A shareholder’s net tax liability
                                                                                                  under this section with respect to any S corporation is the
                                                                                                  net tax liability under this section which would be determined
                                                                                                  under subsection (h)(6) if the only subpart F income taken
                                                                                                  into account by such shareholder by reason of this section
                                                                                                  were allocations from such S corporation.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(4) ELECTION TO PAY DEFERRED LIABILITY IN INSTALL-
                                                                                                  MENTS.—In the case of a taxpayer which elects to defer payment
                                                                                                  under paragraph (1)—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) subsection (h) shall be applied separately with
                                                                                                       respect to the liability to which such election applies,
                                                                                                             ‘‘(B) an election under subsection (h) with respect to
                                                                                                       such liability shall be treated as timely made if made
                                                                                                       not later than the due date for the return of tax for the
                                                                                                       taxable year in which the triggering event with respect
                                                                                                       to such liability occurs,
                                                                                                             ‘‘(C) the first installment under subsection (h) with
                                                                                                       respect to such liability shall be paid not later than such
                                                                                                       due date (but determined without regard to any extension
                                                                                                       of time for filing the return), and
                                                                                                             ‘‘(D) if the triggering event with respect to any net
                                                                                                       tax liability is described in paragraph (2)(A)(ii), an election
                                                                                                       under subsection (h) with respect to such liability may
                                                                                                       be made only with the consent of the Secretary.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(5) JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY OF S CORPORATION.—
                                                                                                  If any shareholder of an S corporation elects to defer payment
                                                                                                  under paragraph (1), such S corporation shall be jointly and
                                                                                                  severally liable for such payment and any penalty, addition
                                                                                                  to tax, or additional amount attributable thereto.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(6) EXTENSION OF LIMITATION ON COLLECTION.—Any
                                                                                                  limitation on the time period for the collection of a liability
                                                                                                  deferred under this subsection shall not be treated as beginning
                                                                                                  before the date of the triggering event with respect to such
                                                                                                  liability.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(7) ANNUAL REPORTING OF NET TAX LIABILITY.—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Any shareholder of an S corporation
                                                                                                       which makes an election under paragraph (1) shall report
                                                                                                       the amount of such shareholder’s deferred net tax liability
                                                                                                       on such shareholder’s return of tax for the taxable year
                                                                                                       for which such election is made and on the return of




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                       tax for each taxable year thereafter until such amount
                                                                                                       has been fully assessed on such returns.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00152   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2205

                                                                                    ‘‘(B) DEFERRED NET TAX LIABILITY.—For purposes of
                                                                              this paragraph, the term ‘deferred net tax liability’ means,
                                                                              with respect to any taxable year, the amount of net tax
                                                                              liability payment of which has been deferred under para-
                                                                              graph (1) and which has not been assessed on a return
                                                                              of tax for any prior taxable year.
                                                                                    ‘‘(C) FAILURE TO REPORT.—In the case of any failure
                                                                              to report any amount required to be reported under
                                                                              subparagraph (A) with respect to any taxable year before
                                                                              the due date for the return of tax for such taxable year,
                                                                              there shall be assessed on such return as an addition
                                                                              to tax 5 percent of such amount.
                                                                              ‘‘(8) ELECTION.—Any election under paragraph (1)—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) shall be made by the shareholder of the S corpora-
                                                                              tion not later than the due date for such shareholder’s
                                                                              return of tax for the taxable year which includes the close
                                                                              of the taxable year of such S corporation in which the
                                                                              amount described in subsection (a) is taken into account,
                                                                              and
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) shall be made in such manner as the Secretary
                                                                              shall provide.
                                                                        ‘‘(j) REPORTING BY S CORPORATION.—Each S corporation which
                                                                   is a United States shareholder of a specified foreign corporation
                                                                   shall report in its return of tax under section 6037(a) the amount
                                                                   includible in its gross income for such taxable year by reason
                                                                   of this section and the amount of the deduction allowable by sub-
                                                                   section (c). Any copy provided to a shareholder under section 6037(b)
                                                                   shall include a statement of such shareholder’s pro rata share
                                                                   of such amounts.
                                                                        ‘‘(k) EXTENSION OF LIMITATION ON ASSESSMENT.—Notwith-
                                                                   standing section 6501, the limitation on the time period for the
                                                                   assessment of the net tax liability under this section (as defined
                                                                   in subsection (h)(6)) shall not expire before the date that is 6
                                                                   years after the return for the taxable year described in such sub-
                                                                   section was filed.
                                                                        ‘‘(l) RECAPTURE FOR EXPATRIATED ENTITIES.—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—If a deduction is allowed under sub-
                                                                        section (c) to a United States shareholder and such shareholder
                                                                        first becomes an expatriated entity at any time during the
                                                                        10-year period beginning on the date of the enactment of the
                                                                        Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (with respect to a surrogate foreign
                                                                        corporation which first becomes a surrogate foreign corporation
                                                                        during such period), then—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) the tax imposed by this chapter shall be increased
                                                                              for the first taxable year in which such taxpayer becomes
                                                                              an expatriated entity by an amount equal to 35 percent
                                                                              of the amount of the deduction allowed under subsection
                                                                              (c), and
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) no credits shall be allowed against the increase
                                                                              in tax under subparagraph (A).
                                                                              ‘‘(2) EXPATRIATED ENTITY.—For purposes of this subsection,
                                                                        the term ‘expatriated entity’ has the same meaning given such
                                                                        term under section 7874(a)(2), except that such term shall
                                                                        not include an entity if the surrogate foreign corporation with




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                        respect to the entity is treated as a domestic corporation under
                                                                        section 7874(b).




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00153   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2206                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                   ‘‘(3) SURROGATE FOREIGN CORPORATION.—For purposes of
                                                                                              this subsection, the term ‘surrogate foreign corporation’ has
                                                                                              the meaning given such term in section 7874(a)(2)(B).
                                                                                              ‘‘(m) SPECIAL RULES FOR UNITED STATES SHAREHOLDERS WHICH
                                                                                           ARE REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUSTS.—
                                                                                                   ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—If a real estate investment trust is a
                                                                                              United States shareholder in 1 or more deferred foreign income
                                                                                              corporations—
                                                                                                         ‘‘(A) any amount required to be taken into account
                                                                                                   under section 951(a)(1) by reason of this section shall not
                                                                                                   be taken into account as gross income of the real estate
                                                                                                   investment trust for purposes of applying paragraphs (2)
                                                                                                   and (3) of section 856(c) to any taxable year for which
                                                                                                   such amount is taken into account under section 951(a)(1),
                                                                                                   and
                                                                                                         ‘‘(B) if the real estate investment trust elects the
                                                                                                   application of this subparagraph, notwithstanding sub-
                                                                                                   section (a), any amount required to be taken into account
                                                                                                   under section 951(a)(1) by reason of this section shall,
                                                                                                   in lieu of the taxable year in which it would otherwise
                                                                                                   be included in gross income (for purposes of the computa-
                                                                                                   tion of real estate investment trust taxable income under
                                                                                                   section 857(b)), be included in gross income as follows:
                                                                                                              ‘‘(i) 8 percent of such amount in the case of each
                                                                                                         of the taxable years in the 5-taxable year period begin-
                                                                                                         ning with the taxable year in which such amount would
                                                                                                         otherwise be included.
                                                                                                              ‘‘(ii) 15 percent of such amount in the case of
                                                                                                         the 1st taxable year following such period.
                                                                                                              ‘‘(iii) 20 percent of such amount in the case of
                                                                                                         the 2nd taxable year following such period.
                                                                                                              ‘‘(iv) 25 percent of such amount in the case of
                                                                                                         the 3rd taxable year following such period.
                                                                                                   ‘‘(2) RULES FOR TRUSTS ELECTING DEFERRED INCLUSION.—
                                                                                                         ‘‘(A) ELECTION.—Any election under paragraph (1)(B)
                                                                                                   shall be made not later than the due date for the first
                                                                                                   taxable year in the 5-taxable year period described in clause
                                                                                                   (i) of paragraph (1)(B) and shall be made in such manner
                                                                                                   as the Secretary shall provide.
                                                                                                         ‘‘(B) SPECIAL RULES.—If an election under paragraph
                                                                                                   (1)(B) is in effect with respect to any real estate investment
                                                                                                   trust, the following rules shall apply:
                                                                                                              ‘‘(i) APPLICATION OF PARTICIPATION EXEMPTION.—
                                                                                                         For purposes of subsection (c)(1)—
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(I) the aggregate amount to which subpara-
                                                                                                              graph (A) or (B) of subsection (c)(1) applies shall
                                                                                                              be determined without regard to the election,
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(II) each such aggregate amount shall be allo-
                                                                                                              cated to each taxable year described in paragraph
                                                                                                              (1)(B) in the same proportion as the amount
                                                                                                              included in the gross income of such United States
                                                                                                              shareholder under section 951(a)(1) by reason of
                                                                                                              this section is allocated to each such taxable year.
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(III) NO INSTALLMENT PAYMENTS.—The real
                                                                                                              estate investment trust may not make an election




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                              under subsection (g) for any taxable year described
                                                                                                              in paragraph (1)(B).




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00154   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2207

                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) ACCELERATION OF INCLUSION.—If there is a
                                                                                   liquidation or sale of substantially all the assets of
                                                                                   the real estate investment trust (including in a title
                                                                                   11 or similar case), a cessation of business by such
                                                                                   trust, or any similar circumstance, then any amount
                                                                                   not yet included in gross income under paragraph
                                                                                   (1)(B) shall be included in gross income as of the day
                                                                                   before the date of the event and the unpaid portion
                                                                                   of any tax liability with respect to such inclusion shall
                                                                                   be due on the date of such event (or in the case of
                                                                                   a title 11 or similar case, the day before the petition
                                                                                   is filed).
                                                                       ‘‘(n) ELECTION NOT TO APPLY NET OPERATING LOSS DEDUC-
                                                                   TION.—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—If a United States shareholder of a
                                                                       deferred foreign income corporation elects the application of
                                                                       this subsection for the taxable year described in subsection
                                                                       (a), then the amount described in paragraph (2) shall not be
                                                                       taken into account—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) in determining the amount of the net operating
                                                                             loss deduction under section 172 of such shareholder for
                                                                             such taxable year, or
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) in determining the amount of taxable income for
                                                                             such taxable year which may be reduced by net operating
                                                                             loss carryovers or carrybacks to such taxable year under
                                                                             section 172.
                                                                             ‘‘(2) AMOUNT DESCRIBED.—The amount described in this
                                                                       paragraph is the sum of—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) the amount required to be taken into account
                                                                             under section 951(a)(1) by reason of this section (deter-
                                                                             mined after the application of subsection (c)), plus
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) in the case of a domestic corporation which chooses
                                                                             to have the benefits of subpart A of part III of subchapter
                                                                             N for the taxable year, the taxes deemed to be paid by
                                                                             such corporation under subsections (a) and (b) of section
                                                                             960 for such taxable year with respect to the amount
                                                                             described in subparagraph (A) which are treated as a divi-
                                                                             dends under section 78.
                                                                             ‘‘(3) ELECTION.—Any election under this subsection shall
                                                                       be made not later than the due date (including extensions)
                                                                       for filing the return of tax for the taxable year and shall
                                                                       be made in such manner as the Secretary shall prescribe.
                                                                       ‘‘(o) REGULATIONS.—The Secretary shall prescribe such regula-
                                                                   tions or other guidance as may be necessary or appropriate to
                                                                   carry out the provisions of this section, including—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) regulations or other guidance to provide appropriate
                                                                       basis adjustments, and
                                                                             ‘‘(2) regulations or other guidance to prevent the avoidance
                                                                       of the purposes of this section, including through a reduction
                                                                       in earnings and profits, through changes in entity classification
                                                                       or accounting methods, or otherwise.’’.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS



                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00155   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2208                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                (b) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—The table of sections for subpart
                                                                   26 USC 951 prec.        F of part III of subchapter N of chapter 1 is amended by striking
                                                                                           the item relating to section 965 and inserting the following:
                                                                                           ‘‘Sec. 965. Treatment of deferred foreign income upon transition to participation ex-
                                                                                                       emption system of taxation.’’.

                                                                                             Subpart B—Rules Related to Passive and Mobile
                                                                                                               Income
                                                                                           CHAPTER 1—TAXATION OF FOREIGN-DERIVED INTAN-
                                                                                            GIBLE INCOME AND GLOBAL INTANGIBLE LOW-TAXED
                                                                                            INCOME
                                                                                           SEC. 14201. CURRENT YEAR INCLUSION OF GLOBAL INTANGIBLE LOW-
                                                                                                         TAXED INCOME BY UNITED STATES SHAREHOLDERS.
                                                                                               (a) IN GENERAL.—Subpart F of part III of subchapter N of
                                                                                           chapter 1 is amended by inserting after section 951 the following
                                                                                           new section:
                                                                   26 USC 951A.            ‘‘SEC. 951A. GLOBAL INTANGIBLE LOW-TAXED INCOME INCLUDED IN
                                                                                                        GROSS INCOME OF UNITED STATES SHAREHOLDERS.
                                                                                                ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—Each person who is a United States share-
                                                                                           holder of any controlled foreign corporation for any taxable year
                                                                                           of such United States shareholder shall include in gross income
                                                                                           such shareholder’s global intangible low-taxed income for such tax-
                                                                                           able year.
                                                                                                ‘‘(b) GLOBAL INTANGIBLE LOW-TAXED INCOME.—For purposes
                                                                                           of this section—
                                                                                                      ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘global intangible low-taxed
                                                                                                income’ means, with respect to any United States shareholder
                                                                                                for any taxable year of such United States shareholder, the
                                                                                                excess (if any) of—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) such shareholder’s net CFC tested income for such
                                                                                                      taxable year, over
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) such shareholder’s net deemed tangible income
                                                                                                      return for such taxable year.
                                                                                                      ‘‘(2) NET DEEMED TANGIBLE INCOME RETURN.—The term
                                                                                                ‘net deemed tangible income return’ means, with respect to
                                                                                                any United States shareholder for any taxable year, the excess
                                                                                                of—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) 10 percent of the aggregate of such shareholder’s
                                                                                                      pro rata share of the qualified business asset investment
                                                                                                      of each controlled foreign corporation with respect to which
                                                                                                      such shareholder is a United States shareholder for such
                                                                                                      taxable year (determined for each taxable year of each
                                                                                                      such controlled foreign corporation which ends in or with
                                                                                                      such taxable year of such United States shareholder), over
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) the amount of interest expense taken into account
                                                                                                      under subsection (c)(2)(A)(ii) in determining the share-
                                                                                                      holder’s net CFC tested income for the taxable year to
                                                                                                      the extent the interest income attributable to such expense
                                                                                                      is not taken into account in determining such shareholder’s
                                                                                                      net CFC tested income.
                                                                                                ‘‘(c) NET CFC TESTED INCOME.—For purposes of this section—




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                      ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘net CFC tested income’ means,
                                                                                                with respect to any United States shareholder for any taxable




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00156   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2209

                                                                        year of such United States shareholder, the excess (if any)
                                                                        of—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) the aggregate of such shareholder’s pro rata share
                                                                              of the tested income of each controlled foreign corporation
                                                                              with respect to which such shareholder is a United States
                                                                              shareholder for such taxable year of such United States
                                                                              shareholder (determined for each taxable year of such con-
                                                                              trolled foreign corporation which ends in or with such
                                                                              taxable year of such United States shareholder), over
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) the aggregate of such shareholder’s pro rata share
                                                                              of the tested loss of each controlled foreign corporation
                                                                              with respect to which such shareholder is a United States
                                                                              shareholder for such taxable year of such United States
                                                                              shareholder (determined for each taxable year of such con-
                                                                              trolled foreign corporation which ends in or with such
                                                                              taxable year of such United States shareholder).
                                                                              ‘‘(2) TESTED INCOME; TESTED LOSS.—For purposes of this
                                                                        section—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) TESTED INCOME.—The term ‘tested income’ means,
                                                                              with respect to any controlled foreign corporation for any
                                                                              taxable year of such controlled foreign corporation, the
                                                                              excess (if any) of—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) the gross income of such corporation deter-
                                                                                    mined without regard to—
                                                                                                 ‘‘(I) any item of income described in section
                                                                                          952(b),
                                                                                                 ‘‘(II) any gross income taken into account in
                                                                                          determining the subpart F income of such corpora-
                                                                                          tion,
                                                                                                 ‘‘(III) any gross income excluded from the for-
                                                                                          eign base company income (as defined in section
                                                                                          954) and the insurance income (as defined in sec-
                                                                                          tion 953) of such corporation by reason of section
                                                                                          954(b)(4),
                                                                                                 ‘‘(IV) any dividend received from a related per-
                                                                                          son (as defined in section 954(d)(3)), and
                                                                                                 ‘‘(V) any foreign oil and gas extraction income
                                                                                          (as defined in section 907(c)(1)) of such corporation,
                                                                                          over
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) the deductions (including taxes) properly allo-
                                                                                    cable to such gross income under rules similar to the
                                                                                    rules of section 954(b)(5) (or to which such deductions
                                                                                    would be allocable if there were such gross income).
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) TESTED LOSS.—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘tested loss’ means,
                                                                                    with respect to any controlled foreign corporation for
                                                                                    any taxable year of such controlled foreign corporation,
                                                                                    the excess (if any) of the amount described in subpara-
                                                                                    graph (A)(ii) over the amount described in subpara-
                                                                                    graph (A)(i).
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) COORDINATION WITH SUBPART F TO DENY
                                                                                    DOUBLE BENEFIT OF LOSSES.—Section 952(c)(1)(A) shall
                                                                                    be applied by increasing the earnings and profits of
                                                                                    the controlled foreign corporation by the tested loss
                                                                                    of such corporation.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                        ‘‘(d) QUALIFIED BUSINESS ASSET INVESTMENT.—For purposes
                                                                   of this section—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00157   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2210                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                       ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘qualified business asset invest-
                                                                                                  ment’ means, with respect to any controlled foreign corporation
                                                                                                  for any taxable year, the average of such corporation’s aggregate
                                                                                                  adjusted bases as of the close of each quarter of such taxable
                                                                                                  year in specified tangible property—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) used in a trade or business of the corporation,
                                                                                                       and
                                                                                                             ‘‘(B) of a type with respect to which a deduction is
                                                                                                       allowable under section 167.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(2) SPECIFIED TANGIBLE PROPERTY.—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘specified tangible prop-
                                                                                                       erty’ means, except as provided in subparagraph (B), any
                                                                                                       tangible property used in the production of tested income.
                                                                                                             ‘‘(B) DUAL USE PROPERTY.—In the case of property used
                                                                                                       both in the production of tested income and income which
                                                                                                       is not tested income, such property shall be treated as
                                                                                                       specified tangible property in the same proportion that
                                                                                                       the gross income described in subsection (c)(1)(A) produced
                                                                                                       with respect to such property bears to the total gross
                                                                                                       income produced with respect to such property.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(3) DETERMINATION OF ADJUSTED BASIS.—For purposes of
                                                                                                  this subsection, notwithstanding any provision of this title (or
                                                                                                  any other provision of law) which is enacted after the date
                                                                                                  of the enactment of this section, the adjusted basis in any
                                                                                                  property shall be determined—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) by using the alternative depreciation system under
                                                                                                       section 168(g), and
                                                                                                             ‘‘(B) by allocating the depreciation deduction with
                                                                                                       respect to such property ratably to each day during the
                                                                                                       period in the taxable year to which such depreciation
                                                                                                       relates.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(3) PARTNERSHIP PROPERTY.—For purposes of this sub-
                                                                                                  section, if a controlled foreign corporation holds an interest
                                                                                                  in a partnership at the close of such taxable year of the con-
                                                                                                  trolled foreign corporation, such controlled foreign corporation
                                                                                                  shall take into account under paragraph (1) the controlled
                                                                                                  foreign corporation’s distributive share of the aggregate of the
                                                                                                  partnership’s adjusted bases (determined as of such date in
                                                                                                  the hands of the partnership) in tangible property held by
                                                                                                  such partnership to the extent such property—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) is used in the trade or business of the partnership,
                                                                                                             ‘‘(B) is of a type with respect to which a deduction
                                                                                                       is allowable under section 167, and
                                                                                                             ‘‘(C) is used in the production of tested income (deter-
                                                                                                       mined with respect to such controlled foreign corporation’s
                                                                                                       distributive share of income with respect to such property).
                                                                                                  For purposes of this paragraph, the controlled foreign corpora-
                                                                                                  tion’s distributive share of the adjusted basis of any property
                                                                                                  shall be the controlled foreign corporation’s distributive share
                                                                                                  of income with respect to such property.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(4) REGULATIONS.—The Secretary shall issue such regula-
                                                                                                  tions or other guidance as the Secretary determines appropriate
                                                                                                  to prevent the avoidance of the purposes of this subsection,
                                                                                                  including regulations or other guidance which provide for the
                                                                                                  treatment of property if—




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) such property is transferred, or held, temporarily,
                                                                                                       or




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00158   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2211

                                                                                    ‘‘(B) the avoidance of the purposes of this paragraph
                                                                              is a factor in the transfer or holding of such property.
                                                                        ‘‘(e) DETERMINATION OF PRO RATA SHARE, ETC.—For purposes
                                                                   of this section—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The pro rata shares referred to in sub-
                                                                        sections (b), (c)(1)(A), and (c)(1)(B), respectively, shall be deter-
                                                                        mined under the rules of section 951(a)(2) in the same manner
                                                                        as such section applies to subpart F income and shall be taken
                                                                        into account in the taxable year of the United States share-
                                                                        holder in which or with which the taxable year of the controlled
                                                                        foreign corporation ends.
                                                                              ‘‘(2) TREATMENT AS UNITED STATES SHAREHOLDER.—A per-
                                                                        son shall be treated as a United States shareholder of a con-
                                                                        trolled foreign corporation for any taxable year of such person
                                                                        only if such person owns (within the meaning of section 958(a))
                                                                        stock in such foreign corporation on the last day in the taxable
                                                                        year of such foreign corporation on which such foreign corpora-
                                                                        tion is a controlled foreign corporation.
                                                                              ‘‘(3) TREATMENT AS CONTROLLED FOREIGN CORPORATION.—
                                                                        A foreign corporation shall be treated as a controlled foreign
                                                                        corporation for any taxable year if such foreign corporation
                                                                        is a controlled foreign corporation at any time during such
                                                                        taxable year.
                                                                        ‘‘(f) TREATMENT AS SUBPART F INCOME FOR CERTAIN PUR-
                                                                   POSES.—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) APPLICATION.—Except as provided in subpara-
                                                                              graph (B), any global intangible low-taxed income included
                                                                              in gross income under subsection (a) shall be treated in
                                                                              the same manner as an amount included under section
                                                                              951(a)(1)(A) for purposes of applying sections 168(h)(2)(B),
                                                                              535(b)(10), 851(b), 904(h)(1), 959, 961, 962, 993(a)(1)(E),
                                                                              996(f)(1),         1248(b)(1),  1248(d)(1),      6501(e)(1)(C),
                                                                              6654(d)(2)(D), and 6655(e)(4).
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) EXCEPTION.—The Secretary shall provide rules for
                                                                              the application of subparagraph (A) to other provisions
                                                                              of this title in any case in which the determination of
                                                                              subpart F income is required to be made at the level
                                                                              of the controlled foreign corporation.
                                                                              ‘‘(2) ALLOCATION OF GLOBAL INTANGIBLE LOW-TAXED INCOME
                                                                        TO CONTROLLED FOREIGN CORPORATIONS.—For purposes of the
                                                                        sections referred to in paragraph (1), with respect to any con-
                                                                        trolled foreign corporation any pro rata amount from which
                                                                        is taken into account in determining the global intangible low-
                                                                        taxed income included in gross income of a United States
                                                                        shareholder under subsection (a), the portion of such global
                                                                        intangible low-taxed income which is treated as being with
                                                                        respect to such controlled foreign corporation is—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) in the case of a controlled foreign corporation
                                                                              with no tested income, zero, and
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) in the case of a controlled foreign corporation
                                                                              with tested income, the portion of such global intangible
                                                                              low-taxed income which bears the same ratio to such global
                                                                              intangible low-taxed income as—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) such United States shareholder’s pro rata




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                    amount of the tested income of such controlled foreign
                                                                                    corporation, bears to




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00159   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2212                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) the aggregate amount described in subsection
                                                                                                           (c)(1)(A) with respect to such United States share-
                                                                                                           holder.’’.
                                                                                               (b) FOREIGN TAX CREDIT.—
                                                                                                     (1) APPLICATION OF DEEMED PAID FOREIGN TAX CREDIT.—
                                                                   26 USC 960.                 Section 960 is amended adding at the end the following new
                                                                                               subsection:
                                                                                               ‘‘(d) DEEMED PAID CREDIT FOR TAXES PROPERLY ATTRIBUTABLE
                                                                                           TO TESTED INCOME.—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of subpart A of this part,
                                                                                               if any amount is includible in the gross income of a domestic
                                                                                               corporation under section 951A, such domestic corporation shall
                                                                                               be deemed to have paid foreign income taxes equal to 80 percent
                                                                                               of the product of—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) such domestic corporation’s inclusion percentage,
                                                                                                     multiplied by
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) the aggregate tested foreign income taxes paid
                                                                                                     or accrued by controlled foreign corporations.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(2) INCLUSION PERCENTAGE.—For purposes of paragraph
                                                                                               (1), the term ‘inclusion percentage’ means, with respect to any
                                                                                               domestic corporation, the ratio (expressed as a percentage)
                                                                                               of—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) such corporation’s global intangible low-taxed
                                                                                                     income (as defined in section 951A(b)), divided by
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) the aggregate amount described in section
                                                                                                     951A(c)(1)(A) with respect to such corporation.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(3) TESTED FOREIGN INCOME TAXES.—For purposes of para-
                                                                                               graph (1), the term ‘tested foreign income taxes’ means, with
                                                                                               respect to any domestic corporation which is a United States
                                                                                               shareholder of a controlled foreign corporation, the foreign
                                                                                               income taxes paid or accrued by such foreign corporation which
                                                                                               are properly attributable to the tested income of such foreign
                                                                                               corporation taken into account by such domestic corporation
                                                                                               under section 951A.’’.
                                                                                                     (2) APPLICATION OF FOREIGN TAX CREDIT LIMITATION.—
                                                                                                           (A) SEPARATE BASKET FOR GLOBAL INTANGIBLE LOW-
                                                                                                     TAXED INCOME.—Section 904(d)(1) is amended by redesig-
                                                                                                     nating subparagraphs (A) and (B) as subparagraphs (B)
                                                                                                     and (C), respectively, and by inserting before subparagraph
                                                                                                     (B) (as so redesignated) the following new subparagraph:
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) any amount includible in gross income under sec-
                                                                                                     tion 951A (other than passive category income),’’.
                                                                                                           (B) EXCLUSION FROM GENERAL CATEGORY INCOME.—
                                                                                                     Section 904(d)(2)(A)(ii) is amended by inserting ‘‘income
                                                                                                     described in paragraph (1)(A) and’’ before ‘‘passive category
                                                                                                     income’’.
                                                                                                           (C) NO CARRYOVER OR CARRYBACK OF EXCESS TAXES.—
                                                                                                     Section 904(c) is amended by adding at the end the fol-
                                                                                                     lowing: ‘‘This subsection shall not apply to taxes paid or
                                                                                                     accrued with respect to amounts described in subsection
                                                                                                     (d)(1)(A).’’.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS



                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00160   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2213

                                                                       (c) CLERICAL AMENDMENT.—The table of sections for subpart
                                                                   F of part III of subchapter N of chapter 1 is amended by inserting                                    26 USC 951 prec.
                                                                   after the item relating to section 951 the following new item:
                                                                   ‘‘Sec. 951A. Global intangible low-taxed income included in gross income of United
                                                                               States shareholders.’’.
                                                                       (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 904 note.
                                                                   shall apply to taxable years of foreign corporations beginning after
                                                                   December 31, 2017, and to taxable years of United States share-
                                                                   holders in which or with which such taxable years of foreign corpora-
                                                                   tions end.
                                                                   SEC. 14202. DEDUCTION FOR FOREIGN-DERIVED INTANGIBLE INCOME
                                                                                AND GLOBAL INTANGIBLE LOW-TAXED INCOME.
                                                                      (a) IN GENERAL.—Part VIII of subchapter B of chapter 1 is
                                                                   amended by adding at the end the following new section:
                                                                   ‘‘SEC. 250. FOREIGN-DERIVED INTANGIBLE INCOME AND GLOBAL                                              26 USC 250.
                                                                               INTANGIBLE LOW-TAXED INCOME.
                                                                          ‘‘(a) ALLOWANCE OF DEDUCTION.—
                                                                                ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a domestic corporation
                                                                          for any taxable year, there shall be allowed as a deduction
                                                                          an amount equal to the sum of—
                                                                                      ‘‘(A) 37.5 percent of the foreign-derived intangible
                                                                                income of such domestic corporation for such taxable year,
                                                                                plus
                                                                                      ‘‘(B) 50 percent of—
                                                                                            ‘‘(i) the global intangible low-taxed income amount
                                                                                      (if any) which is included in the gross income of such
                                                                                      domestic corporation under section 951A for such tax-
                                                                                      able year, and
                                                                                            ‘‘(ii) the amount treated as a dividend received
                                                                                      by such corporation under section 78 which is attrib-
                                                                                      utable to the amount described in clause (i).
                                                                                ‘‘(2) LIMITATION BASED ON TAXABLE INCOME.—
                                                                                      ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—If, for any taxable year—
                                                                                            ‘‘(i) the sum of the foreign-derived intangible
                                                                                      income and the global intangible low-taxed income
                                                                                      amount otherwise taken into account by the domestic
                                                                                      corporation under paragraph (1), exceeds
                                                                                            ‘‘(ii) the taxable income of the domestic corporation
                                                                                      (determined without regard to this section),
                                                                                then the amount of the foreign-derived intangible income
                                                                                and the global intangible low-taxed income amount so
                                                                                taken into account shall be reduced as provided in subpara-
                                                                                graph (B).
                                                                                      ‘‘(B) REDUCTION.—For purposes of subparagraph (A)—
                                                                                            ‘‘(i) foreign-derived intangible income shall be
                                                                                      reduced by an amount which bears the same ratio
                                                                                      to the excess described in subparagraph (A) as such
                                                                                      foreign-derived intangible income bears to the sum
                                                                                      described in subparagraph (A)(i), and
                                                                                            ‘‘(ii) the global intangible low-taxed income amount
                                                                                      shall be reduced by the remainder of such excess.
                                                                                ‘‘(3) REDUCTION IN DEDUCTION FOR TAXABLE YEARS AFTER




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                          2025.—In the case of any taxable year beginning after December
                                                                          31, 2025, paragraph (1) shall be applied by substituting—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00161   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2214                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) ‘21.875 percent’ for ‘37.5 percent’ in subparagraph
                                                                                                      (A), and
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) ‘37.5 percent’ for ‘50 percent’ in subparagraph
                                                                                                      (B).
                                                                                                ‘‘(b) FOREIGN-DERIVED INTANGIBLE INCOME.—For purposes of
                                                                                           this section—
                                                                                                      ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The foreign-derived intangible income
                                                                                                of any domestic corporation is the amount which bears the
                                                                                                same ratio to the deemed intangible income of such corporation
                                                                                                as—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) the foreign-derived deduction eligible income of
                                                                                                      such corporation, bears to
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) the deduction eligible income of such corporation.
                                                                                                      ‘‘(2) DEEMED INTANGIBLE INCOME.—For purposes of this
                                                                                                subsection—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘deemed intangible
                                                                                                      income’ means the excess (if any) of—
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) the deduction eligible income of the domestic
                                                                                                            corporation, over
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) the deemed tangible income return of the cor-
                                                                                                            poration.
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) DEEMED TANGIBLE INCOME RETURN.—The term
                                                                                                      ‘deemed tangible income return’ means, with respect to
                                                                                                      any corporation, an amount equal to 10 percent of the
                                                                                                      corporation’s qualified business asset investment (as
                                                                                                      defined in section 951A(d), determined by substituting
                                                                                                      ‘deduction eligible income’ for ‘tested income’ in paragraph
                                                                                                      (2) thereof and without regard to whether the corporation
                                                                                                      is a controlled foreign corporation).
                                                                                                      ‘‘(3) DEDUCTION ELIGIBLE INCOME.—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘deduction eligible income’
                                                                                                      means, with respect to any domestic corporation, the excess
                                                                                                      (if any) of—
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) gross income of such corporation determined
                                                                                                            without regard to—
                                                                                                                         ‘‘(I) any amount included in the gross income
                                                                                                                  of such corporation under section 951(a)(1),
                                                                                                                         ‘‘(II) the global intangible low-taxed income
                                                                                                                  included in the gross income of such corporation
                                                                                                                  under section 951A,
                                                                                                                         ‘‘(III) any financial services income (as defined
                                                                                                                  in section 904(d)(2)(D)) of such corporation,
                                                                                                                         ‘‘(IV) any dividend received from a corporation
                                                                                                                  which is a controlled foreign corporation of such
                                                                                                                  domestic corporation,
                                                                                                                         ‘‘(V) any domestic oil and gas extraction
                                                                                                                  income of such corporation, and
                                                                                                                         ‘‘(VI) any foreign branch income (as defined
                                                                                                                  in section 904(d)(2)(J)), over
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) the deductions (including taxes) properly allo-
                                                                                                            cable to such gross income.
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) DOMESTIC OIL AND GAS EXTRACTION INCOME.—For
                                                                                                      purposes of subparagraph (A), the term ‘domestic oil and
                                                                                                      gas extraction income’ means income described in section




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                      907(c)(1), determined by substituting ‘within the United
                                                                                                      States’ for ‘without the United States’.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00162   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2215

                                                                               ‘‘(4) FOREIGN-DERIVED DEDUCTION ELIGIBLE INCOME.—The
                                                                          term ‘foreign-derived deduction eligible income’ means, with
                                                                          respect to any taxpayer for any taxable year, any deduction
                                                                          eligible income of such taxpayer which is derived in connection
                                                                          with—
                                                                                     ‘‘(A) property—
                                                                                           ‘‘(i) which is sold by the taxpayer to any person
                                                                                     who is not a United States person, and
                                                                                           ‘‘(ii) which the taxpayer establishes to the satisfac-
                                                                                     tion of the Secretary is for a foreign use, or
                                                                                     ‘‘(B) services provided by the taxpayer which the tax-
                                                                               payer establishes to the satisfaction of the Secretary are
                                                                               provided to any person, or with respect to property, not
                                                                               located within the United States.
                                                                               ‘‘(5) RULES RELATING TO FOREIGN USE PROPERTY OR SERV-
                                                                          ICES.—For purposes of this subsection—
                                                                                     ‘‘(A) FOREIGN USE.—The term ‘foreign use’ means any
                                                                               use, consumption, or disposition which is not within the
                                                                               United States.
                                                                                     ‘‘(B) PROPERTY OR SERVICES PROVIDED TO DOMESTIC
                                                                               INTERMEDIARIES.—
                                                                                           ‘‘(i) PROPERTY.—If a taxpayer sells property to
                                                                                     another person (other than a related party) for further
                                                                                     manufacture or other modification within the United
                                                                                     States, such property shall not be treated as sold for
                                                                                     a foreign use even if such other person subsequently
                                                                                     uses such property for a foreign use.
                                                                                           ‘‘(ii) SERVICES.—If a taxpayer provides services to
                                                                                     another person (other than a related party) located
                                                                                     within the United States, such services shall not be
                                                                                     treated as described in paragraph (4)(B) even if such
                                                                                     other person uses such services in providing services
                                                                                     which are so described.
                                                                                     ‘‘(C) SPECIAL RULES WITH RESPECT TO RELATED PARTY
                                                                               TRANSACTIONS.—
                                                                                           ‘‘(i) SALES TO RELATED PARTIES.—If property is sold
                                                                                     to a related party who is not a United States person,
                                                                                     such sale shall not be treated as for a foreign use
                                                                                     unless—
                                                                                                  ‘‘(I) such property is ultimately sold by a
                                                                                           related party, or used by a related party in connec-
                                                                                           tion with property which is sold or the provision
                                                                                           of services, to another person who is an unrelated
                                                                                           party who is not a United States person, and
                                                                                                  ‘‘(II) the taxpayer establishes to the satisfac-
                                                                                           tion of the Secretary that such property is for
                                                                                           a foreign use.
                                                                                     For purposes of this clause, a sale of property shall
                                                                                     be treated as a sale of each of the components thereof.
                                                                                           ‘‘(ii) SERVICE PROVIDED TO RELATED PARTIES.—If
                                                                                     a service is provided to a related party who is not
                                                                                     located in the United States, such service shall not
                                                                                     be treated described in subparagraph (A)(ii) unless the
                                                                                     taxpayer established to the satisfaction of the Secretary
                                                                                     that such service is not substantially similar to services




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                     provided by such related party to persons located
                                                                                     within the United States.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00163   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2216                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                          ‘‘(D) RELATED PARTY.—For purposes of this paragraph,
                                                                                                     the term ‘related party’ means any member of an affiliated
                                                                                                     group as defined in section 1504(a), determined—
                                                                                                                ‘‘(i) by substituting ‘more than 50 percent’ for ‘at
                                                                                                          least 80 percent’ each place it appears, and
                                                                                                                ‘‘(ii) without regard to paragraphs (2) and (3) of
                                                                                                          section 1504(b).
                                                                                                     Any person (other than a corporation) shall be treated
                                                                                                     as a member of such group if such person is controlled
                                                                                                     by members of such group (including any entity treated
                                                                                                     as a member of such group by reason of this sentence)
                                                                                                     or controls any such member. For purposes of the preceding
                                                                                                     sentence, control shall be determined under the rules of
                                                                                                     section 954(d)(3).
                                                                                                          ‘‘(E) SOLD.—For purposes of this subsection, the terms
                                                                                                     ‘sold’, ‘sells’, and ‘sale’ shall include any lease, license,
                                                                                                     exchange, or other disposition.
                                                                                               ‘‘(c) REGULATIONS.—The Secretary shall prescribe such regula-
                                                                                           tions or other guidance as may be necessary or appropriate to
                                                                                           carry out the provisions of this section.’’.
                                                                                               (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                   26 USC 172.                       (1) Section 172(d), as amended by this Act, is amended
                                                                                               by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                                                     ‘‘(9) DEDUCTION FOR FOREIGN-DERIVED INTANGIBLE
                                                                                               INCOME.—The deduction under section 250 shall not be
                                                                                               allowed.’’.
                                                                                                     (2) Section 246(b)(1) is amended—
                                                                                                          (A) by striking ‘‘and subsection (a) and (b) of section
                                                                                                     245’’ the first place it appears and inserting ‘‘, subsection
                                                                                                     (a) and (b) of section 245, and section 250’’,
                                                                                                          (B) by striking ‘‘and subsection (a) and (b) of section
                                                                                                     245’’ the second place it appears and inserting ‘‘subsection
                                                                                                     (a) and (b) of section 245, and 250’’.
                                                                                                     (3) Section 469(i)(3)(F)(iii) is amended by striking ‘‘and
                                                                                               222’’ and inserting ‘‘222, and 250’’.
                                                                                                     (4) The table of sections for part VIII of subchapter B
                                                                   26 USC 241 prec.            of chapter 1 is amended by adding at the end the following
                                                                                               new item:
                                                                                           ‘‘Sec. 250. Foreign-derived intangible income and global intangible low-taxed in-
                                                                                                       come.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 172 note.            (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.

                                                                                                 CHAPTER 2—OTHER MODIFICATIONS OF SUBPART F
                                                                                                                PROVISIONS

                                                                                           SEC. 14211. ELIMINATION OF INCLUSION OF FOREIGN BASE COMPANY
                                                                                                         OIL RELATED INCOME.
                                                                                                  (a) REPEAL.—Subsection (a) of section 954 is amended—
                                                                                                       (1) by inserting ‘‘and’’ at the end of paragraph (2),
                                                                                                       (2) by striking the comma at the end of paragraph (3)
                                                                                                  and inserting a period, and




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                       (3) by striking paragraph (5).
                                                                                                  (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00164   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2217

                                                                            (1) Section 952(c)(1)(B)(iii) is amended by striking subclause                               26 USC 952.
                                                                       (I) and redesignating subclauses (II) through (V) as subclauses
                                                                       (I) through (IV), respectively.
                                                                            (2) Section 954(b) is amended—
                                                                                 (A) by striking the second sentence of paragraph (4),
                                                                                 (B) by striking ‘‘the foreign base company services
                                                                            income, and the foreign base company oil related income’’
                                                                            in paragraph (5) and inserting ‘‘and the foreign base com-
                                                                            pany services income’’, and
                                                                                 (C) by striking paragraph (6).
                                                                            (3) Section 954 is amended by striking subsection (g).
                                                                       (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 952 note.
                                                                   shall apply to taxable years of foreign corporations beginning after
                                                                   December 31, 2017, and to taxable years of United States share-
                                                                   holders with or within which such taxable years of foreign corpora-
                                                                   tions end.
                                                                   SEC. 14212. REPEAL OF INCLUSION BASED ON WITHDRAWAL OF PRE-
                                                                                VIOUSLY EXCLUDED SUBPART F INCOME FROM QUALI-
                                                                                FIED INVESTMENT.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Subpart F of part III of subchapter N of
                                                                   chapter 1 is amended by striking section 955.
                                                                       (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                            (1)(A) Section 951(a)(1)(A) is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                 ‘‘(A) his pro rata share (determined under paragraph
                                                                            (2)) of the corporation’s subpart F income for such year,
                                                                            and’’.
                                                                            (B) Section 851(b) is amended by striking ‘‘section
                                                                       951(a)(1)(A)(i)’’ in the flush language at the end and inserting
                                                                       ‘‘section 951(a)(1)(A)’’.
                                                                            (C) Section 952(c)(1)(B)(i) is amended by striking ‘‘section
                                                                       951(a)(1)(A)(i)’’ and inserting ‘‘section 951(a)(1)(A)’’.
                                                                            (D) Section 953(c)(1)(C) is amended by striking ‘‘section
                                                                       951(a)(1)(A)(i)’’ and inserting ‘‘section 951(a)(1)(A)’’.
                                                                            (2) Section 951(a) is amended by striking paragraph (3).
                                                                            (3) Section 953(d)(4)(B)(iv)(II) is amended by striking ‘‘or
                                                                       amounts referred to in clause (ii) or (iii) of section 951(a)(1)(A)’’.
                                                                            (4) Section 964(b) is amended by striking ‘‘, 955,’’.
                                                                            (5) Section 970 is amended by striking subsection (b).
                                                                            (6) The table of sections for subpart F of part III of sub-
                                                                       chapter N of chapter 1 is amended by striking the item relating                                   26 USC 951 prec.
                                                                       to section 955.
                                                                       (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 851 note.
                                                                   shall apply to taxable years of foreign corporations beginning after
                                                                   December 31, 2017, and to taxable years of United States share-
                                                                   holders in which or with which such taxable years of foreign corpora-
                                                                   tions end.
                                                                   SEC. 14213. MODIFICATION OF STOCK ATTRIBUTION RULES FOR
                                                                               DETERMINING STATUS AS A CONTROLLED FOREIGN
                                                                               CORPORATION.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 958(b) is amended—
                                                                            (1) by striking paragraph (4), and
                                                                            (2) by striking ‘‘Paragraphs (1) and (4)’’ in the last sentence
                                                                       and inserting ‘‘Paragraph (1)’’.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                       (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 958 note.
                                                                   shall apply to—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00165   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2218                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                       (1) the last taxable year of foreign corporations beginning
                                                                                                  before January 1, 2018, and each subsequent taxable year
                                                                                                  of such foreign corporations, and
                                                                                                       (2) taxable years of United States shareholders in which
                                                                                                  or with which such taxable years of foreign corporations end.
                                                                                           SEC. 14214. MODIFICATION OF DEFINITION OF UNITED STATES SHARE-
                                                                                                        HOLDER.
                                                                   26 USC 951.                  (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 951(b) is amended by inserting ‘‘,
                                                                                           or 10 percent or more of the total value of shares of all classes
                                                                                           of stock of such foreign corporation’’ after ‘‘such foreign corporation’’.
                                                                   26 USC 951 note.             (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years of foreign corporations beginning after
                                                                                           December 31, 2017, and to taxable years of United States share-
                                                                                           holders with or within which such taxable years of foreign corpora-
                                                                                           tions end.
                                                                                           SEC. 14215. ELIMINATION OF REQUIREMENT THAT CORPORATION
                                                                                                        MUST BE CONTROLLED FOR 30 DAYS BEFORE SUBPART
                                                                                                        F INCLUSIONS APPLY.
                                                                                               (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 951(a)(1) is amended by striking ‘‘for
                                                                                           an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more’’ and inserting ‘‘at
                                                                                           any time’’.
                                                                   26 USC 951 note.            (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years of foreign corporations beginning after
                                                                                           December 31, 2017, and to taxable years of United States share-
                                                                                           holders with or within which such taxable years of foreign corpora-
                                                                                           tions end.
                                                                                                     CHAPTER 3—PREVENTION OF BASE EROSION
                                                                                           SEC. 14221. LIMITATIONS ON INCOME SHIFTING THROUGH INTAN-
                                                                                                        GIBLE PROPERTY TRANSFERS.
                                                                                              (a) DEFINITION OF INTANGIBLE ASSET.—Section 936(h)(3)(B) is
                                                                                           amended—
                                                                                                   (1) by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end of clause (v),
                                                                                                   (2) by striking clause (vi) and inserting the following:
                                                                                                             ‘‘(vi) any goodwill, going concern value, or
                                                                                                        workforce in place (including its composition and terms
                                                                                                        and conditions (contractual or otherwise) of its employ-
                                                                                                        ment); or
                                                                                                             ‘‘(vii) any other item the value or potential value
                                                                                                        of which is not attributable to tangible property or
                                                                                                        the services of any individual.’’, and
                                                                                                   (3) by striking the flush language after clause (vii), as
                                                                                              added by paragraph (2).
                                                                                              (b) CLARIFICATION OF ALLOWABLE VALUATION METHODS.—
                                                                                                   (1) FOREIGN CORPORATIONS.—Section 367(d)(2) is amended
                                                                                              by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
                                                                                                        ‘‘(D) REGULATORY AUTHORITY.—For purposes of the last
                                                                                                   sentence of subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall require—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(i) the valuation of transfers of intangible prop-
                                                                                                        erty, including intangible property transferred with
                                                                                                        other property or services, on an aggregate basis, or
                                                                                                             ‘‘(ii) the valuation of such a transfer on the basis
                                                                                                        of the realistic alternatives to such a transfer,




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                   if the Secretary determines that such basis is the most
                                                                                                   reliable means of valuation of such transfers.’’.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00166   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2219

                                                                               (2) ALLOCATION AMONG TAXPAYERS.—Section 482 is                                            26 USC 482.
                                                                          amended by adding at the end the following: ‘‘For purposes
                                                                          of this section, the Secretary shall require the valuation of
                                                                          transfers of intangible property (including intangible property
                                                                          transferred with other property or services) on an aggregate
                                                                          basis or the valuation of such a transfer on the basis of the
                                                                          realistic alternatives to such a transfer, if the Secretary deter-
                                                                          mines that such basis is the most reliable means of valuation
                                                                          of such transfers.’’.
                                                                          (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—
                                                                               (1) IN GENERAL.—The amendments made by this section                                       26 USC 367 note.
                                                                          shall apply to transfers in taxable years beginning after
                                                                          December 31, 2017.
                                                                               (2) NO INFERENCE.—Nothing in the amendment made by                                        26 USC 963 note.
                                                                          subsection (a) shall be construed to create any inference with
                                                                          respect to the application of section 936(h)(3) of the Internal
                                                                          Revenue Code of 1986, or the authority of the Secretary of
                                                                          the Treasury to provide regulations for such application, with
                                                                          respect to taxable years beginning before January 1, 2018.
                                                                   SEC. 14222. CERTAIN RELATED PARTY AMOUNTS PAID OR ACCRUED
                                                                                IN HYBRID TRANSACTIONS OR WITH HYBRID ENTITIES.
                                                                      (a) IN GENERAL.—Part IX of subchapter B of chapter 1 is
                                                                   amended by inserting after section 267 the following:
                                                                   ‘‘SEC. 267A. CERTAIN RELATED PARTY AMOUNTS PAID OR ACCRUED                                            26 USC 267A.
                                                                                IN HYBRID TRANSACTIONS OR WITH HYBRID ENTITIES.
                                                                        ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—No deduction shall be allowed under this
                                                                   chapter for any disqualified related party amount paid or accrued
                                                                   pursuant to a hybrid transaction or by, or to, a hybrid entity.
                                                                        ‘‘(b) DISQUALIFIED RELATED PARTY AMOUNT.—For purposes of
                                                                   this section—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) DISQUALIFIED RELATED PARTY AMOUNT.—The term ‘dis-
                                                                        qualified related party amount’ means any interest or royalty
                                                                        paid or accrued to a related party to the extent that—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) such amount is not included in the income of
                                                                              such related party under the tax law of the country of
                                                                              which such related party is a resident for tax purposes
                                                                              or is subject to tax, or
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) such related party is allowed a deduction with
                                                                              respect to such amount under the tax law of such country.
                                                                        Such term shall not include any payment to the extent such
                                                                        payment is included in the gross income of a United States
                                                                        shareholder under section 951(a).
                                                                              ‘‘(2) RELATED PARTY.—The term ‘related party’ means a
                                                                        related person as defined in section 954(d)(3), except that such
                                                                        section shall be applied with respect to the person making
                                                                        the payment described in paragraph (1) in lieu of the controlled
                                                                        foreign corporation otherwise referred to in such section.
                                                                        ‘‘(c) HYBRID TRANSACTION.—For purposes of this section, the
                                                                   term ‘hybrid transaction’ means any transaction, series of trans-
                                                                   actions, agreement, or instrument one or more payments with
                                                                   respect to which are treated as interest or royalties for purposes
                                                                   of this chapter and which are not so treated for purposes the
                                                                   tax law of the foreign country of which the recipient of such payment
                                                                   is resident for tax purposes or is subject to tax.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                        ‘‘(d) HYBRID ENTITY.—For purposes of this section, the term
                                                                   ‘hybrid entity’ means any entity which is either—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00167   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2220                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                      ‘‘(1) treated as fiscally transparent for purposes of this
                                                                                                chapter but not so treated for purposes of the tax law of
                                                                                                the foreign country of which the entity is resident for tax
                                                                                                purposes or is subject to tax, or
                                                                                                      ‘‘(2) treated as fiscally transparent for purposes of such
                                                                                                tax law but not so treated for purposes of this chapter.
                                                                                                ‘‘(e) REGULATIONS.—The Secretary shall issue such regulations
                                                                                           or other guidance as may be necessary or appropriate to carry
                                                                                           out the purposes of this section, including regulations or other
                                                                                           guidance providing for—
                                                                                                      ‘‘(1) rules for treating certain conduit arrangements which
                                                                                                involve a hybrid transaction or a hybrid entity as subject to
                                                                                                subsection (a),
                                                                                                      ‘‘(2) rules for the application of this section to branches
                                                                                                or domestic entities,
                                                                                                      ‘‘(3) rules for treating certain structured transactions as
                                                                                                subject to subsection (a),
                                                                                                      ‘‘(4) rules for treating a tax preference as an exclusion
                                                                                                from income for purposes of applying subsection (b)(1) if such
                                                                                                tax preference has the effect of reducing the generally
                                                                                                applicable statutory rate by 25 percent or more,
                                                                                                      ‘‘(5) rules for treating the entire amount of interest or
                                                                                                royalty paid or accrued to a related party as a disqualified
                                                                                                related party amount if such amount is subject to a participa-
                                                                                                tion exemption system or other system which provides for the
                                                                                                exclusion or deduction of a substantial portion of such amount,
                                                                                                      ‘‘(6) rules for determining the tax residence of a foreign
                                                                                                entity if the entity is otherwise considered a resident of more
                                                                                                than one country or of no country,
                                                                                                      ‘‘(7) exceptions from subsection (a) with respect to—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) cases in which the disqualified related party
                                                                                                      amount is taxed under the laws of a foreign country other
                                                                                                      than the country of which the related party is a resident
                                                                                                      for tax purposes, and
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) other cases which the Secretary determines do
                                                                                                      not present a risk of eroding the Federal tax base,
                                                                                                      ‘‘(8) requirements for record keeping and information
                                                                                                reporting in addition to any requirements imposed by section
                                                                                                6038A.’’.
                                                                                                (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—The table of sections for part
                                                                   26 USC 261 prec.        IX of subchapter B of chapter 1 is amended by inserting after
                                                                                           the item relating to section 267 the following new item:
                                                                                           ‘‘Sec. 267A. Certain related party amounts paid or accrued in hybrid transactions
                                                                                                       or with hybrid entities.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 267A                 (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                   note.                   shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                           SEC. 14223. SHAREHOLDERS OF SURROGATE FOREIGN CORPORATIONS
                                                                                                         NOT ELIGIBLE FOR REDUCED RATE ON DIVIDENDS.
                                                                   26 USC 1.                      (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 1(h)(11)(C)(iii) is amended—
                                                                                                       (1) by striking ‘‘shall not include any foreign corporation’’
                                                                                                  and inserting ‘‘shall not include—
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(I) any foreign corporation’’,
                                                                                                       (2) by striking the period at the end and inserting ‘‘, and’’,




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                  and
                                                                                                       (3) by adding at the end the following new subclause:




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00168   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2221

                                                                                         ‘‘(II) any corporation which first becomes a
                                                                                    surrogate foreign corporation (as defined in section
                                                                                    7874(a)(2)(B)) after the date of the enactment of
                                                                                    this subclause, other than a foreign corporation
                                                                                    which is treated as a domestic corporation under
                                                                                    section 7874(b).’’.
                                                                        (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                          26 USC 1 note.
                                                                   shall apply to dividends received after the date of the enactment
                                                                   of this Act.

                                                                    Subpart C—Modifications Related to Foreign Tax
                                                                                   Credit System
                                                                   SEC. 14301. REPEAL OF SECTION 902 INDIRECT FOREIGN TAX CREDITS;
                                                                                 DETERMINATION OF SECTION 960 CREDIT ON CURRENT
                                                                                 YEAR BASIS.
                                                                       (a) REPEAL OF SECTION 902 INDIRECT FOREIGN TAX CREDITS.—
                                                                   Subpart A of part III of subchapter N of chapter 1 is amended                                         26 USC 902.
                                                                   by striking section 902.
                                                                       (b) DETERMINATION OF SECTION 960 CREDIT ON CURRENT YEAR
                                                                   BASIS.—Section 960, as amended by section 14201, is amended—
                                                                             (1) by striking subsection (c), by redesignating subsection
                                                                       (b) as subsection (c), by striking all that precedes subsection
                                                                       (c) (as so redesignated) and inserting the following:
                                                                   ‘‘SEC. 960. DEEMED PAID CREDIT FOR SUBPART F INCLUSIONS.
                                                                        ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of subpart A of this part,
                                                                   if there is included in the gross income of a domestic corporation
                                                                   any item of income under section 951(a)(1) with respect to any
                                                                   controlled foreign corporation with respect to which such domestic
                                                                   corporation is a United States shareholder, such domestic corpora-
                                                                   tion shall be deemed to have paid so much of such foreign corpora-
                                                                   tion’s foreign income taxes as are properly attributable to such
                                                                   item of income.
                                                                        ‘‘(b) SPECIAL RULES FOR DISTRIBUTIONS FROM PREVIOUSLY
                                                                   TAXED EARNINGS AND PROFITS.—For purposes of subpart A of this
                                                                   part—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—If any portion of a distribution from
                                                                        a controlled foreign corporation to a domestic corporation which
                                                                        is a United States shareholder with respect to such controlled
                                                                        foreign corporation is excluded from gross income under section
                                                                        959(a), such domestic corporation shall be deemed to have
                                                                        paid so much of such foreign corporation’s foreign income taxes
                                                                        as—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) are properly attributable to such portion, and
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) have not been deemed to have to been paid by
                                                                              such domestic corporation under this section for the taxable
                                                                              year or any prior taxable year.
                                                                              ‘‘(2) TIERED CONTROLLED FOREIGN CORPORATIONS.—If sec-
                                                                        tion 959(b) applies to any portion of a distribution from a
                                                                        controlled foreign corporation to another controlled foreign cor-
                                                                        poration, such controlled foreign corporation shall be deemed
                                                                        to have paid so much of such other controlled foreign corpora-




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                        tion’s foreign income taxes as—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) are properly attributable to such portion, and




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00169   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2222                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                          ‘‘(B) have not been deemed to have been paid by a
                                                                                                     domestic corporation under this section for the taxable
                                                                                                     year or any prior taxable year.’’,
                                                                                                     (2) and by adding after subsection (d) (as added by section
                                                                                               14201) the following new subsections:
                                                                                               ‘‘(e) FOREIGN INCOME TAXES.—The term ‘foreign income taxes’
                                                                                           means any income, war profits, or excess profits taxes paid or
                                                                                           accrued to any foreign country or possession of the United States.
                                                                                               ‘‘(f) REGULATIONS.—The Secretary shall prescribe such regula-
                                                                                           tions or other guidance as may be necessary or appropriate to
                                                                                           carry out the provisions of this section.’’.
                                                                                               (c) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                   26 USC 78.                        (1) Section 78 is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                           ‘‘SEC. 78. GROSS UP FOR DEEMED PAID FOREIGN TAX CREDIT.
                                                                                                 ‘‘If a domestic corporation chooses to have the benefits of sub-
                                                                                           part A of part III of subchapter N (relating to foreign tax credit)
                                                                                           for any taxable year, an amount equal to the taxes deemed to
                                                                                           be paid by such corporation under subsections (a), (b), and (d)
                                                                                           of section 960 (determined without regard to the phrase ‘80 percent
                                                                                           of’ in subsection (d)(1) thereof) for such taxable year shall be treated
                                                                                           for purposes of this title (other than sections 245 and 245A) as
                                                                                           a dividend received by such domestic corporation from the foreign
                                                                                           corporation.’’.
                                                                                                       (2) Paragraph (4) of section 245(a) is amended to read
                                                                                                 as follows:
                                                                                                       ‘‘(4) POST-1986 UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS.—The term ‘post-
                                                                                                 1986 undistributed earnings’ means the amount of the earnings
                                                                                                 and profits of the foreign corporation (computed in accordance
                                                                                                 with sections 964(a) and 986) accumulated in taxable years
                                                                                                 beginning after December 31, 1986—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) as of the close of the taxable year of the foreign
                                                                                                       corporation in which the dividend is distributed, and
                                                                                                             ‘‘(B) without diminution by reason of dividends distrib-
                                                                                                       uted during such taxable year.’’.
                                                                                                       (3) Section 245(a)(10)(C) is amended by striking ‘‘902, 907,
                                                                                                 and 960’’ and inserting ‘‘907 and 960’’.
                                                                                                       (4) Sections 535(b)(1) and 545(b)(1) are each amended by
                                                                                                 striking ‘‘section 902(a) or 960(a)(1)’’ and inserting ‘‘section
                                                                                                 960’’.
                                                                                                       (5) Section 814(f)(1) is amended—
                                                                                                             (A) by striking subparagraph (B), and
                                                                                                             (B) by striking all that precedes ‘‘No income’’ and
                                                                                                       inserting the following:
                                                                                                       ‘‘(1) TREATMENT OF FOREIGN TAXES.—’’.
                                                                                                       (6) Section 865(h)(1)(B) is amended by striking ‘‘902, 907,’’
                                                                                                 and inserting ‘‘907’’.
                                                                                                       (7) Section 901(a) is amended by striking ‘‘sections 902
                                                                                                 and 960’’ and inserting ‘‘section 960’’.
                                                                                                       (8) Section 901(e)(2) is amended by striking ‘‘but is not
                                                                                                 limited to—’’ and all that follows through ‘‘that portion’’ and
                                                                                                 inserting ‘‘but is not limited to that portion’’.
                                                                                                       (9) Section 901(f) is amended by striking ‘‘sections 902
                                                                                                 and 960’’ and inserting ‘‘section 960’’.
                                                                                                       (10) Section 901(j)(1)(A) is amended by striking ‘‘902 or’’.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                       (11) Section 901(j)(1)(B) is amended by striking ‘‘sections
                                                                                                 902 and 960’’ and inserting ‘‘section 960’’.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00170   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2223

                                                                              (12) Section 901(k)(2) is amended by striking ‘‘, 902,’’.                                  26 USC 901.
                                                                              (13) Section 901(k)(6) is amended by striking ‘‘902 or’’.
                                                                              (14) Section 901(m)(1)(B) is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) in the case of a foreign income tax paid by a
                                                                              foreign corporation, shall not be taken into account for
                                                                              purposes of section 960.’’.
                                                                              (15) Section 904(d)(2)(E) is amended—
                                                                                   (A) by amending clause (i) to read as follows:
                                                                                        ‘‘(i) NONCONTROLLED 10-PERCENT OWNED FOREIGN
                                                                                   CORPORATION.—The term ‘noncontrolled 10-percent
                                                                                   owned foreign corporation’ means any foreign corpora-
                                                                                   tion which is—
                                                                                              ‘‘(I) a specified 10-percent owned foreign cor-
                                                                                        poration (as defined in section 245A(b)), or
                                                                                              ‘‘(II) a passive foreign investment company (as
                                                                                        defined in section 1297(a)) with respect to which
                                                                                        the taxpayer meets the stock ownership require-
                                                                                        ments of section 902(a) (or, for purposes of applying
                                                                                        paragraphs (3) and (4), the requirements of section
                                                                                        902(b)).
                                                                                   A controlled foreign corporation shall not be treated
                                                                                   as a noncontrolled 10-percent owned foreign corpora-
                                                                                   tion with respect to any distribution out of its earnings
                                                                                   and profits for periods during which it was a controlled
                                                                                   foreign corporation. Any reference to section 902 in
                                                                                   this clause shall be treated as a reference to such
                                                                                   section as in effect before its repeal.’’, and
                                                                                   (B) by striking ‘‘non-controlled section 902 corporation’’
                                                                              in clause (ii) and inserting ‘‘noncontrolled 10-percent owned
                                                                              foreign corporation’’.
                                                                              (16) Section 904(d)(4) is amended—
                                                                                   (A) by striking ‘‘noncontrolled section 902 corporation’’
                                                                              each place it appears and inserting ‘‘noncontrolled 10-per-
                                                                              cent owned foreign corporation’’,
                                                                                   (B) by striking ‘‘NONCONTROLLED SECTION 902 CORPORA-
                                                                              TIONS’’ in the heading thereof and inserting ‘‘NONCON-
                                                                              TROLLED 10-PERCENT OWNED FOREIGN CORPORATIONS’’.
                                                                              (17) Section 904(d)(6)(A) is amended by striking ‘‘902, 907,’’
                                                                        and inserting ‘‘907’’.
                                                                              (18) Section 904(h)(10)(A) is amended by striking ‘‘sections
                                                                        902, 907, and 960’’ and inserting ‘‘sections 907 and 960’’.
                                                                              (19) Section 904(k) is amended to read as follows:
                                                                        ‘‘(k) CROSS REFERENCES.—For increase of limitation under sub-
                                                                   section (a) for taxes paid with respect to amounts received which
                                                                   were included in the gross income of the taxpayer for a prior
                                                                   taxable year as a United States shareholder with respect to a
                                                                   controlled foreign corporation, see section 960(c).’’.
                                                                              (20) Section 905(c)(1) is amended by striking the last sen-
                                                                        tence.
                                                                              (21) Section 905(c)(2)(B)(i) is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                        ‘‘(i) shall be taken into account for the taxable
                                                                                   year to which such taxes relate, and’’.
                                                                              (22) Section 906(a) is amended by striking ‘‘(or deemed,
                                                                        under section 902, paid or accrued during the taxable year)’’.
                                                                              (23) Section 906(b) is amended by striking paragraphs (4)




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                        and (5).
                                                                              (24) Section 907(b)(2)(B) is amended by striking ‘‘902 or’’.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00171   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2224                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                   26 USC 907.                            (25) Section 907(c)(3)(A) is amended—
                                                                                                               (A) by striking subparagraph (A) and inserting the
                                                                                                          following:
                                                                                                               ‘‘(A) interest, to the extent the category of income of
                                                                                                          such interest is determined under section 904(d)(3),’’, and
                                                                                                               (B) by striking ‘‘section 960(a)’’ in subparagraph (B)
                                                                                                          and inserting ‘‘section 960’’.
                                                                                                          (26) Section 907(c)(5) is amended by striking ‘‘902 or’’.
                                                                                                          (27) Section 907(f)(2)(B)(i) is amended by striking ‘‘902
                                                                                                  or’’.
                                                                                                       (28) Section 908(a) is amended by striking ‘‘902 or’’.
                                                                                                       (29) Section 909(b) is amended—
                                                                                                             (A) by striking ‘‘section 902 corporation’’ in the matter
                                                                                                       preceding paragraph (1) and inserting ‘‘specified 10-percent
                                                                                                       owned foreign corporation (as defined in section 245A(b)
                                                                                                       without regard to paragraph (2) thereof)’’,
                                                                                                             (B) by striking ‘‘902 or’’ in paragraph (1),
                                                                                                             (C) by striking ‘‘by such section 902 corporation’’ and
                                                                                                       all that follows in the matter following paragraph (2) and
                                                                                                       inserting ‘‘by such specified 10-percent owned foreign cor-
                                                                                                       poration or a domestic corporation which is a United States
                                                                                                       shareholder with respect to such specified 10-percent owned
                                                                                                       foreign corporation.’’, and
                                                                                                             (D) by striking ‘‘SECTION 902 CORPORATIONS’’ in the
                                                                                                       heading thereof and inserting ‘‘SPECIFIED 10-PERCENT
                                                                                                       OWNED FOREIGN CORPORATIONS’’.
                                                                                                       (30) Section 909(d) is amended by striking paragraph (5).
                                                                                                       (31) Section 958(a)(1) is amended by striking ‘‘960(a)(1)’’
                                                                                                  and inserting ‘‘960’’.
                                                                                                       (32) Section 959(d) is amended by striking ‘‘Except as pro-
                                                                                                  vided in section 960(a)(3), any’’ and inserting ‘‘Any’’.
                                                                                                       (33) Section 959(e) is amended by striking ‘‘section 960(b)’’
                                                                                                  and inserting ‘‘section 960(c)’’.
                                                                                                       (34) Section 1291(g)(2)(A) is amended by striking ‘‘any dis-
                                                                                                  tribution—’’ and all that follows through ‘‘but only if’’ and
                                                                                                  inserting ‘‘any distribution, any withholding tax imposed with
                                                                                                  respect to such distribution, but only if’’.
                                                                                                       (35) Section 1293(f) is amended by striking ‘‘and’’ at the
                                                                                                  end of paragraph (1), by striking the period at the end of
                                                                                                  paragraph (2) and inserting ‘‘, and’’, and by adding at the
                                                                                                  end the following new paragraph:
                                                                                                       ‘‘(3) a domestic corporation which owns (or is treated under
                                                                                                  section 1298(a) as owning) stock of a qualified electing fund
                                                                                                  shall be treated in the same manner as a United States share-
                                                                                                  holder of a controlled foreign corporation (and such qualified
                                                                                                  electing fund shall be treated in the same manner as such
                                                                                                  controlled foreign corporation) if such domestic corporation
                                                                                                  meets the stock ownership requirements of subsection (a) or
                                                                                                  (b) of section 902 (as in effect before its repeal) with respect
                                                                                                  to such qualified electing fund.’’.
                                                                                                       (36) Section 6038(c)(1)(B) is amended by striking ‘‘sections
                                                                                                  902 (relating to foreign tax credit for corporate stockholder
                                                                                                  in foreign corporation) and 960 (relating to special rules for
                                                                                                  foreign tax credit)’’ and inserting ‘‘section 960’’.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                       (37) Section 6038(c)(4) is amended by striking subpara-
                                                                                                  graph (C).




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00172   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2225

                                                                              (38) The table of sections for subpart A of part III of
                                                                          subchapter N of chapter 1 is amended by striking the item                                      26 USC 901 prec.
                                                                          relating to section 902.
                                                                              (39) The table of sections for subpart F of part III of
                                                                          subchapter N of chapter 1 is amended by striking the item                                      26 USC 951 prec.
                                                                          relating to section 960 and inserting the following:
                                                                   ‘‘Sec. 960. Deemed paid credit for subpart F inclusions.’’.
                                                                       (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 78 note.
                                                                   shall apply to taxable years of foreign corporations beginning after
                                                                   December 31, 2017, and to taxable years of United States share-
                                                                   holders in which or with which such taxable years of foreign corpora-
                                                                   tions end.
                                                                   SEC. 14302. SEPARATE FOREIGN TAX CREDIT LIMITATION BASKET FOR
                                                                                 FOREIGN BRANCH INCOME.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 904(d)(1), as amended by section
                                                                   14201, is amended by redesignating subparagraphs (B) and (C)                                          26 USC 904.
                                                                   as subparagraphs (C) and (D), respectively, and by inserting after
                                                                   subparagraph (A) the following new subparagraph:
                                                                                 ‘‘(B) foreign branch income,’’.
                                                                       (b) FOREIGN BRANCH INCOME.—
                                                                            (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 904(d)(2) is amended by inserting
                                                                       after subparagraph (I) the following new subparagraph:
                                                                                 ‘‘(J) FOREIGN BRANCH INCOME.—
                                                                                       ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘foreign branch income’
                                                                                 means the business profits of such United States per-
                                                                                 son which are attributable to 1 or more qualified busi-
                                                                                 ness units (as defined in section 989(a)) in 1 or more
                                                                                 foreign countries. For purposes of the preceding sen-
                                                                                 tence, the amount of business profits attributable to
                                                                                 a qualified business unit shall be determined under
                                                                                 rules established by the Secretary.
                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) EXCEPTION.—Such term shall not include any
                                                                                 income which is passive category income.’’.
                                                                            (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section 904(d)(2)(A)(ii), as
                                                                       amended by section 14201, is amended by striking ‘‘income
                                                                       described in paragraph (1)(A) and’’ and inserting ‘‘income
                                                                       described in paragraph (1)(A), foreign branch income, and’’.
                                                                       (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 904 note.
                                                                   shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                   SEC. 14303. SOURCE OF INCOME FROM SALES OF INVENTORY DETER-
                                                                                 MINED SOLELY ON BASIS OF PRODUCTION ACTIVITIES.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 863(b) is amended by adding at the
                                                                   end the following: ‘‘Gains, profits, and income from the sale or
                                                                   exchange of inventory property described in paragraph (2) shall
                                                                   be allocated and apportioned between sources within and without
                                                                   the United States solely on the basis of the production activities
                                                                   with respect to the property.’’.
                                                                       (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section                                            26 USC 863 note.
                                                                   shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                   SEC. 14304. ELECTION TO INCREASE PERCENTAGE OF DOMESTIC TAX-
                                                                                 ABLE INCOME OFFSET BY OVERALL DOMESTIC LOSS
                                                                                 TREATED AS FOREIGN SOURCE.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 904(g) is amended by adding at the
                                                                   end the following new paragraph:




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00173   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2226                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                      ‘‘(5) ELECTION TO INCREASE PERCENTAGE OF TAXABLE
                                                                                                  INCOME TREATED AS FOREIGN SOURCE.—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—If any pre-2018 unused overall
                                                                                                   domestic loss is taken into account under paragraph (1)
                                                                                                   for any applicable taxable year, the taxpayer may elect
                                                                                                   to have such paragraph applied to such loss by substituting
                                                                                                   a percentage greater than 50 percent (but not greater than
                                                                                                   100 percent) for 50 percent in subparagraph (B) thereof.
                                                                                                        ‘‘(B) PRE-2018 UNUSED OVERALL DOMESTIC LOSS.—For
                                                                                                   purposes of this paragraph, the term ‘pre-2018 unused
                                                                                                   overall domestic loss’ means any overall domestic loss
                                                                                                   which—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(i) arises in a qualified taxable year beginning
                                                                                                        before January 1, 2018, and
                                                                                                             ‘‘(ii) has not been used under paragraph (1) for
                                                                                                        any taxable year beginning before such date.
                                                                                                        ‘‘(C) APPLICABLE TAXABLE YEAR.—For purposes of this
                                                                                                   paragraph, the term ‘applicable taxable year’ means any
                                                                                                   taxable year of the taxpayer beginning after December
                                                                                                   31, 2017, and before January 1, 2028.’’.
                                                                   26 USC 904 note.            (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                                                        PART II—INBOUND TRANSACTIONS
                                                                                           SEC. 14401. BASE EROSION AND ANTI-ABUSE TAX.
                                                                   26 USC 59A prec.            (a) IMPOSITION OF TAX.—Subchapter A of chapter 1 is amended
                                                                                           by adding at the end the following new part:
                                                                                                 ‘‘PART VII—BASE EROSION AND ANTI-ABUSE
                                                                                                                   TAX
                                                                                           ‘‘Sec. 59A. Tax on base erosion payments of taxpayers with substantial gross re-
                                                                                                       ceipts.

                                                                   26 USC 59A.             ‘‘SEC. 59A. TAX ON BASE EROSION PAYMENTS OF TAXPAYERS WITH
                                                                                                       SUBSTANTIAL GROSS RECEIPTS.
                                                                                                ‘‘(a) IMPOSITION OF TAX.—There is hereby imposed on each
                                                                                           applicable taxpayer for any taxable year a tax equal to the base
                                                                                           erosion minimum tax amount for the taxable year. Such tax shall
                                                                                           be in addition to any other tax imposed by this subtitle.
                                                                                                ‘‘(b) BASE EROSION MINIMUM TAX AMOUNT.—For purposes of
                                                                                           this section—
                                                                                                      ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in paragraphs (2)
                                                                                                and (3), the term ‘base erosion minimum tax amount’ means,
                                                                                                with respect to any applicable taxpayer for any taxable year,
                                                                                                the excess (if any) of—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) an amount equal to 10 percent (5 percent in the
                                                                                                      case of taxable years beginning in calendar year 2018)
                                                                                                      of the modified taxable income of such taxpayer for the
                                                                                                      taxable year, over
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) an amount equal to the regular tax liability (as
                                                                                                      defined in section 26(b)) of the taxpayer for the taxable
                                                                                                      year, reduced (but not below zero) by the excess (if any)
                                                                                                      of—




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(i) the credits allowed under this chapter against
                                                                                                            such regular tax liability, over




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00174   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                              131 STAT. 2227

                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) the sum of—
                                                                                                        ‘‘(I) the credit allowed under section 38 for
                                                                                                 the taxable year which is properly allocable to
                                                                                                 the research credit determined under section 41(a),
                                                                                                 plus
                                                                                                        ‘‘(II) the portion of the applicable section 38
                                                                                                 credits not in excess of 80 percent of the lesser
                                                                                                 of the amount of such credits or the base erosion
                                                                                                 minimum tax amount (determined without regard
                                                                                                 to this subclause).
                                                                               ‘‘(2) MODIFICATIONS FOR TAXABLE YEARS BEGINNING AFTER
                                                                          2025.—In the case of any taxable year beginning after December
                                                                          31, 2025, paragraph (1) shall be applied—
                                                                                      ‘‘(A) by substituting ‘12.5 percent’ for ‘10 percent’ in
                                                                                subparagraph (A) thereof, and
                                                                                      ‘‘(B) by reducing (but not below zero) the regular tax
                                                                                liability (as defined in section 26(b)) for purposes of
                                                                                subparagraph (B) thereof by the aggregate amount of the
                                                                                credits allowed under this chapter against such regular
                                                                                tax liability rather than the excess described in such
                                                                                subparagraph.
                                                                                ‘‘(3) INCREASED RATE FOR CERTAIN BANKS AND SECURITIES
                                                                          DEALERS.—
                                                                                      ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of a taxpayer described
                                                                                in subparagraph (B) who is an applicable taxpayer for
                                                                                any taxable year, the percentage otherwise in effect under
                                                                                paragraphs (1)(A) and (2)(A) shall each be increased by
                                                                                one percentage point.
                                                                                      ‘‘(B) TAXPAYER DESCRIBED.—A taxpayer is described
                                                                                in this subparagraph if such taxpayer is a member of
                                                                                an affiliated group (as defined in section 1504(a)(1)) which
                                                                                includes—
                                                                                            ‘‘(i) a bank (as defined in section 581), or
                                                                                            ‘‘(ii) a registered securities dealer under section
                                                                                      15(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
                                                                                ‘‘(4) APPLICABLE SECTION 38 CREDITS.—For purposes of para-
                                                                          graph (1)(B)(ii)(II), the term ‘applicable section 38 credits’
                                                                          means the credit allowed under section 38 for the taxable
                                                                          year which is properly allocable to—
                                                                                      ‘‘(A) the low-income housing credit determined under
                                                                                section 42(a),
                                                                                      ‘‘(B) the renewable electricity production credit deter-
                                                                                mined under section 45(a), and
                                                                                      ‘‘(C) the investment credit determined under section
                                                                                46, but only to the extent properly allocable to the energy
                                                                                credit determined under section 48.
                                                                          ‘‘(c) MODIFIED TAXABLE INCOME.—For purposes of this section—
                                                                                ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘modified taxable income’
                                                                          means the taxable income of the taxpayer computed under
                                                                          this chapter for the taxable year, determined without regard
                                                                          to—
                                                                                      ‘‘(A) any base erosion tax benefit with respect to any
                                                                                base erosion payment, or
                                                                                      ‘‘(B) the base erosion percentage of any net operating
                                                                                loss deduction allowed under section 172 for the taxable




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                year.
                                                                                ‘‘(2) BASE EROSION TAX BENEFIT.—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139    PO 00097   Frm 00175   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2228                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘base erosion tax benefit’
                                                                                                      means—
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) any deduction described in subsection (d)(1)
                                                                                                            which is allowed under this chapter for the taxable
                                                                                                            year with respect to any base erosion payment,
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) in the case of a base erosion payment described
                                                                                                            in subsection (d)(2), any deduction allowed under this
                                                                                                            chapter for the taxable year for depreciation (or
                                                                                                            amortization in lieu of depreciation) with respect to
                                                                                                            the property acquired with such payment,
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(iii) in the case of a base erosion payment
                                                                                                            described in subsection (d)(3)—
                                                                                                                         ‘‘(I) any reduction under section 803(a)(1)(B)
                                                                                                                  in the gross amount of premiums and other consid-
                                                                                                                  eration on insurance and annuity contracts for
                                                                                                                  premiums and other consideration arising out of
                                                                                                                  indemnity insurance, and
                                                                                                                         ‘‘(II) any deduction under section 832(b)(4)(A)
                                                                                                                  from the amount of gross premiums written on
                                                                                                                  insurance contracts during the taxable year for
                                                                                                                  premiums paid for reinsurance, and
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(iv) in the case of a base erosion payment
                                                                                                            described in subsection (d)(4), any reduction in gross
                                                                                                            receipts with respect to such payment in computing
                                                                                                            gross income of the taxpayer for the taxable year for
                                                                                                            purposes of this chapter.
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) TAX BENEFITS DISREGARDED IF TAX WITHHELD ON
                                                                                                      BASE EROSION PAYMENT.—
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in clause
                                                                                                            (ii), any base erosion tax benefit attributable to any
                                                                                                            base erosion payment—
                                                                                                                         ‘‘(I) on which tax is imposed by section 871
                                                                                                                  or 881, and
                                                                                                                         ‘‘(II) with respect to which tax has been
                                                                                                                  deducted and withheld under section 1441 or 1442,
                                                                                                            shall not be taken into account in computing modified
                                                                                                            taxable income under paragraph (1)(A) or the base
                                                                                                            erosion percentage under paragraph (4).
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) EXCEPTION.—The amount not taken into
                                                                                                            account in computing modified taxable income by rea-
                                                                                                            son of clause (i) shall be reduced under rules similar
                                                                                                            to the rules under section 163(j)(5)(B) (as in effect
                                                                                                            before the date of the enactment of the Tax Cuts and
                                                                                                            Jobs Act).
                                                                                                      ‘‘(3) SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING INTEREST FOR WHICH
                                                                                                  DEDUCTION ALLOWED.—For purposes of applying paragraph (1),
                                                                                                  in the case of a taxpayer to which section 163(j) applies for
                                                                                                  the taxable year, the reduction in the amount of interest for
                                                                                                  which a deduction is allowed by reason of such subsection
                                                                                                  shall be treated as allocable first to interest paid or accrued
                                                                                                  to persons who are not related parties with respect to the
                                                                                                  taxpayer and then to such related parties.
                                                                                                      ‘‘(4) BASE EROSION PERCENTAGE.—For purposes of para-
                                                                                                  graph (1)(B)—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘base erosion percentage’




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                      means, for any taxable year, the percentage determined
                                                                                                      by dividing—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00176   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2229

                                                                                            ‘‘(i) the aggregate amount of base erosion tax bene-
                                                                                      fits of the taxpayer for the taxable year, by
                                                                                            ‘‘(ii) the sum of—
                                                                                                   ‘‘(I) the aggregate amount of the deductions
                                                                                            (including deductions described in clauses (i) and
                                                                                            (ii) of paragraph (2)(A)) allowable to the taxpayer
                                                                                            under this chapter for the taxable year, plus
                                                                                                   ‘‘(II) the base erosion tax benefits described
                                                                                            in clauses (iii) and (iv) of paragraph (2)(A) allow-
                                                                                            able to the taxpayer for the taxable year.
                                                                                      ‘‘(B) CERTAIN ITEMS NOT TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT.—The
                                                                                amount under subparagraph (A)(ii) shall be determined
                                                                                by not taking into account—
                                                                                            ‘‘(i) any deduction allowed under section 172, 245A,
                                                                                      or 250 for the taxable year,
                                                                                            ‘‘(ii) any deduction for amounts paid or accrued
                                                                                      for services to which the exception under subsection
                                                                                      (d)(5) applies, and
                                                                                            ‘‘(iii) any deduction for qualified derivative pay-
                                                                                      ments which are not treated as a base erosion payment
                                                                                      by reason of subsection (h).
                                                                          ‘‘(d) BASE EROSION PAYMENT.—For purposes of this section—
                                                                                ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘base erosion payment’ means
                                                                          any amount paid or accrued by the taxpayer to a foreign person
                                                                          which is a related party of the taxpayer and with respect
                                                                          to which a deduction is allowable under this chapter.
                                                                                ‘‘(2) PURCHASE OF DEPRECIABLE PROPERTY.—Such term
                                                                          shall also include any amount paid or accrued by the taxpayer
                                                                          to a foreign person which is a related party of the taxpayer
                                                                          in connection with the acquisition by the taxpayer from such
                                                                          person of property of a character subject to the allowance
                                                                          for depreciation (or amortization in lieu of depreciation).
                                                                                ‘‘(3) REINSURANCE PAYMENTS.—Such term shall also include
                                                                          any premium or other consideration paid or accrued by the
                                                                          taxpayer to a foreign person which is a related party of the
                                                                          taxpayer for any reinsurance payments which are taken into
                                                                          account under sections 803(a)(1)(B) or 832(b)(4)(A).
                                                                                ‘‘(4) CERTAIN PAYMENTS TO EXPATRIATED ENTITIES.—
                                                                                      ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Such term shall also include any
                                                                                amount paid or accrued by the taxpayer with respect to
                                                                                a person described in subparagraph (B) which results in
                                                                                a reduction of the gross receipts of the taxpayer.
                                                                                      ‘‘(B) PERSON DESCRIBED.—A person is described in this
                                                                                subparagraph if such person is a—
                                                                                            ‘‘(i) surrogate foreign corporation which is a related
                                                                                      party of the taxpayer, but only if such person first
                                                                                      became a surrogate foreign corporation after November
                                                                                      9, 2017, or
                                                                                            ‘‘(ii) foreign person which is a member of the same
                                                                                      expanded affiliated group as the surrogate foreign cor-
                                                                                      poration.
                                                                                      ‘‘(C) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this paragraph—
                                                                                            ‘‘(i) SURROGATE FOREIGN CORPORATION.—The term
                                                                                      ‘surrogate foreign corporation’ has the meaning given
                                                                                      such term by section 7874(a)(2)(B) but does not include




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                      a foreign corporation treated as a domestic corporation
                                                                                      under section 7874(b).




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00177   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2230                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) EXPANDED AFFILIATED GROUP.—The term
                                                                                                            ‘expanded affiliated group’ has the meaning given such
                                                                                                            term by section 7874(c)(1).
                                                                                                      ‘‘(5) EXCEPTION FOR CERTAIN AMOUNTS WITH RESPECT TO
                                                                                                SERVICES.—Paragraph (1) shall not apply to any amount paid
                                                                                                or accrued by a taxpayer for services if—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) such services are services which meet the require-
                                                                                                      ments for eligibility for use of the services cost method
                                                                                                      under section 482 (determined without regard to the
                                                                                                      requirement that the services not contribute significantly
                                                                                                      to fundamental risks of business success or failure), and
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) such amount constitutes the total services cost
                                                                                                      with no markup component.
                                                                                                ‘‘(e) APPLICABLE TAXPAYER.—For purposes of this section—
                                                                                                      ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘applicable taxpayer’ means,
                                                                                                with respect to any taxable year, a taxpayer—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) which is a corporation other than a regulated
                                                                                                      investment company, a real estate investment trust, or
                                                                                                      an S corporation,
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) the average annual gross receipts of which for
                                                                                                      the 3-taxable-year period ending with the preceding taxable
                                                                                                      year are at least $500,000,000, and
                                                                                                            ‘‘(C) the base erosion percentage (as determined under
                                                                                                      subsection (c)(4)) of which for the taxable year is 3 percent
                                                                                                      (2 percent in the case of a taxpayer described in subsection
                                                                                                      (b)(3)(B)) or higher.
                                                                                                      ‘‘(2) GROSS RECEIPTS.—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) SPECIAL RULE FOR FOREIGN PERSONS.—In the case
                                                                                                      of a foreign person the gross receipts of which are taken
                                                                                                      into account for purposes of paragraph (1)(B), only gross
                                                                                                      receipts which are taken into account in determining
                                                                                                      income which is effectively connected with the conduct
                                                                                                      of a trade or business within the United States shall be
                                                                                                      taken into account. In the case of a taxpayer which is
                                                                                                      a foreign person, the preceding sentence shall not apply
                                                                                                      to the gross receipts of any United States person which
                                                                                                      are aggregated with the taxpayer’s gross receipts by reason
                                                                                                      of paragraph (3).
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) OTHER RULES MADE APPLICABLE.—Rules similar
                                                                                                      to the rules of subparagraphs (B), (C), and (D) of section
                                                                                                      448(c)(3) shall apply in determining gross receipts for pur-
                                                                                                      poses of this section.
                                                                                                      ‘‘(3) AGGREGATION RULES.—All persons treated as a single
                                                                                                employer under subsection (a) of section 52 shall be treated
                                                                                                as 1 person for purposes of this subsection and subsection
                                                                                                (c)(4), except that in applying section 1563 for purposes of
                                                                                                section 52, the exception for foreign corporations under section
                                                                                                1563(b)(2)(C) shall be disregarded.
                                                                                                ‘‘(f) FOREIGN PERSON.—For purposes of this section, the term
                                                                                           ‘foreign person’ has the meaning given such term by section
                                                                                           6038A(c)(3).
                                                                                                ‘‘(g) RELATED PARTY.—For purposes of this section—
                                                                                                      ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘related party’ means, with




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                respect to any applicable taxpayer—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) any 25-percent owner of the taxpayer,




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00178   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2231

                                                                                  ‘‘(B) any person who is related (within the meaning
                                                                            of section 267(b) or 707(b)(1)) to the taxpayer or any 25-
                                                                            percent owner of the taxpayer, and
                                                                                  ‘‘(C) any other person who is related (within the
                                                                            meaning of section 482) to the taxpayer.
                                                                            ‘‘(2) 25-PERCENT OWNER.—The term ‘25-percent owner’
                                                                      means, with respect to any corporation, any person who owns
                                                                      at least 25 percent of—
                                                                                  ‘‘(A) the total voting power of all classes of stock of
                                                                            a corporation entitled to vote, or
                                                                                  ‘‘(B) the total value of all classes of stock of such
                                                                            corporation.
                                                                            ‘‘(3) SECTION 318 TO APPLY.—Section 318 shall apply for
                                                                      purposes of paragraphs (1) and (2), except that—
                                                                                  ‘‘(A) ‘10 percent’ shall be substituted for ‘50 percent’
                                                                            in section 318(a)(2)(C), and
                                                                                  ‘‘(B) subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) of section 318(a)(3)
                                                                            shall not be applied so as to consider a United States
                                                                            person as owning stock which is owned by a person who
                                                                            is not a United States person.
                                                                      ‘‘(h) EXCEPTION FOR CERTAIN PAYMENTS MADE IN THE ORDINARY
                                                                   COURSE OF TRADE OR BUSINESS.—For purposes of this section—
                                                                            ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in paragraph (3),
                                                                      any qualified derivative payment shall not be treated as a
                                                                      base erosion payment.
                                                                            ‘‘(2) QUALIFIED DERIVATIVE PAYMENT.—
                                                                                  ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘qualified derivative pay-
                                                                            ment’ means any payment made by a taxpayer pursuant
                                                                            to a derivative with respect to which the taxpayer—
                                                                                        ‘‘(i) recognizes gain or loss as if such derivative
                                                                                  were sold for its fair market value on the last business
                                                                                  day of the taxable year (and such additional times
                                                                                  as required by this title or the taxpayer’s method of
                                                                                  accounting),
                                                                                        ‘‘(ii) treats any gain or loss so recognized as ordi-
                                                                                  nary, and
                                                                                        ‘‘(iii) treats the character of all items of income,
                                                                                  deduction, gain, or loss with respect to a payment
                                                                                  pursuant to the derivative as ordinary.
                                                                                  ‘‘(B) REPORTING REQUIREMENT.—No payments shall be
                                                                            treated as qualified derivative payments under subpara-
                                                                            graph (A) for any taxable year unless the taxpayer includes
                                                                            in the information required to be reported under section
                                                                            6038B(b)(2) with respect to such taxable year such informa-
                                                                            tion as is necessary to identify the payments to be so
                                                                            treated and such other information as the Secretary deter-
                                                                            mines necessary to carry out the provisions of this sub-
                                                                            section.
                                                                            ‘‘(3) EXCEPTIONS FOR PAYMENTS OTHERWISE TREATED AS
                                                                      BASE EROSION PAYMENTS.—This subsection shall not apply to
                                                                      any qualified derivative payment if—
                                                                                  ‘‘(A) the payment would be treated as a base erosion
                                                                            payment if it were not made pursuant to a derivative,
                                                                            including any interest, royalty, or service payment, or
                                                                                  ‘‘(B) in the case of a contract which has derivative




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                            and nonderivative components, the payment is properly
                                                                            allocable to the nonderivative component.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00179   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2232                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                     ‘‘(4) DERIVATIVE DEFINED.—For purposes of this sub-
                                                                                               section—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘derivative’ means any
                                                                                                     contract (including any option, forward contract, futures
                                                                                                     contract, short position, swap, or similar contract) the value
                                                                                                     of which, or any payment or other transfer with respect
                                                                                                     to which, is (directly or indirectly) determined by reference
                                                                                                     to one or more of the following:
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(i) Any share of stock in a corporation.
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) Any evidence of indebtedness.
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(iii) Any commodity which is actively traded.
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(iv) Any currency.
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(v) Any rate, price, amount, index, formula, or
                                                                                                           algorithm.
                                                                                                     Such term shall not include any item described in clauses
                                                                                                     (i) through (v).
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) TREATMENT OF AMERICAN DEPOSITORY RECEIPTS
                                                                                                     AND SIMILAR INSTRUMENTS.—Except as otherwise provided
                                                                                                     by the Secretary, for purposes of this part, American deposi-
                                                                                                     tory receipts (and similar instruments) with respect to
                                                                                                     shares of stock in foreign corporations shall be treated
                                                                                                     as shares of stock in such foreign corporations.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(C) EXCEPTION FOR CERTAIN CONTRACTS.—Such term
                                                                                                     shall not include any insurance, annuity, or endowment
                                                                                                     contract issued by an insurance company to which sub-
                                                                                                     chapter L applies (or issued by any foreign corporation
                                                                                                     to which such subchapter would apply if such foreign cor-
                                                                                                     poration were a domestic corporation).
                                                                                               ‘‘(i) REGULATIONS.—The Secretary shall prescribe such regula-
                                                                                           tions or other guidance as may be necessary or appropriate to
                                                                                           carry out the provisions of this section, including regulations—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(1) providing for such adjustments to the application of
                                                                                               this section as are necessary to prevent the avoidance of the
                                                                                               purposes of this section, including through—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) the use of unrelated persons, conduit transactions,
                                                                                                     or other intermediaries, or
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) transactions or arrangements designed, in whole
                                                                                                     or in part—
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(i) to characterize payments otherwise subject to
                                                                                                           this section as payments not subject to this section,
                                                                                                           or
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(ii) to substitute payments not subject to this
                                                                                                           section for payments otherwise subject to this section
                                                                                                           and
                                                                                                     ‘‘(2) for the application of subsection (g), including rules
                                                                                               to prevent the avoidance of the exceptions under subsection
                                                                                               (g)(3).’’.
                                                                                               (b) REPORTING REQUIREMENTS AND PENALTIES.—
                                                                   26 USC 6038A.                     (1) IN GENERAL.—Subsection (b) of section 6038A is
                                                                                               amended to read as follows:
                                                                                               ‘‘(b) REQUIRED INFORMATION.—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of subsection (a), the
                                                                                               information described in this subsection is such information
                                                                                               as the Secretary prescribes by regulations relating to—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) the name, principal place of business, nature of




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                     business, and country or countries in which organized or
                                                                                                     resident, of each person which—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00180   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                              131 STAT. 2233

                                                                                                 ‘‘(i) is a related party to the reporting corporation,
                                                                                       and
                                                                                        ‘‘(ii) had any transaction with the reporting cor-
                                                                                  poration during its taxable year,
                                                                                  ‘‘(B) the manner in which the reporting corporation
                                                                            is related to each person referred to in subparagraph (A),
                                                                            and
                                                                                  ‘‘(C) transactions between the reporting corporation
                                                                            and each foreign person which is a related party to the
                                                                            reporting corporation.
                                                                            ‘‘(2) ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING BASE EROSION
                                                                       PAYMENTS.—For purposes of subsection (a) and section 6038C,
                                                                       if the reporting corporation or the foreign corporation to whom
                                                                       section 6038C applies is an applicable taxpayer, the information
                                                                       described in this subsection shall include—
                                                                                  ‘‘(A) such information as the Secretary determines nec-
                                                                            essary to determine the base erosion minimum tax amount,
                                                                            base erosion payments, and base erosion tax benefits of
                                                                            the taxpayer for purposes of section 59A for the taxable
                                                                            year, and
                                                                                  ‘‘(B) such other information as the Secretary deter-
                                                                            mines necessary to carry out such section.
                                                                       For purposes of this paragraph, any term used in this para-
                                                                       graph which is also used in section 59A shall have the same
                                                                       meaning as when used in such section.’’.
                                                                            (2) INCREASE IN PENALTY.—Paragraphs (1) and (2) of section
                                                                       6038A(d) are each amended by striking ‘‘$10,000’’ and inserting                                    26 USC 6038A.
                                                                       ‘‘$25,000’’.
                                                                       (c) DISALLOWANCE OF CREDITS AGAINST BASE EROSION TAX.—
                                                                   Paragraph (2) of section 26(b) is amended by inserting after
                                                                   subparagraph (A) the following new subparagraph:
                                                                                  ‘‘(B) section 59A (relating to base erosion and anti-
                                                                            abuse tax),’’.
                                                                       (d) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                            (1) The table of parts for subchapter A of chapter 1 is                                       26 USC 1 prec.
                                                                       amended by adding after the item relating to part VI the
                                                                       following new item:
                                                                                          ‘‘PART VII. BASE EROSION AND ANTI-ABUSE TAX’’.

                                                                                (2) Paragraph (1) of section 882(a), as amended by this
                                                                          Act, is amended by inserting ‘‘or 59A,’’ after ‘‘section 11,’’.
                                                                                (3) Subparagraph (A) of section 6425(c)(1), as amended
                                                                          by section 13001, is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                     ‘‘(A) the sum of—
                                                                                           ‘‘(i) the tax imposed by section 11, or subchapter
                                                                                     L of chapter 1, whichever is applicable, plus
                                                                                           ‘‘(ii) the tax imposed by section 59A, over’’.
                                                                                (4)(A) Subparagraph (A) of section 6655(g)(1), as amended
                                                                          by sections 12001 and 13001, is amended by striking ‘‘plus’’
                                                                          at the end of clause (i), by redesignating clause (ii) as clause
                                                                          (iii), and by inserting after clause (i) the following new clause:
                                                                                           ‘‘(ii) the tax imposed by section 59A, plus’’.
                                                                                (B) Subparagraphs (A)(i) and (B)(i) of section 6655(e)(2),
                                                                          as amended by sections 12001 and 13001, are each amended




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                          by inserting ‘‘and modified taxable income’’ after ‘‘taxable
                                                                          income’’.




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139    PO 00097   Frm 00181   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2234                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                   (C) Subparagraph (B) of section 6655(e)(2) is amended by
                                                                                               adding at the end the following new clause:
                                                                                                             ‘‘(iii) MODIFIED TAXABLE INCOME.—The term ‘modi-
                                                                                                        fied taxable income’ has the meaning given such term
                                                                                                        by section 59A(c)(1).’’.
                                                                   26 USC 26 note.             (e) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                           shall apply to base erosion payments (as defined in section 59A(d)
                                                                                           of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as added by this section)
                                                                                           paid or accrued in taxable years beginning after December 31,
                                                                                           2017.

                                                                                                             PART III—OTHER PROVISIONS
                                                                                           SEC. 14501. RESTRICTION ON INSURANCE BUSINESS EXCEPTION TO
                                                                                                        PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANY RULES.
                                                                   26 USC 1297.                 (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 1297(b)(2)(B) is amended to read
                                                                                           as follows:
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) derived in the active conduct of an insurance
                                                                                                      business by a qualifying insurance corporation (as defined
                                                                                                      in subsection (f)),’’.
                                                                                                (b) QUALIFYING INSURANCE CORPORATION DEFINED.—Section
                                                                                           1297 is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:
                                                                                                ‘‘(f) QUALIFYING INSURANCE CORPORATION.—For purposes of
                                                                                           subsection (b)(2)(B)—
                                                                                                      ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘qualifying insurance corpora-
                                                                                                tion’ means, with respect to any taxable year, a foreign corpora-
                                                                                                tion—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) which would be subject to tax under subchapter
                                                                                                      L if such corporation were a domestic corporation, and
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) the applicable insurance liabilities of which con-
                                                                                                      stitute more than 25 percent of its total assets, determined
                                                                                                      on the basis of such liabilities and assets as reported on
                                                                                                      the corporation’s applicable financial statement for the last
                                                                                                      year ending with or within the taxable year.
                                                                                                      ‘‘(2) ALTERNATIVE FACTS AND CIRCUMSTANCES TEST FOR CER-
                                                                                                TAIN CORPORATIONS.—If a corporation fails to qualify as a quali-
                                                                                                fied insurance corporation under paragraph (1) solely because
                                                                                                the percentage determined under paragraph (1)(B) is 25 percent
                                                                                                or less, a United States person that owns stock in such corpora-
                                                                                                tion may elect to treat such stock as stock of a qualifying
                                                                                                insurance corporation if—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) the percentage so determined for the corporation
                                                                                                      is at least 10 percent, and
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) under regulations provided by the Secretary, based
                                                                                                      on the applicable facts and circumstances—
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) the corporation is predominantly engaged in
                                                                                                            an insurance business, and
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) such failure is due solely to runoff-related
                                                                                                            or rating-related circumstances involving such insur-
                                                                                                            ance business.
                                                                                                      ‘‘(3) APPLICABLE INSURANCE LIABILITIES.—For purposes of
                                                                                                this subsection—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘applicable insurance
                                                                                                      liabilities’ means, with respect to any life or property and




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                      casualty insurance business—
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) loss and loss adjustment expenses, and




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00182   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2235

                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) reserves (other than deficiency, contingency,
                                                                                  or unearned premium reserves) for life and health
                                                                                  insurance risks and life and health insurance claims
                                                                                  with respect to contracts providing coverage for mor-
                                                                                  tality or morbidity risks.
                                                                                  ‘‘(B) LIMITATIONS ON AMOUNT OF LIABILITIES.—Any
                                                                            amount determined under clause (i) or (ii) of subparagraph
                                                                            (A) shall not exceed the lesser of such amount—
                                                                                       ‘‘(i) as reported to the applicable insurance regu-
                                                                                  latory body in the applicable financial statement
                                                                                  described in paragraph (4)(A) (or, if less, the amount
                                                                                  required by applicable law or regulation), or
                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) as determined under regulations prescribed
                                                                                  by the Secretary.
                                                                            ‘‘(4) OTHER DEFINITIONS AND RULES.—For purposes of this
                                                                       subsection—
                                                                                  ‘‘(A) APPLICABLE FINANCIAL STATEMENT.—The term
                                                                            ‘applicable financial statement’ means a statement for
                                                                            financial reporting purposes which—
                                                                                       ‘‘(i) is made on the basis of generally accepted
                                                                                  accounting principles,
                                                                                       ‘‘(ii) is made on the basis of international financial
                                                                                  reporting standards, but only if there is no statement
                                                                                  that meets the requirement of clause (i), or
                                                                                       ‘‘(iii) except as otherwise provided by the Secretary
                                                                                  in regulations, is the annual statement which is
                                                                                  required to be filed with the applicable insurance regu-
                                                                                  latory body, but only if there is no statement which
                                                                                  meets the requirements of clause (i) or (ii).
                                                                                  ‘‘(B) APPLICABLE INSURANCE REGULATORY BODY.—The
                                                                            term ‘applicable insurance regulatory body’ means, with
                                                                            respect to any insurance business, the entity established
                                                                            by law to license, authorize, or regulate such business
                                                                            and to which the statement described in subparagraph
                                                                            (A) is provided.’’.
                                                                       (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                           26 USC 1297
                                                                   shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.                                       note.

                                                                   SEC. 14502. REPEAL OF FAIR MARKET VALUE METHOD OF INTEREST
                                                                                EXPENSE APPORTIONMENT.
                                                                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (2) of section 864(e) is amended                                       26 USC 864.
                                                                   to read as follows:
                                                                             ‘‘(2) GROSS INCOME AND FAIR MARKET VALUE METHODS MAY
                                                                        NOT BE USED FOR INTEREST.—All allocations and apportion-
                                                                        ments of interest expense shall be determined using the
                                                                        adjusted bases of assets rather than on the basis of the fair
                                                                        market value of the assets or gross income.’’.
                                                                        (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by this section                                           26 USC 864 note.
                                                                   shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.

                                                                                                             TITLE II
                                                                   SEC. 20001. OIL AND GAS PROGRAM.                                                                      26 USC 3143
                                                                                                                                                                         note.
                                                                          (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                               (1) COASTAL PLAIN.—The term ‘‘Coastal Plain’’ means the
                                                                          area identified as the 1002 Area on the plates prepared by




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00183   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2236                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                                  the United States Geological Survey entitled ‘‘ANWR Map –
                                                                                                  Plate 1’’ and ‘‘ANWR Map – Plate 2’’, dated October 24, 2017,
                                                                                                  and on file with the United States Geological Survey and the
                                                                                                  Office of the Solicitor of the Department of the Interior.
                                                                                                       (2) SECRETARY.—The term ‘‘Secretary’’ means the Secretary
                                                                                                  of the Interior, acting through the Bureau of Land Management.
                                                                                                  (b) OIL AND GAS PROGRAM.—
                                                                                                       (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 1003 of the Alaska National
                                                                                                  Interest Lands Conservation Act (16 U.S.C. 3143) shall not
                                                                                                  apply to the Coastal Plain.
                                                                                                       (2) ESTABLISHMENT.—
                                                                                                            (A) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall establish and
                                                                                                       administer a competitive oil and gas program for the
                                                                                                       leasing, development, production, and transportation of oil
                                                                                                       and gas in and from the Coastal Plain.
                                                                                                            (B) PURPOSES.—Section 303(2)(B) of the Alaska
                                                                                                       National Interest Lands Conservation Act (Public Law 96–
                                                                   16 USC 668dd                        487; 94 Stat. 2390) is amended—
                                                                   note.                                         (i) in clause (iii), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                                                                                                 (ii) in clause (iv), by striking the period at the
                                                                                                            end and inserting ‘‘; and’’; and
                                                                                                                 (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                                 ‘‘(v) to provide for an oil and gas program on
                                                                                                            the Coastal Plain.’’.
                                                                                                       (3) MANAGEMENT.—Except as otherwise provided in this
                                                                                                  section, the Secretary shall manage the oil and gas program
                                                                                                  on the Coastal Plain in a manner similar to the administration
                                                                                                  of lease sales under the Naval Petroleum Reserves Production
                                                                                                  Act of 1976 (42 U.S.C. 6501 et seq.) (including regulations).
                                                                                                       (4) ROYALTIES.—Notwithstanding the Mineral Leasing Act
                                                                                                  (30 U.S.C. 181 et seq.), the royalty rate for leases issued pursu-
                                                                                                  ant to this section shall be 16.67 percent.
                                                                                                       (5) RECEIPTS.—Notwithstanding the Mineral Leasing Act
                                                                                                  (30 U.S.C. 181 et seq.), of the amount of adjusted bonus, rental,
                                                                                                  and royalty receipts derived from the oil and gas program
                                                                                                  and operations on Federal land authorized under this section—
                                                                                                            (A) 50 percent shall be paid to the State of Alaska;
                                                                                                       and
                                                                                                            (B) the balance shall be deposited into the Treasury
                                                                                                       as miscellaneous receipts.
                                                                                                  (c) 2 LEASE SALES WITHIN 10 YEARS.—
                                                                                                       (1) REQUIREMENT.—
                                                                                                            (A) IN GENERAL.—Subject to subparagraph (B), the Sec-
                                                                                                       retary shall conduct not fewer than 2 lease sales area-
                                                                                                       wide under the oil and gas program under this section
                                                                                                       by not later than 10 years after the date of enactment
                                                                                                       of this Act.
                                                                                                            (B) SALE ACREAGES; SCHEDULE.—
                                                                                                                 (i) ACREAGES.—The Secretary shall offer for lease
                                                                                                            under the oil and gas program under this section—
                                                                                                                       (I) not fewer than 400,000 acres area-wide
                                                                                                                 in each lease sale; and
                                                                                                                       (II) those areas that have the highest potential




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                                 for the discovery of hydrocarbons.
                                                                                                                 (ii) SCHEDULE.—The Secretary shall offer—




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00184   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                                       PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017                                             131 STAT. 2237

                                                                                             (I) the initial lease sale under the oil and
                                                                                        gas program under this section not later than 4
                                                                                        years after the date of enactment of this Act; and
                                                                                             (II) a second lease sale under the oil and gas
                                                                                        program under this section not later than 7 years
                                                                                        after the date of enactment of this Act.
                                                                               (2) RIGHTS-OF-WAY.—The Secretary shall issue any rights-
                                                                          of-way or easements across the Coastal Plain for the explo-
                                                                          ration, development, production, or transportation necessary
                                                                          to carry out this section.
                                                                               (3) SURFACE DEVELOPMENT.—In administering this section,
                                                                          the Secretary shall authorize up to 2,000 surface acres of Fed-
                                                                          eral land on the Coastal Plain to be covered by production
                                                                          and support facilities (including airstrips and any area covered
                                                                          by gravel berms or piers for support of pipelines) during the
                                                                          term of the leases under the oil and gas program under this
                                                                          section.
                                                                   SEC. 20002. LIMITATIONS ON AMOUNT OF DISTRIBUTED QUALIFIED
                                                                                OUTER CONTINENTAL SHELF REVENUES.
                                                                       Section 105(f)(1) of the Gulf of Mexico Energy Security Act
                                                                   of 2006 (43 U.S.C. 1331 note; Public Law 109–432) is amended
                                                                   by striking ‘‘exceed $500,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2016
                                                                   through 2055.’’ and inserting the following: ‘‘exceed—
                                                                               ‘‘(A) $500,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2016 through
                                                                           2019;
                                                                               ‘‘(B) $650,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2020 and
                                                                           2021; and
                                                                               ‘‘(C) $500,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2022 through
                                                                           2055.’’.
                                                                   SEC. 20003. STRATEGIC PETROLEUM RESERVE DRAWDOWN AND SALE.                                            42 USC 6241
                                                                                                                                                                         note.
                                                                        (a) DRAWDOWN AND SALE.—
                                                                             (1) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding section 161 of the
                                                                        Energy Policy and Conservation Act (42 U.S.C. 6241), except
                                                                        as provided in subsections (b) and (c), the Secretary of Energy
                                                                        shall draw down and sell from the Strategic Petroleum Reserve
                                                                        7,000,000 barrels of crude oil during the period of fiscal years
                                                                        2026 through 2027.
                                                                             (2) DEPOSIT OF AMOUNTS RECEIVED FROM SALE.—Amounts
                                                                        received from a sale under paragraph (1) shall be deposited
                                                                        in the general fund of the Treasury during the fiscal year
                                                                        in which the sale occurs.
                                                                        (b) EMERGENCY PROTECTION.—The Secretary of Energy shall
                                                                   not draw down and sell crude oil under subsection (a) in a quantity
                                                                   that would limit the authority to sell petroleum products under
                                                                   subsection (h) of section 161 of the Energy Policy and Conservation
                                                                   Act (42 U.S.C. 6241) in the full quantity authorized by that sub-
                                                                   section.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS



                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00185   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097
                                                                   131 STAT. 2238                             PUBLIC LAW 115–97—DEC. 22, 2017

                                                                                               (c) LIMITATION.—The Secretary of Energy shall not drawdown
                                                                                           or conduct sales of crude oil under subsection (a) after the date
                                                                                           on which a total of $600,000,000 has been deposited in the general
                                                                                           fund of the Treasury from sales authorized under that subsection.

                                                                                                 Approved December 22, 2017.




                                                                                           LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 1 (S. 1):
                                                                                           HOUSE REPORTS: Nos. 115–409 (Comm. on Ways and Means) and 115–466
                                                                                                                (Comm. of Conference).
                                                                                           CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 163 (2017):
                                                                                                Nov. 15, 16, considered and passed House.
                                                                                                Nov. 29–Dec. 1, considered and passed Senate, amended.
                                                                                                Dec. 19, House agreed to conference report. Senate sustained point of order
                                                                                                  against conference report; receded from its amendment and concurred with
                                                                                                  an amendment.
                                                                                                Dec. 20, House concurred in Senate amendment.
                                                                                           DAILY COMPILATION OF PRESIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS (2017):
                                                                                                Dec. 22, Presidential remarks.




dkrause on DSKBC28HB2PROD with PUBLAWS
                                                                                                                                               Æ




                                         VerDate Sep 11 2014   10:09 Oct 18, 2018   Jkt 079139   PO 00097   Frm 00186   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6580   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL097.115   PUBL097


File and source

File
PLAW-115publ97.pdf
Size
684,657 bytes
SHA-256
4f9ad9b1029a98a99c94b46e7d06b57251e199b6fb502b062648a7dee7c0d00e
Our copy
PLAW-115publ97.pdf
Original
www.govinfo.gov
Back to top